Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Steel / TMX Group

TMX Group

x · TSX Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker x
Exchange TSX
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Steel
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2009 Annual Report · TMX Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
TMX Group Inc.
2009 Annual Report

Diversify
Execute
Grow

Diversify

Today TMX Group is very different from the company  

it was when we went public in 2002. 

We, of course, remain in the equity listing, trading and market 

data business – Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture  

Exchange are the cornerstone of Canada’s capital markets. 

But today we are so much more. TMX Group has expanded  

into energy trading and clearing with NGX; derivatives  

trading and clearing with Montréal Exchange, CDCC, EDX  

London and BOX; fixed income trading and market data  

with Shorcan and PC-Bond; and investor relations services  

with Equicom.  

This diversification greatly expands our opportunities for 

growth and provides the foundation for our future success.

TMX Group today

Equities

Toronto Stock  
Exchange

TSX Venture Exchange

Equicom

Derivatives

Fixed Income

Energy

Market Data

Montreal Exchange

Shorcan

NGX

TMX Datalinx

CDCC

CanDeal (47%)

PC-Bond

Montréal Climate  
Exchange (51%)

BOX (53.8%)

EDX London (19.9%)

Execute
2009 Milestones

Montréal Exchange integration completed

NetThruPut acquired

Trading volume and transactions records set on Toronto Stock Exchange

Record volume on NGX

New financing record achieved on Toronto Stock Exchange

112% gain in market cap of TSX Venture Exchange issuers 

TSX Quantum Gateway successfully launched

5X improvement in equity order response time

19.9% stake in EDX London acquired

38 new ETFs listed on Toronto Stock Exchange

CDCC selected by IIAC to develop a central counterparty facility for Canadian  
fixed income market

TSX Inc. named Information Processor for Canadian equities

NGX crude oil clearing launched in the U.S.

TSX Smart Order Router launched

Ten NGX natural gas clearing points added

SOLA trading platform implemented on EDX London and Oslo Børs

TSX-0000-AR-Front_v12.indd   1

15/03/10   12:29 PM

Diversify

Revenue

In 2009, TMX Group achieved record revenue of $556.3 million. The company 
generates revenue from a diverse range of activities in a number asset classes; this 
revenue is reported primarily in three key areas – issuer services, trading and clearing, 
and market data. In turn, there are numerous sources of revenue within each area.

Issuer  
services
26%

TMX Group equity exchanges –  
Toronto Stock Exchange and  
TSX Venture Exchange – to-
gether list 3,837 issuers with a 
combined market capitaliza-
tion of more than $1.8 trillion. 
Issuer services revenue includes 
listing fee revenue as well as 
revenue generated by Equicom, 
TMX Group’s investor relations 
subsidiary.

Trading, clearing  
and related
42%

TMX Group provides trading  
in equities, derivatives, fixed 
income and energy, as well as 
clearing services in derivatives 
and energy. Trading, clearing  
& related revenue includes trad-
ing on Toronto Stock Exchange, 
TSX Venture Exchange, NGX, 
Shorcan, Montréal Exchange 
and BOX, as well as the clearing 
operations of CDCC and NGX.

Market  
data
26%

TMX Datalinx provides real- 
time trading data products in 
cash equities and derivatives.  
It also provides historical, index, 
fixed income and foreign  
exchange data as well as news 
and corporate information.  
The market data segment also  
includes revenue generated 
from co-location services.
35

Business                
services/other 
6%

TMX Group provides technology 
solutions to exchanges and 
other industry participants 
in circumstances where there 
is a financial or strategic 
interest. Our team of exchange 
technology professionals have 
extensive industry experience 
in installing and operating 
trading and related systems at 
our exchanges as well as other 
global exchanges. 

100

$142.1M

100

$237.3M

$146.0M

$30.9M

80

60

40

20

0

80

60

40

Cash Markets

Toronto Stock Exchange

20

Derivatives

TSX Venture Exchange

Equicom

0

Energy

2

30

Non Canadian subscriptions 
top of book (CEG)
25

TSX top of book (Level 1)

20

TSX depth of book (Level 2)

TSXV depth of book (Level 1)

15

TSXV depth of book (Level 2)

Non-pro usage

Online/historical/other 
3rd Party Data
10

Derivatives

5

Data delivery solutions

Fixed income
0

Business services/other

One-time licence fee  
from LSE

TSX-0000-AR-Front_v12.indd   2

15/03/10   12:29 PM

TMX Geographical Footprint

Vancouver 

Calgary

Chicago

Washington

Houston

Business                

services/other 

6%

London

Montréal

Toronto

Boston

Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange

Companies listed on Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange represent a broad range of industry sectors. Companies 
from all over the world rely on our markets to provide the access to capital they need to fuel their growth. TMX Group equity 
exchanges are home to the largest number of mining, energy and clean technology companies in the world.

$30.9M

Listings by   
sector

Business services/other

International   
listings by 
country

One-time licence fee  

from LSE

All data as at December 31, 2009

TSX-0000-AR-Front_v12.indd   3

Sector

Listed Issuers

Mining
Oil & Gas
Other
Real Estate
Structured Products
Technology
Utilities & Pipelines
Comm. & Media
Clean Technology
CPC
Diversified Industries
ETFs
Financial Services
Forest Products
Life Sciences
Manufacturing

1,488
385 
7 
82 
227 
233 
32 
53 
123 
242 
446 
122 
130 
25 
141 
101 

Region

Listed Issuers

USA
Australia/NZ/PNG
China/Hong Kong
UK/Europe
Africa
Central & South America
Other

149
33
50
18
11
9
11

3

15/03/10   12:29 PM

Grow
2010 Strategic Priorities

In 2010, TMX Group will continue to pursue our diversification strategy, both by 
expanding the broad range of client-focused products and services we currently offer 
and by exploring new opportunities for growth from outside our company. We will 
also continue to extend all of our services and offerings to a broader array of clients 
both domestically and internationally.

Issuer Services 

•  Increasing global marketing and business development efforts

•  Expanding our network of influencers and advisors 

•  Increasing investor participation and new sources of capital

•  Advocating for streamlined access to our markets

•  Diversifying and enhancing our suite of products and services

Cash Equities   
Trading   

•  Continuing to implement core technology initiatives

•  Continuing to pursue new international equities traders 

•   Maintaining a competitive pricing structure that reflects the value  

of our products and services

•   Identifying new opportunities to diversify trading revenue sources,  

including introducing new trading products 

Energ y Trading   
and Clearing   

•  Continuing our efforts to grow Canadian natural gas liquidity 

•   Working to grow our market share of Canadian crude oil trading  

and clearing 

•  Continuing U.S. expansion in natural gas and crude oil

•   Implementing clearing enhancements to reduce customer capital costs 

Derivatives   
Trading and   
Clearing 

•   Accelerating the development of the Canadian exchange-traded  
derivatives market by promoting the strengths of our model

•   Broadening our clearing service offering by pursuing and implementing 

opportunities in over-the-counter markets 

•  Leveraging alliances

•   Working actively to compete more effectively in the U.S. options market

Market Data

•   Continuing to enhance our product offering by adding global content 

across asset classes 

•  Expanding international and web sales efforts

•   Pursuing opportunities within our multi-market structure to provide 

low latency consolidated datafeeds, co-location and data delivery solutions

4

TSX-0000-AR-Front_v12.indd   4

15/03/10   12:29 PM

Contents

	 6		

	 7		

	 9	

	12	

	64	

	64	

	65	

	66	

	67	

	68	

	69	

	70		

	94	

	95		

	96		

	97	

Letter	from	the	Chair

Letter	from	the	CEO

Statement	of	Corporate	Governance	Practices

Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis	

Management	Statement

Auditors’	Report	to	the	Shareholders

Consolidated	Balance	Sheets

Consolidated	Statements	of	Income

Consolidated	Statements	of	Comprehensive	Income	

Consolidated	Statements	of	Changes	in	Shareholders’	Equity

Consolidated	Statements	of	Cash	Flows

Notes	to	the	Consolidated	Financial	Statements

Three-Year	Review	–	Financial	Information

Board	of	Directors

Executive	Committee

Shareholder	Information

Forward-Looking Information

This	annual	report	contains	forward-looking	statements,	which	are	not	historical	facts	but	are	based	on	certain	assumptions	and	reflect	TMX	Group’s	current	expectations.	These	forward	
looking	statements	are	subject	to	a	number	of	risks	and	uncertainties	that	could	cause	actual	results	or	events	to	differ	materially	from	current	expectations.	Please	see	Caution	Regarding	
Forward-Looking	Information	in	the	2009	Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis	for	a	description	of	some	of	the	factors	that	could	cause	actual	events	or	results	to	differ	materially	from	
current	expectations.

Letter from the Chair

I am pleased to report to you on behalf of TMX Group’s Board of Directors as we look back at what proved to be the 
most challenging year since we became a public company. Though markets started to rebound from 2008 levels, 
investor confidence in Canadian and international markets remained low in 2009. 

Market uncertainty has led to increased scrutiny of capital markets in Canada and across the world. In our view, TMX 
Group plays an essential role in the Canadian economy through our neutral, transparent, liquid markets.

The Board continues to work with the executive management committee to build on our history of strong operating 
performance and execute on our long term growth strategy. 

TMX Group has a proud track record of leadership in corporate governance. In March 2009, TMX Group announced 
that at our annual shareholder meetings, starting on April 28, 2010, we would take a non-binding advisory vote 
on executive compensation, or allow our shareholders a “say on pay”. The adoption of advisory votes on executive 
compensation is a recent and evolving governance practice in Canada. 

I  would  like  to  thank  my  fellow  TMX  Group  Directors  for  their  contributions  at  the  Board  meetings  last  year.  
On behalf of the Board of Directors, I would also like to express gratitude to Luc Bertrand who stepped down at the 
end of June, 2009. Luc was a valued partner in completing our business combination with the Montréal Exchange to 
create TMX Group and we wish him every success in the future.

In  closing,  I  would  like  to  thank  TMX  Group  management  and  employees  for  their  hard  work  and  continued 
dedication as we move into a new, important phase in the company’s evolution.

Wayne Fox 
Chair, Board of Directors 
TMX Group Inc. 
March 5, 2010

6  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

Letter from the CEO

This past year was perhaps the most difficult one for the world economy in generations. Global economic growth 
rates, where they existed, slowed to their lowest levels in decades and Canada was no exception, as our economy 
contracted by nearly 3% through 2009. Though these macro realities provided an uneasy environment to grow any 
business,  and  certainly  impacted  our  2009  results,  we  are  pleased  with  our  2009  accomplishments  and  remain 
excited about the opportunities ahead. 

TMX Group is the hub of Canadian capital markets and we are well placed to capitalize as the economic recovery 
begins. In fact, despite the slowdown, we set new records in 2009 for total revenue and for trading volumes on 
Toronto Stock Exchange as well as for energy volumes traded and or cleared on Natural Gas Exchange Inc. (NGX). 

It was also a very strong year for listings on Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange. As proof of the 
resilience of Canadian markets, by the end of October, annual financings on Toronto Stock Exchange were higher 
than at any time in its 157-year history. By year end our two equity exchanges set a combined total financing record 
of over $65 billion raised. 

Our 2009 results were impacted by the non-cash goodwill write down of $77.3 million in the value of our investment 
in Boston Options Exchange Group, LLC (BOX), due in part to the hyper competitive nature of the U.S. equity options 
market and corresponding change in market valuation of this business. While this had a negative impact on our net 
income for 2009, we remain optimistic that recent changes in pricing and management of the business will help 
BOX build greater liquidity in this market in the future.

We  face  competition  across  all  our  business  lines.  In  the  cash  equities  trading  business,  while  we  continue 
to encourage regulators to promote a market environment free of conflicts, we are taking action. Our efforts 
to  promote  our  markets  and  add  new  players  have  resulted  in  higher  volumes  on  our  markets,  despite  the 
competitive dynamics. In 2009 and early 2010, we adjusted our equity trading fees with the goal of enhancing 
our  competitive  position.  On  the  products  and  services  side,  we  continued  to  deliver  market  enhancements. 
We implemented a smart order router in our equities markets, providing a streamlined solution for participants 
to operate in our multiple-marketplace environment. In addition, we completed the migration of the TSX Venture 
Exchange  symbols  to  our  TSX  Quantum  trading  engine.  Finally,  we  introduced  the  new  TSX  Quantum  Order 
Entry Gateway, which has made our order processing speed five times faster. All market participants are now 
successfully using this new gateway. 

We also continued to execute on our highly successful strategy to diversify our product and revenue mix across the 
business throughout 2009. In derivatives, we completed the integration of Montréal Exchange Inc. (MX) and entered 
into an agreement with the London Stock Exchange Group plc (LSE) to provide a customized version of our SOLA 
trading platform for EDX London Limited (EDX) and the Oslo Børs, as well as Borsa Italiana. In an effort to extend 
our geographic and product reach, we acquired a 19.9% ownership interest in EDX. The SOLA Clearing system was 
launched last year, which positioned the Canadian Derivatives Clearing Corporation to compete for and ultimately 
be chosen by the Investment Industry Association of Canada as a preferred partner to develop the infrastructure for 
central-counterparty services to the Canadian fixed income market. 

Letter	from	the	CEO  7

We extended our energy portfolio in 2009 with the acquisition of NetThruPut Inc. and the integration of its crude oil 
business into NGX. In a record year for volumes and revenues on NGX, we continued to expand our physical clearing 
capabilities for the U.S. crude oil marketplace and added ten new natural gas clearing points. 

In our market data business, we are pleased that our information processor or IP solution was awarded a five-year 
mandate by the Canadian Securities Administrators in June, 2009. Three of the core IP products are now in the market, 
although to date without the data contribution of one marketplace. The final IP product, the consolidated depth 
of book, will be launched after that last marketplace complies with the regulatory mandate to provide this data. 
At the end of 2009, we entered into an agreement with NYSE Technologies, whose low-latency data consolidation 
platform will power the TMX Information Processor. It is currently powering the three core IP products that are in the 
market. The technology and distribution agreement greatly extends the international availability of TMX Datalinx’s 
Canadian market data and provides enhanced global exchange feeds to our clients. 

While we are certainly proud of our 2009 accomplishments in the face of many economic and competitive challenges, 
our energies are now focused on 2010 and beyond.

An important element of our competitive response in cash equity trading is our commitment to core technology 
initiatives. We are upgrading our internal networks and storage infrastructure this year to further increase throughput 
capability as we experience an increasing number of messages in our market. The first phase of this expansion is 
scheduled for completion in the first quarter of 2010 and is designed to more than double throughput capability in 
our TSX Quantum trading system. 

Our client service and sales teams will continue their efforts to increase our overall trading volumes by pursuing 
new international equities traders. We will also identify new opportunities to diversify revenue sources, including 
the introduction of new trading products, such as on-book dark order types, that will position TMX Group as the 
connectivity hub and a leading destination for dark trading in Canada.

In  2010,  we  will  continue  our  efforts  to  grow  Canadian  natural  gas  liquidity,  as  well  as  NGX’s  market  share  of 
Canadian crude oil trading and clearing. We will pursue our U.S expansion in natural gas and oil. 

In  our  derivatives  markets,  we  intend  to  accelerate  the  development  of  MX  by  promoting  the  strength  of  our 
model: price transparency, liquidity, and central counterparty clearing. We will also broaden our clearing services 
offering by pursuing and implementing opportunities in the over-the-counter markets. We remain focused on our 
international derivatives opportunities as well and we look forward to actively working with our colleagues at LSE 
on the development of EDX and with our fellow shareholders at BOX, as we move to compete more effectively in 
the U.S. options market. 

In our market data business in 2010, we will continue to enhance our product offering by adding global content 
across  asset  classes.  We  also  plan  to  expand  our  international  and  web  sales  efforts  and  we  are  pursuing 
opportunities  within  the  multi-market  structure  to  provide  low-latency  consolidated  data  feeds,  co-location, 
and data delivery solutions.

In closing, we have accomplished a great deal since the creation of TMX Group less than two years ago. We have 
multiple stakeholders: shareholders as well as customers within Canada and around the world. I believe that our 
mission –  to  develop and operate  efficient, integrated, neutral and transparent marketplaces –  is  one that best 
serves all our stakeholders.

I look forward to updating you on our progress as we continue our journey.

Thomas A. Kloet  
CEO 
TMX Group Inc. 
March 5, 2010

8  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

Statement of Corporate Governance Practices

Overview

Our	 Board	 of	 Directors	 (Board)	 and	 management	 are	 committed	 to	 remaining	 at	 the	 forefront	 of	 good	 governance	 and	 to	 ensuring	 the	 highest	
standard	 of	 corporate	 governance.	 TMX	 Group’s	 corporate	 governance	 policies	 and	 practices	 are	 designed	 to	 support	 the	 Board	 in	 discharging	
its	responsibilities	and	to	enhance	shareholder	value.	We	regularly	review	these	policies	and	practices	with	a	view	to	enhancing	our	governance	
structure	and	practices	in	an	ever-evolving	corporate	governance	environment.	

TMX	Group’s	corporate	governance	system	complies	with	National	Policy	58-201—Corporate	Governance	Guidelines	(NP 58-201),	National	Instrument	
58-101—Disclosure	 of	 Corporate	 Governance	 Practices	 (NI  58-101)	 and	 National	 Instrument	 52-110—Audit	 Committees	 (NI  52-110).	 In	 addition,	
we	continue	to	review	our	corporate	governance	practices	with	reference	to	corporate	governance	guidelines	recommended	by	institutional	and	
other	shareholder	organizations.

Board Responsibilities

The	 Board	 is	 responsible	 for	 TMX	 Group’s	 governance	 and	 stewardship	 and	 overseeing	 its	 corporate	 strategy,	 operations	 and	 management.	
The	 Board	 discharges	 its	 responsibilities,	 either	 directly	 or,	 where	 appropriate,	 through	 committees,	 and	 by	 selecting	 and	 holding	 management	
accountable	for	TMX	Group’s	operations	and	for	implementing	its	corporate	strategy.	The	Board	sets	clear	policies	and	direction	for	management’s	
responsibilities	and	authority.	Among	its	many	specific	duties,	the	Board	annually	monitors	the	performance	of	the	Chief	Executive	Officer	(CEO)	
against	corporate	objectives	(established	by	the	Board	with	the	CEO),	and	sets	the	CEO’s	compensation.	The	Board	also	approves	strategic	plans	and	
corporate	objectives	that	the	CEO	is	responsible	for	meeting,	provides	advice	and	counsel	to	the	CEO,	oversees	ethical	and	legal	conduct	of	executive	
management,	and	assesses	the	financial	performance	of	TMX	Group.	In	addition,	the	Board	approves	the	adequacy	and	form	of	compensation	paid	
to	members	of	the	Board	(Directors).	The	Board	Charter	that	describes	the	Board’s	responsibilities	is	available	on	our	website.

At	 each	 regularly	 scheduled	 Board	 meeting,	 Directors	 and	 executive	 management	 examine,	 review	 and	 discuss	 a	 broad	 range	 of	 issues	 relevant	
to	TMX	Group’s	strategy,	business	interests	and	growth	initiatives.	In	addition,	management	provides	the	Board	with	timely,	periodic	reports	on	
operational	and	financial	performance.	During	fiscal	2009,	the	Board	held	eight	meetings.	Attendance	by	Directors	at	these	meetings	was	98%,	
either	in	person,	by	teleconference	or	by	video	conference.	The	Board	plans	to	hold	eight	meetings	in	2010.	At	each	of	these	meetings,	the	Board	
will	meet	without	management	and	non-independent	Directors	to	ensure	it	provides	independent	assessment	and	oversight.	Each	of	the	Finance	
and	 Audit	 Committee,	 Governance	 Committee	 and	 the	 Human	 Resources	 Committee	 can,	 in	 its	 discretion,	 retain	 an	 outside	 advisor	 or	 expert.	
An	individual	Director	or	any	other	committee	of	the	Board	can	retain	an	outside	advisor	or	expert	with	the	approval	of	the	Governance	Committee.

Board Independence and Composition 

As	at	February	26,	2010,	the	Board	has	a	non-executive	Chair	and	knowledgeable	and	experienced	Directors,	and	13	out	of	14	(93%)	members	of	
the	Board,	including	the	Chair,	are	“independent”	within	the	meaning	of	section	1.4	of	NI	52-110	and	our	recognition	order	issued	by	the	Ontario	
Securities	Commission	(Recognition Order).	The	Recognition	Order	requires	at	least	50%	of	Directors	to	be	“independent”,	within	the	meaning	of	
section	 1.4	 of	 NI	 52-110.	 Furthermore,	 pursuant	 to	 the	 Recognition	 Order	 the	 Board	 adopted	 more	 restrictive	 standards	 than	 those	 imposed	 by	
NI	52-110	to	determine	whether	individual	members	of	the	Board	are	independent	from	TMX	Group.	Those	standards	are	available	on	our	website.	

The	 Board	 also	 derives	 strength	 from	 the	 background,	 qualities,	 skills	 and	 experience	 of	 its	 Directors.	 The	 Governance	 Committee	 recommends	
candidates	to	the	Board	who	are	suitable	for	nomination	to	the	Board	on	an	annual	basis.	Nominees	are	selected	for	qualities	such	as	integrity,	
business	judgment,	financial	acumen,	independence,	business,	professional	or	board	expertise	and	capital	markets	experience.	The	Board	also	takes	
into	consideration	representation	from	geographic	regions	relevant	to	TMX	Group’s	strategic	priorities.

Director Education and Access to Management

We	 provide	 new	 Directors	 with	 a	 Directors’	 Manual,	 which	 serves	 as	 a	 corporate	 reference,	 as	 well	 as	 with	 orientation	 materials	 describing	 our	
business,	strategy,	objectives	and	initiatives,	so	new	Directors	understand	the	nature	and	operations	of	our	business	and	the	role	of	the	Board	and	
its	committees,	as	well	as	the	contribution	individual	Directors	are	expected	to	make.		To	assist	in	the	integration	and	orientation	of	new	Directors,	
the	Governance	Committee	assigns	a	member	of	the	Board	as	a	mentor	to	each	new	Director.	Furthermore,	Directors	are	invited	to	spend	time	at	
our	offices	and	also	have	timely,	periodic	one-on-one	meetings	with	the	CEO	and	members	of	executive	management.	The	Chair	sets	the	agenda	for	
Board	meetings	and	Directors	receive	a	comprehensive	package	of	information	prior	to	each	Board	and	committee	meeting.	As	well,	each	committee	
delivers	a	report	to	the	full	Board	on	its	work	after	each	committee	meeting.	TMX	Group	also	provides	the	Directors	with	a	variety	of	other	materials	
and	presentations	on	an	ad hoc	basis,	to	keep	them	informed	about	internal	developments	as	well	as	developments	in,	or	which	affect,	our	industry.	
All	of	these	materials	and	other	corporate	materials	are	also	accessible	by	Directors	on	a	permanent,	secure	extranet.	

Statement	of	Corporate	Governance	Practices  9

Evaluation

The	 Governance	 Committee	 annually	 evaluates	 the	 overall	 performance	 and	 effectiveness	 of	 the	 Board,	 its	 committees	 and	 all	 Directors.	 This	
evaluation	is	conducted	by	written	self-assessment	and	peer	questionnaires	and	through	formal	interviews	of	each	Director	(other	than	the	Chair)	
by	the	Chair	 of	 the	Board	and	of	the	Chair	 by	the	 chair	 of	the	Governance	Committee.	The	Chair	of	the	Board	reports	summary	findings	to	the	
Governance	Committee	and	to	the	full	Board.	

Code of Conduct

The	Board’s	Code	of	Conduct	(Board Code)	for	Directors	sets	standards	for	ethical	behaviour	of	the	Board.	The	Board	monitors	compliance	with	the	
Board	Code	and	is	responsible	for	considering	and	granting	waivers	from	compliance	with	the	Board	Code,	if	any.	No	waivers	have	been	granted	nor	
have	there	been	any	violations	of	the	Board	Code.	A	copy	of	the	Board	Code	is	available	on	our	website.

Committees

The	 Board	 has	 four	 standing	 committees	 with	 specific	 areas	 of	 responsibility	 to	 effectively	 govern	 TMX	 Group:	 Finance	 and	 Audit	 Committee,	
Governance	Committee,	Human	Resources	Committee	and	Public	Venture	Market	Committee.	All	of	the	members	of	the	Finance	and	Audit	Committee,	
Governance	Committee,	Human	Resources	Committee	and	Public	Venture	Market	Committee	are	independent.	All	of	the	committees	also	consist	
solely	of	non-management	Directors.	The	Board	believes	that	the	composition	of	its	committees	ensures	that	they	operate	independently	from	
management	to	protect	all	shareholders’	interests.	The	Board	also	believes	that	the	members	of	the	Finance	and	Audit	Committee	are	financially	
literate,	given	their	education	and	experience.	Each	standing	Board	committee	has	a	formal	written	Charter,	approved	by	the	Board.	These	Charters	
are	reviewed	at	least	annually	and	are	available	on	our	website.

Majority Voting

The	Board	has	adopted	a	policy	that	provides	that	in	an	uncontested	election	of	directors,	any	nominee	of	TMX	Group	who	does	not	receive	the	
support	of	a	majority	of	the	votes	cast	at	an	annual	meeting	of	the	shareholders	will	tender	his	or	her	resignation	to	the	Board,	to	be	effective	when	
accepted	by	the	Board.	The	Governance	Committee	will	consider	the	resignation	and	recommend	to	the	Board	the	action	to	be	taken.	The	Board	will	
have	90	days	following	the	annual	meeting	to	make	its	decision	and	announce	it	by	way	of	press	release.	

Risk Management 

TMX	 Group	 recognizes	 that	 risk	 management	 is	 integral	 to	 its	 business,	 operations	 and	 financial	 performance,	 and	 we	 follow	 a	 comprehensive	
integrated	risk	management	program	to	identify,	assess	and	prioritize	principal	business	risks,	and	consider	the	likelihood	and	potential	impact	of	
each	risk.	We	develop	strategies	to	manage	and	mitigate	each	identified	risk.	In	addition,	we	have	a	plan	to	mitigate	the	risk	of	interruptions	to	our	
critical	business	functions.	The	plan	integrates	disaster	recovery	and	business	continuity	for	critical	functions	to	protect	personnel	and	resources	
and	to	enable	us	to	continue	critical	business	functions	if	a	disaster	occurs.	The	Board	provides	oversight	with	respect	to	our	risk	management	
program	and	our	strategies	to	mitigate	such	risks.	Also,	we	have	an	internal	audit	function,	which	reports	to	the	Finance	and	Audit	Committee,	
and	which	independently	assesses	the	adequacy	and	effectiveness	of	internal	controls	and	recommends	corrective	action	if	necessary.

Independent Review of Existing Compensation Programs

In	 2009,	 the	 Governance	 Committee	 retained	 McLagan,	 an	 independent	 compensation	 consultant,	 to	 conduct	 an	 independent	 review	 of	 TMX	
Group’s	existing	executive	compensation	practices	to	ensure	they	are	in	line	with	best	practices.	McLagan	concluded	that	TMX	Group’s	executive	
compensation	practices	were	sound	and	well	within	best	practice	guidelines.		

Say on Pay

In	 March	 2009,	 TMX	 Group	 announced	 it	 would,	 starting	 in	 2010,	 present	 at	 its	 annual	 shareholder	 meetings	 a	 non-binding	 advisory	 vote	 on	
executive	 compensation.	 The	 adoption	 of	 advisory	 votes	 on	 executive	 compensation	 is	 a	 recent	 and	 evolving	 governance	 practice	 in	 Canada.	
TMX	Group	is	committed	to	demonstrating	leadership	in	evolving	governance	issues	including	in	the	area	of	executive	compensation.	

10  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

Communication

TMX	 Group	 and	 the	 Board	 are	 committed	 to	 open	 and	 proactive	 investor	 communication.	 Our	 investor	 relations	 staff	 provides	 information	 to	
current	and	potential	investors	and	responds	to	their	inquiries.	We	broadcast	quarterly	earnings	conference	calls	live	and	archive	these	calls	on	our	
website.	We	also	make	recordings	available	via	telephone	to	interested	investors,	the	media	and	members	of	the	public	for	three	months	after	each	
call.	Audio	webcasts	of	such	recordings	are	also	available	on	our	website	for	six	months	after	each	call.	We	promptly	make	available	presentations	
from	investor	conferences	on	our	website.	We	also	make	disclosure	documents	available	via	our	website.

Shareholders	who	would	like	to	communicate	with	the	Board	should	contact	us	using	email	at	shareholder@tsx.com.	Your	communication	will	be	
provided	to	the	Board	for	its	consideration	and	response,	if	required.

Additional Information

For	a	full	report	on	our	corporate	governance	practices,	please	refer	to	our	Management	Information	Circular,	which	may	be	accessed	through		
www.sedar.com	or	through	our	website	at	www.tmx.com.	The	Circular	also	describes	our	corporate	governance	practices,	and	provides	information	
about	 Directors,	 and	 the	 composition,	 responsibilities	 and	 activities	 of	 the	 Board’s	 standing	 committees.	 All	 information	 about	 corporate	
governance	practices	in	our	Annual	Report	and	in	the	Management	Information	Circular	was	adopted	and	approved	by	our	Board.

Statement	of	Corporate	Governance	Practices 

11

2009 Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information

This	 MD&A	 contains	 “forward-looking	 information”	 (as	 defined	 in	 applicable	 Canadian	 securities	 legislation)	 that	 is	 based	 on	 expectations,	
assumptions,	 estimates,	 projections	 and	 other	 factors	 that	 management	 believes	 to	 be	 relevant	 as	 of	 the	 date	 of	 this	 MD&A.	 Often,	 but	 not	
always,	such	forward-looking	information	can	be	identified	by	the	use	of	forward-looking	words	such	as	“plans”,	“expects”,	“is	expected”,	“budget”,	
“scheduled”,	“targeted”,	“estimates”,	“forecasts”,	“intends”,	“anticipates”,	“believes”,	or	variations	or	the	negatives	of	such	words	and	phrases	or	
statements	that	certain	actions,	events	or	results	“may”,	“could”,	“would”,	“might”	or	“will”	be	taken,	occur	or	be	achieved	or	not	be	taken,	occur	or	
be	achieved.	Forward-looking	information,	by	its	nature,	requires	us	to	make	assumptions	and	is	subject	to	significant	risks	and	uncertainties	which	
may	give	rise	to	the	possibility	that	our	expectations	or	conclusions	will	not	prove	to	be	accurate	and	that	our	assumptions	may	not	be	correct.

Examples	 of	 such	 forward-looking	 information	 in	 this	 MD&A	 include,	 but	 are	 not	 limited	 to,	 factors	 relating	 to	 stock,	 derivatives	 and	 energy	
exchanges	 and	 clearing	 houses	 and	 the	 business,	 strategic	 goals	 and	 priorities,	 market	 condition,	 pricing,	 proposed	 technology	 and	 other	
initiatives,	financial	condition,	operations	and	prospects	of	TMX	Group,	which	are	subject	to	significant	risks	and	uncertainties.	These	risks	include:	
competition	from	other	exchanges	or	marketplaces,	including	alternative	trading	systems	and	new	technologies,	on	a	national	and	international	
basis;	dependence	on	the	economy	of	Canada;	adverse	effects	on	our	results	caused	by	global	economic	uncertainties;	failure	to	retain	and	attract	
qualified	personnel;	geopolitical	and	other	factors	which	could	cause	business	interruption;	dependence	on	information	technology;	vulnerability	
of	our	networks	and	third	party	service	providers	to	security	risks;	failure	to	implement	our	strategies;	regulatory	constraints;	risks	of	litigation;	
dependence	on	adequate	numbers	of	customers;	failure	to	develop	or	gain	acceptance	of	new	products;	currency	risk;	adverse	effect	of	new	business	
activities;	not	being	able	to	meet	cash	requirements	because	of	our	holding	company	structure	and	restrictions	on	paying	dividends;	dependence	
and	restrictions	imposed	by	licenses	and	other	arrangements;	dependence	of	trading	operations	on	a	small	number	of	clients;	new	technologies	
making	 it	 easier	 to	 disseminate	 our	 information;	 risks	 associated	 with	 our	 clearing	 operations;	 challenges	 related	 to	 international	 expansion;	
restrictions	on	ownership	of	TMX	Group	shares;	inability	to	protect	our	intellectual	property;	dependence	on	third	party	suppliers;	adverse	effect	of	a	
systemic	market	event	on	our	derivatives	business;	risks	associated	with	the	credit	of	customers;	cost	structures	being	largely	fixed;	risks	associated	
with	integrating	the	operations,	systems,	and	personnel	of	new	acquisitions;	and	dependence	on	market	activity	that	cannot	be	controlled.

The	forward	looking	information	contained	in	this	MD&A	is	presented	for	the	purpose	of	assisting	readers	of	this	document	in	understanding	our	
financial	condition	and	results	of	operations	and	our	strategies,	priorities	and	objectives	and	may	not	be	appropriate	for	other	purposes.	Actual	
results,	events,	performances,	achievements	and	developments	are	likely	to	differ,	and	may	differ	materially,	from	those	expressed	or	implied	by	the	
forward-looking	information	contained	in	this	MD&A.

Such	forward-looking	information	is	based	on	a	number	of	assumptions	which	may	prove	to	be	incorrect,	including,	but	not	limited	to,	assumptions	
in	connection	with	the	ability	of	TMX	Group	to	successfully	compete	against	global	and	regional	marketplaces;	business	and	economic	conditions	
generally;	 exchange	 rates	 (including	 estimates	 of	 the	 U.S.	 dollar	 –	 Canadian	 dollar	 exchange	 rate),	 the	 level	 of	 trading	 and	 activity	 on	 markets,	
and	particularly	the	level	of	trading	in	TMX	Group’s	key	products;	the	continued	availability	of	financing	on	appropriate	terms	for	future	projects;	
productivity	 at	 TMX	 Group,	 as	 well	 as	 that	 of	 TMX	 Group’s	 competitors;	 market	 competition;	 research	 &	 development	 activities;	 the	 successful	
introduction	of	new	derivatives	and	equity	products;	tax	benefits	/	changes;	the	impact	on	TMX	Group	and	its	customers	of	various	regulations;	
TMX	Group’s	ongoing	relations	with	its	employees;	and	the	extent	of	any	labour,	equipment	or	other	disruptions	at	any	of	its	operations	of	any	
significance	other	than	any	planned	maintenance	or	similar	shutdowns.

While	 we	 anticipate	 that	 subsequent	 events	 and	 developments	 may	 cause	 our	 views	 to	 change,	 we	 have	 no	 intention	 to	 update	 this	 forward-
looking	information,	except	as	required	by	applicable	securities	law.	This	forward-looking	information	should	not	be	relied	upon	as	representing	
our	views	as	of	any	date	subsequent	to	the	date	of	this	MD&A.	We	have	attempted	to	identify	important	factors	that	could	cause	actual	actions,	
events	 or	 results	 to	 differ	 materially	 from	 those	 current	 expectations	 described	 in	 forward-looking	 information.	 However,	 there	 may	 be	 other	
factors	that	cause	actions,	events	or	results	not	to	be	as	anticipated,	estimated	or	intended	and	that	could	cause	actual	actions,	events	or	results	
to	 differ	 materially	 from	 current	 expectations.	 There	 can	 be	 no	 assurance	 that	 forward-looking	 information	 will	 prove	 to	 be	 accurate,	 as	 actual	
results	and	future	events	could	differ	materially	from	those	anticipated	in	such	statements.	Accordingly,	readers	should	not	place	undue	reliance	
on	forward-looking	information.	These	factors	are	not	intended	to	represent	a	complete	list	of	the	factors	that	could	affect	us.	A	description	of	the	
above-mentioned	items	is	contained	in	this	Annual	MD&A	under	the	heading	Risks	and	Uncertainties.

12  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

This	Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis	(MD&A)	of	TMX	Group	Inc.’s	(TMX	Group)	financial	condition	and	results	of	operations	is	provided	to	
enable	a	reader	to	assess	our	financial	condition,	material	changes	in	our	financial	condition	and	our	results	of	operations,	including	our	liquidity	and	
capital	resources,	for	the	year	ended	December	31,	2009,	compared	with	the	year	ended	December	31,	2008.	This	MD&A	is	dated	February	10,	2010	
and	should	be	read	carefully	together	with	our	2009	audited	annual	financial	statements,	including	notes,	which	are	prepared	in	accordance	with	
Canadian	generally	accepted	accounting	principles	(GAAP).	Each	of	these	documents	is	filed	with	Canadian	securities	regulators	and	can	be	accessed	
through	 www.sedar.com,	 or	 our	 website	 at	 www.tmx.com.	 The	 financial	 measures	 included	 in	 this	 MD&A	 are	 based	 on	 financial	 statements	
prepared	in	accordance	with	Canadian	GAAP,	unless	otherwise	specified.	All	amounts	are	in	Canadian	dollars	unless	otherwise	indicated.	

Our	MD&A	is	organized	into	the	following	key	sections:	

•  Overview	of	the	Business	–	a	discussion	of	our	business	segments	and	key	revenue	drivers;

•  Vision,	Strategies	and	Priorities	–	our	vision,	strategy	and	plans	for	future	growth,	together	with	a	discussion	of	current	market	conditions	

and	our	competitive	environment;

•  Core	Business	of	TMX	Group;

•  Results	of	Operations	–	a	year	over	year	comparison	of	our	results,	both	on	a	consolidated	and	segmented	basis;

•  Selected	Annual	and	Quarterly	Information

•  Liquidity	and	Capital	Resources	–	a	discussion	of	changes	in	our	cash	flow,	our	outstanding	debt	and	the	resources	available	to	finance	

existing	and	future	commitments;

•  Accounting	and	Control	Matters	–	a	discussion	of	our	critical	accounting	estimates	and	changes	to	our	current	accounting	policies	and	
future	accounting	changes,	including	the	2011	conversion	to	International	Financial	Reporting	Standards	(IFRS)	and	an	evaluation	of	our	
disclosure	controls	and	procedures,	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	and	changes	to	internal	control	over	financial	reporting;

•  Risks	and	Uncertainties	–	a	discussion	of	the	risks	to	our	business	as	identified	through	our	risk	management	process.

On	May	1,	2008,	we	completed	our	business	combination	with	Montréal	Exchange	Inc.	(MX	or	Montréal	Exchange)	to	create	TMX	Group,	a	leading,	
integrated,	multi-asset	class	exchange	group.	The	business	combination	was	completed	by	TMX	Group	acquiring	all	of	MX’s	outstanding	common	
shares	for	a	total	consideration	of	15.3	million	TMX	Group	common	shares	and	$428.2	million	in	cash.	For	those	MX	shareholders	who	elected	to	
receive	cash	or	were	deemed	to	have	so	elected,	this	represents	an	amount,	for	each	MX	common	share,	of	$16.26	in	cash	and	0.4540	of	a	TMX	
Group	common	share.	Those	who	elected	to	receive	shares	of	TMX	Group	received	0.7784	of	a	TMX	Group	common	share	for	each	MX	common	
share.	The	consideration	was	distributed	to	MX	shareholders	on	May	2,	2008.	The	results	of	MX	and	BOX	are	included	in	TMX	Group’s	consolidated	
results	from	May	1,	2008.	

On	 August	 29,	 2008,	 MX	 acquired	 an	 additional	 21.9%	 interest	 in	 Boston	 Options	 Exchange	 Group	 LLC	 (BOX)	 from	 the	 Boston	 Stock	 Exchange	
for	$58.0	million	(U.S.	$52.5	million),	giving	MX	a	majority	ownership	interest	of	53.3%.	Prior	to	the	completion	of	this	transaction,	MX’s	31.4%	
investment	in	BOX	was	accounted	for	under	the	equity	method	under	which	MX’s	31.4%	of	the	earnings	from	BOX	was	reported	as	income	from	
investment	in	an	affiliate	and	included	in	our	2008	results	from	May	1,	2008.	From	August	29,	2008,	the	results	of	BOX	have	been	fully	consolidated	
into	TMX	Group’s	consolidated	results,	with	an	adjustment	made	for	the	non-controlling	interests.	In	October	2008,	as	a	result	of	a	buy	back	of	
units	by	BOX,	MX’s	ownership	increased	to	53.8%.

On	May	1,	2009,	we	completed	the	acquisition	of	NetThruPut	Inc.	(NTP),	a	leading	Canadian	electronic	trading	platform	and	clearing	facility	for	
crude	oil	products.	The	aggregate	purchase	price	of	$66.9	million	was	comprised	of:	$23.7	million	in	cash	and	the	issuance	of	878,059	TMX	Group	
common	shares,	valued	at	$32.1	million;	the	book	value	of	the	option	to	acquire	NTP	in	the	amount	of	$9.5	million;	and	direct	transaction	costs	and	
restructuring	costs	of	$1.6	million.	Their	results	have	been	included	in	TMX	Group’s	consolidated	financial	statements	from	that	date.	

Certain	comparative	figures	have	been	reclassified	in	order	to	conform	with	the	financial	presentation	adopted	in	the	current	year.

Additional	 information	 about	 TMX	 Group,	 including	 our	 most	 recent	 Annual	 Information	 Form	 is	 available	 through	 www.sedar.com	 and	 on	 our	
website, www.tmx.com.	We	are	not	incorporating	information	contained	on	the	website	in	this	MD&A.	

Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis 

13

Non-GAAP Financial Measures 

Certain	measures	used	in	this	MD&A	do	not	have	standardized	meanings	prescribed	by	Canadian	GAAP	and	therefore	are	unlikely	to	be	comparable	
to	similar	measures	presented	by	other	Canadian	issuers.	

“Issuer services fees billed”, “Initial listing fees billed”, “additional listing fees billed”, “issuer services revenue based on initial 
and additional listing fees billed” and “total revenue based on initial and additional listing fees billed”

Toronto	Stock	Exchange	customers	are	billed	for	initial	and	additional	listing	fees,	and	there	is	a	lag	between	the	time	when	securities	are	issued	
or	reserved	and	the	time	when	these	listing	fees	are	paid	by	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	listed	issuers.	For	TSX	Venture	Exchange	issuers,	fees	are	paid	
either	prior	to,	or	at	the	time	of,	listing	or	reserving	securities.	In	order	to	reflect	these	activities,	we	use	the	terms	“issuer	services	fees	billed”,	
“initial	 listing	 fees	 billed”,	 “additional	 listing	 fees	 billed”,	 “issuer	 services	 revenue	 based	 on	 initial	 and	 additional	 listing	 fees	 billed”	 and	 “total	
revenue	based	on	initial	and	additional	listing	fees	billed”.

Management	uses	these	measures	to	assess	the	effectiveness	of	our	strategy	to	serve	our	listed	issuers	and	to	manage	the	listings	portion	of	our	
business.	This	is	how	our	international	peers,	who	currently	report	using	International	Financial	Reporting	Standards	(IFRS),	account	for	these	fees.	
These	non-GAAP	revenue	measures	provide	investors	with	an	indication	of	how	initial	and	additional	listing	activity	and	the	fees	billed	or	received	
in	connection	with	the	listing	or	reserving	of	securities	impact	the	financial	performance	and	cash	flows	of	our	business.

“Adjusted net income” and “Adjusted earnings per share”

We	present	“adjusted	net	income”	and	“adjusted	earnings	per	share”	as	an	indication	of	operating	performance	exclusive	of:	

i)	

	for	 2009,	 income	 tax	 charge	 related	 to	 lower	 Ontario	 corporate	 income	 tax	 rates,	 which	 reduced	 the	 value	 of	 future	 tax	 assets	 and	
liabilities;

ii)	

the	non-cash	goodwill	impairment	charge	in	2009	related	to	our	investment	in	BOX;	

iii)	

	the	payment	made	on	April	1,	2008	to	ISE	Ventures,	LLC	(ISE	Ventures),	a	wholly-owned	subsidiary	of	International	Securities	Exchange	
Holdings,	Inc.	(ISE),	related	to	terminating	DEX,	our	proposed	derivatives	joint	venture;	and

iv)	

for	2007,	income	tax	charge	primarily	as	a	result	of	decreases	in	federal	corporate	tax	rates,	which	reduced	the	value	of	future	tax	assets.

These	 measures	 allow	 management	 and	 investors	 to	 assess	 operating	 performance	 excluding	 non-cash	 items	 such	 as	 the	 net	 impact	 from	
reductions	in	the	value	of	future	tax	assets	and	liabilities,	and	the	non-cash	impairment	charge	related	to	BOX.	In	addition,	it	allows	them	to	assess	
operating	performance	excluding	the	impact	of	non-recurring	payments	such	as	that	made	to	ISE	Ventures	in	2008.

Overview of the Business 

We	own	and	operate	equities,	energy	and	fixed	income,	cash	and	derivative	markets	and	clearing	houses	in	Canada	and	the	U.S.	that	we	report	in	
the	following	three	segments:

Cash Markets Segment

Toronto	 Stock	 Exchange	 and	 TSX	 Venture	 Exchange	 are	 the	 primary	 venues	
for	 public	 equity	 capital	 formation	 and	 liquidity	 in	 Canada.	 The	 total	
market	capitalization	of	the	3,837	issuers	listed	on	our	equity	exchanges	at	
December	31,	2009	was	$1.8	trillion,	making	our	combined	equity	exchanges	
the	third	largest	in	North	America	and	the	eighth	largest	in	the	world.	

The	total	volume	of	securities	traded	on	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	and	TSX	Venture	
Exchange	was	165.3	billion	securities	in	2009	on	196.6	million	transactions.

information.	
TMX	 Datalinx	 sells	
At	 December	 31,	 2009,	 TMX	 Datalinx	 distributed	 data	 to	 over	 153,000	
professional	and	equivalent	subscriptions.

real-time	 trading	 data	 and	 other	

Our	fixed	income	interests	are	in	Shorcan	Brokers	Limited	(Shorcan),	Canada’s	
first	 fixed	 income	 inter-dealer	 broker	 (IDB)	 and	 Candeal.ca	 Inc.	 (CanDeal),	
a	 dealer	 to	 client	 electronic	 fixed	 income	 platform	 of	 which	 we	 own	 47%.	
In	addition,	we	own	PC-Bond,	which	offers	the	leading	Canadian	fixed	income	
indices	and	PC-Bond	analytics	applications.	

14  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

Cash Markets – Equities and Fixed Income 

403.1

438.9

155.7

133.5

2009	

2008

	Revenue	($M)	

	Net	Income	($M)

	
	
Derivatives Markets Segment1 

MX	
is	 Canada’s	 only	 standardized	 financial	 derivatives	 exchange.	
Headquartered	 in	 Montréal,	 MX	 offers	 interest	 rate,	 index	 and	 equity	
derivatives.	In	2009,	34.8	million	contracts	were	traded	on	MX	and	there	were	
over	22,000	MX	market	data	subscriptions	at	December	31,	2009.

Through	the	Canadian	Derivatives	Clearing	Corporation	(CDCC),	MX’s	wholly-
owned	 subsidiary,	 we	 provide	 clearing,	 settlement	 and	 risk	 management	
services.	As	the	issuer	of	every	option	traded	on	MX’s	markets,	CDCC	is	the	
central	 counterparty	 and	 guarantor	 of	 all	 transactions	 carried	 out	 on	 MX’s	
markets	and	over-the-counter,	or	OTC,	products	that	are	cleared	by	CDCC.	

MX	has	a	53.8%	ownership	interest	in	BOX,	a	U.S.	automated	equity	options	
market	 for	 which	 MX	 is	 the	 technical	 operator	 and	 technology	 developer.	
In	2009,	137.8	million	contracts	were	traded	on	BOX.	

MX	 also	 has	 a	 51%	 ownership	 in	 the	 Montréal	 Climate	 Exchange	 Inc.,	
or	MCeX,	a	market	for	environmental	products	in	Canada,	jointly	created	with	
the	Chicago	Climate	Exchange	Inc.	On	May	30,	2008,	MCeX	launched	trading	
of	futures	contracts	on	Canadian	carbon	dioxide	equivalent	units.		

In	 March	 2009,	 MX	 granted	 the	 London	 Stock	 Exchange	 Group	 plc	 (LSE)	 a	
license	 to	 use	 a	 customized	 version	 of	 SOLA®	 Trading,	 a	 leading	 derivatives	
trading	technology	developed	by	MX,	for	certain	LSE	affiliates	and	partners,	
including	EDX	London	Limited	(EDX).	In	addition,	we	acquired	a	19.9%	stake	in	
EDX,	the	equity	derivatives	business	of	LSE	on	May	7,	2009,	for	$7.7	million.	

We	believe	the	acquisition	of	this	equity	position	in	EDX	provides	an	avenue	for	
us	to	participate	in	the	growth	and	development	of	the	European	derivatives	
market,	which	adds	a	new	geographic	element	to	our	diversification	strategy.	
Trading	on	EDX	was	migrated	to	the	SOLA	trading	platform	in	December	2009.

Energy Markets Segment

Natural	Gas	Exchange	Inc.	(NGX)	is	a	Canadian-based	exchange	through	which	
customers	 can	 trade,	 clear	 and	 settle	 natural	 gas,	 crude	 oil	 and	 electricity	
contracts	 across	 North	 America.	 In	 2009,	 NGX	 set	 a	 new	 record	 for	 energy	
volume	 with	 14.8	 million	 terajoules	 of	 natural	 gas	 and	 electricity	 contracts	
traded	or	cleared.	These	volumes	exclude	the	Alberta	Watt	Exchange	Limited	
(Watt-Ex)	 volumes,	 which	 represent	 electric	 operating	 reserve	 procurement	
for	the	Alberta	Electric	System	Operator.

On	 May	 1,	 2009,	 we	 completed	 the	 acquisition	 of	 NTP,	 a	 leading	 Canadian	
electronic	trading	platform	and	clearing	facility	for	crude	oil	products.	Trading	
and	clearing	of	NTP	products	was	immediately	transitioned	to	NGX’s	crude	oil	
clearing	facility.	

In	 August	 2009,	 NGX	 launched	 clearing	 capabilities	 for	 the	 United	 States	
crude	 oil	 marketplace,	 adding	 further	 depth	 to	 NGX’s	 product	 offering	 as	 a	
full-service	energy	marketplace	with	clearing	capabilities	for	both	natural	gas	
and	crude	oil	to	U.S.	customers.

As	of	December	2009,	NGX	lists	over	15	crude	oil	grades	at	10	trading	hubs	
in	 Canada	 and	 the	 U.S.	 NGX’s	 crude	 oil	 volumes	 for	 2009	 averaged	 over	
4.1	million	Bbls	/	mo	(135,000	barrels	per	day).

Derivatives Markets – MX and BOX2 

113.9

63.52

18.12

–42.9*

2009	

2008

	Revenue	($M)	

	Net	Income	($M)

Energy Markets – NGX3 

39.33

30.2

14.13

8.2

2009	

2008

	Revenue	($M)	

	Net	Income	($M)

1	

2	

	The	“Derivatives Market”	section	above	contains	certain	forward-looking	statements.	Please	refer	to	“Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information”	for	a	discussion	of	risks	and	
uncertainties	related	to	such	statements.

	MX	revenue	and	income	is	included	from	May	1,	2008.	Revenue	from	BOX	is	included	from	May	1,	2008	to	August	28,	2008	as	an	equity	investment,	and	then	consolidated	from	
August	29,	2008,	with	an	adjustment	made	for	non-controlling	interests.

3	 NTP	revenue	and	income	is	included	from	May	1,	2009	when	we	completed	the	acquisition.

*	 Net	income	for	2009	was	reduced	by	the	non-cash	goodwill	impairment	charge	of	$77.3	million.

Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis 

15

	
	
	
	
Vision, Strategies and Priorities4

Our Vision:	To	lead	in	the	development	and	operation	of	efficient,	integrated,	neutral	and	transparent	marketplaces	providing	services	that	facilitate	
the	flow	of	capital	while	creating	value	for	investors	and	businesses	of	all	sizes.	

Strategy:	 We	 are	 working	 to	 grow	 our	 diversified	 business	 horizontally,	 vertically	 and	 geographically	 by	 offering	 innovative	 cash	 and	 derivatives	
products	across	multiple	asset	classes.	

We	 currently	 offer	 a	 broad	 range	 of	 cash	 and	 derivatives	 products,	 including	 products	 based	 on	 interest	 rates,	 equities,	 equity	 indices,	 foreign	
exchange,	energy	and	environmental	financial	products.	We	plan	to	innovate	by	continuing	to	introduce	new,	customer-focused	products,	services	
and	solutions	to	our	marketplaces,	including	those	that	combine	the	cash	and	derivative	markets.

Horizontal Expansion

•  Further	diversify	our	revenue	base	through	expansion	into	new	asset	classes	and	products	and	create	a	substantially	larger	entity	that	is	

better	positioned	to	compete	globally.

Vertical Expansion

•  Further	expand	the	depth	of	our	product	and	service	offerings	to	enhance	our	competitive	position	in	cash,	derivatives	and	energy	markets.	

Geographic Expansion

•  Continue	to	extend	our	services	and	offerings	outside	of	Canada	to	a	broader	array	of	investors	and	issuers	by	capitalizing	on	our	strengths	

in	natural	resources,	small	and	medium	sized	enterprises	(SMEs)	and	technology.

TMX Group’s Strategic Priorities and Recent Accomplishments5

Strategic Priorities

Issuer Services

•  Enhancing	 our	 premium	 brand,	 promoting	 market	 integrity,	 expanding	 our	 superior	 product	 and	 service	 offerings,	 while	 maintaining	

competitive	pricing.	

• 

Increasing	global	marketing	and	business	development	and	expanding	our	network	of	influencers	and	advisors.	

•  Diversifying	our	suite	of	products	and	services	offered	to	issuers	and	enhancing	existing	products	and	services.	

• 

Increasing	 investor	 participation	 and	 new	 sources	 of	 capital,	 and	 advocating	 for	 proportionate	 regulation	 and	 streamlined	 access	 to	
our	markets.

Trading

Cash Equities

•  Continuing	to	implement	core	technology	initiatives,	such	as	the	TSX	enterprise	expansion	to	meet	growing	demand	for	reduced	latency	

and	expanded	capacity.

•  Reducing	barriers	to	entry	in	our	markets	and	continuing	to	pursue	new	international	equities	traders.	This	represents	an	opportunity	to	

grow	our	overall	trading	volumes.	

•  Maintaining	competitive	pricing	structure	that	reflects	the	value	of	our	products	and	services.

• 

Identifying	new	opportunities	to	diversify	revenue	sources:	including	introducing	new	trading	products	such	as	on-book	dark	order	types	
that	will	position	TMX	as	the	connectivity	hub	and	a	leading	destination	for	dark	trading	in	Canada.	

4	

5	

	The	“Vision, Strategies and Priorities”	section	above	contains	certain	forward-looking	statements.	Please	refer	to	“Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information”	for	a	discussion	of	risks	
and	uncertainties	related	to	such	statements.

	The	“TMX Group’s Strategic Priorities and Recent Accomplishments”	section	above	contains	certain	forward-looking	statements.	Please	refer	to	“Caution Regarding Forward-Looking 
Information, Risks and Uncertainties”	for	a	discussion	of	risks	and	uncertainties	related	to	such	statements.

16  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

Energy 

•  Maintaining	and	continuing	to	grow	Canadian	natural	gas	liquidity.	

•  Growing	NGX’s	market	share	of	Canadian	crude	oil	trading	and	clearing.	

•  Continuing	U.S.	expansion	in	natural	gas	and	crude	oil.	

• 

Implementing	clearing	enhancements	to	reduce	customer	capital	costs.	

•  Analyzing	and	pursuing	new	product	opportunities.	

•  Enhancing	technology	for	transaction	efficiency.	

Derivatives 

•  Accelerating	 the	 development	 of	 a	 Canadian	 exchange-traded	 derivatives	 market	 by	 promoting	 the	 strengths	 of	 our	 model:	 price	

transparency,	liquidity	and	central	counter-party	clearing.	

•  Broadening	our	clearing	service	offering	by	pursuing	and	implementing	opportunities	in	OTC	markets.	

•  Leveraging	alliances.

Market Data

•  Continuing	to	enhance	our	product	offering	and	adding	global	content	across	asset	classes.	

•  Expanding	international	and	web	sales	efforts.

•  Pursuing	 opportunities	 within	 our	 multi-market	 environment	 to	 provide	 low	 latency	 consolidated	 datafeeds,	 co-location	 and	 data	

delivery	solutions.

Recent Accomplishments 

In	2009	and	to	date	in	2010,	we	successfully	advanced	our	strategy	by	executing	on	a	number	of	initiatives	across	our	business:

Issuer Services 

• 

In	2009,	38	new	exchange	traded	funds	and	exchange	traded	notes	(ETFs)	listed	on	Toronto	Stock	Exchange,	bringing	the	total	number	to	
122	with	a	total	market	capitalization	of	approximately	$33.7	billion	at	December	31,	2009.	

•  Our	third	annual	U.S.	roadshow	promoting	TMX	Group	equity	exchanges	held	events	in	five	cities	in	2009.	We	also	took	our	roadshow	
to	 seven	 cities	 in	 China	 and	 hosted	 TMX	 events	 in	 Australia,	 Brazil,	 Colombia,	 Peru,	 Hong	 Kong,	 South	 Africa,	 U.K.,	 and	 Israel	 in	 2009.	
We	added	38	new	international	issuers	(excluding	TSX	Venture	Exchange	graduates)	in	2009,	despite	difficult	market	conditions.

• 

In	2009,	we	held	Clean	Technology	investor	events	in	Vancouver,	Montréal,	San	Diego	and	Los	Angeles,	where	leading	public	and	private	
clean	technology	and	renewable	power	companies	met	with	members	of	the	Canadian	financial	and	investment	community	to	promote	
Canadian	capital	markets.	Clean	Technology	and	Renewable	Power	companies	continue	to	raise	capital	and	grow	on	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	
and	TSX	Venture	Exchange,	as	we	now	list	the	highest	number	of	clean	technology	companies	in	the	world,	raising	more	than	$1	billion	
in	equity	financing	in	2009,	up	more	than	100%	from	2008.	At	December	31,	2009	there	were	123	clean	technology	companies	listed	on	
either	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	or	TSX	Venture	Exchange	with	a	combined	market	capitalization	of	approximately	$12.9	billion.

Trading

Cash Equities

• 

• 

• 

• 

In	 April	 2009,	 we	 completed	 the	 launch	 of	 our	 smart	 order	 routing	 solution	 for	 Toronto	 Stock	 Exchange	 and	 TSX	 Venture	 Exchange	
Participating	Organizations	and	Member	Firms	(collectively,	POs).	The	TMX	Smart	Order	Router	provides	subscribers	with	trading	access	to	
all	visible	Canadian	marketplaces	trading	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	and	TSX	Venture	Exchange	listed	securities.	The	TMX	router	solution	is	
designed	to	help	customers	operate	more	efficiently	and	cost	effectively	in	a	multiple	marketplace	environment.

In	May	2009,	we	completed	the	successful	migration	of	all	of	TSX	Venture	Exchange	symbols	to	the	TSX	Quantum	trading	engine.	

In	November	2009,	we	successfully	completed	the	implementation	of	our	new	TSX	Quantum	Order	Entry	Gateway,	which	was	designed	to	
support	the	dramatic	increase	in	messaging	rates	and	performance	demands	from	the	trading	community.	

In	January	2010,	we	commenced	new	technology	initiatives	designed	to	strengthen	our	competitive	position	and	expand	the	breadth	of	the	
products	and	solutions	offered	to	clients.	Internal	networks	and	storage	infrastructure	are	being	upgraded	to	further	increase	throughput	
capability.	In	addition,	we	are	greatly	expanding	capacity	to	handle	the	ever-increasing	number	of	messages;	the	first	expansion	phase,	
which	is	expected	to	be	complete	in	Q1	/	10,	is	designed	to	more	than	double	throughput	capability	in	our	TSX	Quantum	trading	system.

Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis 

17

Energy 

•  On	May	1,	2009,	we	completed	the	acquisition	of	NTP.	Trading	and	clearing	of	NTP	products	was	immediately	transitioned	to	NGX’s	trading	

system	and	clearing	facility.	

• 

In	August	2009,	NGX	launched	clearing	capabilities	for	the	United	States	crude	oil	marketplace,	adding	further	depth	to	NGX’s	product	
offering	as	a	full-service	energy	marketplace	with	clearing	capabilities	for	both	natural	gas	and	crude	oil	to	U.S.	customers.	

•  NGX	continued	to	expand	its	U.S.	natural	gas	presence	in	2009,	launching	physical	clearing	at	ten	additional	hubs	for	a	total	of	20	U.S.	
locations	at	year	end.	In	January	2010	NGX	added	three	new	natural	gas	clearing	points,	bringing	the	total	number	of	U.S.	locations	to	23.

Derivatives

• 

• 

In	2009,	MX	re-introduced	a	five-year	Government	of	Canada	bond	futures	contract,	and	launched	implied	pricing	functionality	for	our	
flagship	Bankers’	Acceptance	interest	rate	futures	contract	and	a	mini-sized	futures	contract	on	the	S&P	/	TSX	Composite	Index.	

In	May	2009,	we	successfully	launched	the	SOLA	Clearing	system.	The	new	clearing	platform,	which	leverages	the	strength	of	the	SOLA	
technology,	provides	both	better	service	to	clients	as	well	as	the	flexibility	to	enhance	CDCC’s	product	offering.	

•  On	December	15,	2009,	the	Investment	Industry	Association	of	Canada	(IIAC)	announced	that	it	had	selected	CDCC	as	a	preferred	partner	
to	develop	the	infrastructure	for	central-counterparty	services	to	the	Canadian	fixed	income	market.	We	believe	our	work	on	this	project	
will	bring	important	efficiencies	to	this	market	and	support	broad	regulatory	initiatives	in	fixed	income	clearing.

•  During	2009,	we	consolidated	our	equities	and	derivatives	data	centres	to	reduce	customer	costs	of	connectivity	and	facilitate	the	launch	

of	new	products.

• 

In	December,	2009,	EDX	and	Oslo	Børs	began	trading	Nordic	and	Russian	derivatives	on	TMX	Group’s	SOLA®	trading	system.	The	migration	
of	 these	 markets	 to	 SOLA	 trading	 technology	 brings	 a	 high	 level	 of	 performance	 and	 capacity	 and	 increased	 functionality,	 and	 serves	
to	mark	the	completion	of	the	first	step	in	the	development	of	the	strategic	partnership	in	derivatives	between	TMX	Group	and	the	LSE	
announced	in	March,	2009.	TMX	Group’s	strategic	alliance	with	the	LSE	was	cemented	when	TMX	Group	took	a	19.9%	ownership	stake	in	
EDX	in	May	2009.	Borsa	Italiana	is	scheduled	to	transition	to	the	SOLA	platform	in	the	second	half	of	2010.	

Market Data 

• 

• 

• 

• 

In	January	2009,	PC-Bond	announced	the	launch	of	new	benchmark	bond	indices	for	the	Canadian	fixed	income	marketplace	–	Volume	
BLOX™.	The	two	initial	Volume	BLOX	indices	are	based	on	bonds	issued	by	the	Provinces	of	Ontario	and	Quebec.	Each	new	index	includes	
six	issues	representing	coverage	across	the	yield	curve	for	those	issues	at	the	benchmark	term,	with	the	greatest	liquidity	as	measured	by	
actual	trade	volume.	These	new	indices	further	diversify	our	current	product	suite	and	offer	the	potential	for	future	derivative	products	on	
the	Montréal	Exchange	family	of	bond	indices	for	the	Canadian	fixed	income	marketplace.

In	June	2009,	the	Canadian	Securities	Administrators	(CSA)	announced	that	TSX	Inc.,	a	wholly-owned	subsidiary	of	TMX	Group,	will	act	as	
an	information	processor	for	exchange-traded	equity	securities	for	a	period	of	five	years.	The	role	of	an	information	processor	is	to	provide	
a	central	source	of	consolidated	Canadian	equity	market	data	that	meets	standards	approved	by	regulators.	We	believe	that	our	solution	
will	serve	the	interests	of	all	equity	market	participants,	offering	high-speed	access	to	Canadian	marketplace	content	for	domestic	and	
international	clients.

In	September	2009,	we	announced	a	major	expansion	of	our	co-location	services	to	offer	additional	equity	and	derivatives	trading	and	
market	data	clients	the	opportunity	to	co-locate	and	achieve	lowest	latency	access	to	the	TSX	Quantum	and	SOLA	trading	enterprises.	
Co-location	at	our	facilities	will	offer	clients	reduced	response	times,	increase	their	effectiveness	and	permit	them	to	better	serve	their	
own	customers	as	high	frequency	multi-asset	class	trading	becomes	an	increasingly	important	component	of	capital	markets	activity.	

In	 December	 2009,	 TMX	 Datalinx	 announced	 its	 arrangement	 with	 NYSE	 Technologies	 to	 deliver	 innovative	 and	 world	 class	 data	
consolidation	 and	 connectivity	 solutions	 for	 the	 Canadian	 capital	 markets.	 The	 arrangement	 includes	 extending	 the	 global	 availability	
of	 TMX	 Datalinx	 Canadian	 market	 data	 through	 connectivity	 to	 NYSE	 Technologies’	 Secure	 Financial	 Transaction	 Infrastructure®	 (SFTI®)	
locations	 across	 the	 United	 States	 and	 Europe;	 providing	 TMX	 Datalinx	 clients	 with	 enhanced	 international	 market	 data,	 including	 the	
U.S.	consolidated	tapes	and	global	exchange	feeds;	and	utilizing	NYSE	Technologies’	low-latency	data	consolidation	platform	to	power	the	
CSA-designated	TMX	Information	Processor.	

Market Conditions6

Our	revenue	is	impacted	by	the	levels	and	nature	of	market	activity	on	our	exchanges.	This	activity	is	influenced	by	customer	and	product	mix,	
including:	volumes	/	contracts	traded	in	cash	equities	and	fixed	income	products,	as	well	as	derivatives	and	energy	products;	the	number	and	market	
capitalization	of	listed	issuers;	the	number	and	value	of	new	and	additional	listings;	as	well	as	the	number	of	subscribers	to	market	data.	While	it	
is	not	possible	to	quantify	the	potential	changes	in	some	of	these	measures,	future	economic	and	market	conditions	will	continue	to	affect	these	
revenue	drivers	and	impact	future	revenue	and	net	income	given	our	largely	fixed	cost	structure.

6	

	The	“Market Conditions and Outlook”	section	above	contains	certain	forward-looking	statements.	Please	refer	to	“Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information”	for	a	discussion	of	risks	and	
uncertainties	related	to	such	statements.

18  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

The	economic	and	market	conditions	in	Canada	and	the	rest	of	the	world	over	the	last	year,	had	a	mixed	impact	on	the	different	aspects	of	our	
business	and	these	revenue	drivers.	For	example,	the	need	and	capability	for	issuers	to	rebuild	their	balance	sheets	led	to	record	financing	activity	
on	our	exchanges	while	the	historically	low	and	stable	interest	rate	environment	reduced	the	need	for	hedging	and	thus	lowered	trading	activity	in	
our	interest	rate	derivative	products.	

In	 addition,	 we	 continue	 to	 operate	 in	 the	 highly	 competitive	 exchange	 industry.	 Recently	 in	 Canada,	 new	 equity	 trading	 venues	 have	 entered	
the	market	and	while	volumes	on	our	exchanges	have	grown,	we	have	lost	market	share	to	these	new	entrants	and	significant	pricing	pressure	
is	evident	as	we	compete	for	order	flow.	A	hyper-competitive	environment	also	exists	in	the	U.S.	options	market	and	has	had	a	negative	effect	on	
BOX’s	market	share	and	revenue.	

From	a	macro	perspective,	a	recovery	in	the	global	and	Canadian	economies	should	have	an	overall	positive	impact	on	our	key	revenue	drivers,	as	a	
growing	economy	typically	leads	to	new	public	offerings	and	higher	financing	activity,	while	the	growth	of	capital	drives	more	investing	and	trading	
activity	across	all	asset	classes	and	venues.	

Our	 belief	 is	 that	 over	 the	 long	 term,	 neutral	 exchanges	 and	 clearing	 houses	 with	 unconflicted	 ownership	 structures	 will	 become	 even	 more	
important.	 They	 will	 continue	 to	 provide	 transparent	 markets	 for	 price	 discovery,	 well	 regulated	 venues	 for	 capital	 formation	 and	 effectively	
collateralized	clearing	mechanisms	for	managing	counterparty	credit	risk.	We	believe	we	are	strategically	positioned	domestically	and	internationally	
to	succeed	in	this	environment.	

Core Business of TMX Group 

We	derive	revenue	primarily	from	trading	and	clearing,	issuer	services	and	market	data.	

2009 revenue reported of $556.3 million 

2008 revenue reported of $532.6 million 

Business	Services	/Other	
	$30.9M	 6%

Issuer	Services		
$142.1M	 26%

Business	Services	/Other	
	$22.3M	 4%

Issuer	Services		
$152.2M	 29%

Market	Data	
$146.0M	 26%

NGX***	$39.4M	 7%

Cash	Markets		
$119.4M	 21%

Derivatives**
$78.5M	 14%

Market	Data	
$135.4M	 25%

NGX	$29.8M	 6%

Derivatives**
$47.2M	 9%

Cash	Markets		
$145.7M	 27%

Canadian	GAAP	requires	that	we	recognize	initial	and	additional	listing	fees	over	an	estimated	service	period	related	to	the	fees,	which	we	have	
determined	 to	 be	 ten	 years,	 even	 though	 we	 receive	 these	 fees	 upon	 completion	 of	 the	 transaction	 and	 they	 are	 non-refundable	 to	 customers.	
We	believe	it	is	helpful	to	also	show	total	revenue	based	on	initial	and	additional	listing	fees	billed*	as	this	measure	links	these	listing	fees	more	
closely	with	the	listing	transactions	and	cash	flows	we	generate	from	these	transactions.	This	is	how	our	international	peers,	who	currently	report	
using	International	Financial	Reporting	Standards	(IFRS),	account	for	these	fees.

The	following	is	a	reconciliation	of	total	revenue	based	on	initial	and	additional	listing	fees	billed*	to	total	revenue	based	on	initial	and	additional	
listing	fees	reported:

(in millions of dollars)

Total revenue based on initial and additional listing fees billed*
Initial and additional listing fees billed* and deferred to future periods
Recognition of initial and additional listing fees billed* and previously included in deferred revenue
Total revenue based on initial and additional listing fee revenue reported
Excess of initial and additional listing fees billed* over initial and additional listing revenue reported

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

2009
586.6
(99.8)
69.5
 556.3
30.3

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

2008
560.8
(90.0)
61.8
532.6
28.2

*	

See	discussion	under	the	heading	Non-GAAP	Financial	Measures.

**	

Includes	revenue	from	MX	from	May	1,	2008	and	BOX	from	August	29,	2008	with	an	adjustment	made	for	non-controlling	interests)	and	full	year	2009.

***	 Includes	revenue	from	NTP	from	May	1,	2009.

Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis 

19

2009 revenue of $586.6 million 
(total revenue based on initial and additional listing fees billed*) 

2008 revenue of $560.8 million 
(total revenue based on initial and additional listing fees billed*)

Issuer	Services*	
$172.4M	 30%

Business	Services	/Other	
	$22.3M	 4%

Market	Data	
$135.4M	 24%

Issuer	Services*	
$180.4M	 33%

Business	Services	/Other	
	$30.9M	 5%

Market	Data	
$146.0M	 25%

NGX***	$39.4M	 7%

Derivatives**
$78.5M	 13%

Cash	Markets		
$119.4M	 20%

Issuer Services

Revenue Composition 

NGX	$29.8M	 5%

Derivatives**
$47.2M	 8%

Cash	Markets		
$145.7M	 26%

2009 Issuer services revenue reported of $142.1 million 

2008 Issuer services revenue reported of $152.2 million 

Equicom	$11.3M	 8%

Equicom	$14.0M	 9%

TSX	Venture	Exchange	
$34.0M	 24%

TSX	Venture	Exchange	
$35.5M	 23%

Toronto	Stock	Exchange		
$96.8M	 68%

Toronto	Stock	Exchange		
$102.7M	 68%

The	following	is	a	reconciliation	of	issuer	services	revenue	based	on	initial	and	additional	listing	fees	billed*	to	issuer	services	revenue	based	on	
initial	and	additional	listing	fees	reported:	

(in millions of dollars)

Issuer services revenue based on initial and additional listing fees billed*
Initial and additional listing fees billed* and deferred to future periods
Recognition of initial and additional listing fees billed* and previously included in deferred revenue
Issuer services revenue based on initial and additional listing fee revenue reported
Excess of initial and additional listing fees billed* over initial and additional listing revenue reported

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $  
  $ 

2009
 172.4
(99.8)
69.5
142.1
 30.3

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

2008
 180.4
(90.0)
61.8
 152.2
28.2

2009 Issuer services revenue of $172.4 million 
based on initial and additional listing fees billed* 

2008 Issuer services revenue of $180.4 million 
based on initial and additional listing fees billed*

Equicom	$11.3M	 7%

Equicom	$14.0M	 8%

TSX	Venture	Exchange	
$41.7M	 24%

TSX	Venture	Exchange	
$45.8M	 25%

Toronto	Stock	Exchange		
$119.4M	 69%

Toronto	Stock	Exchange		
$120.7M	 67%

*	

See	discussion	under	the	heading	Non-GAAP	Financial	Measures.

**	

Includes	revenue	from	MX	from	May	1,	2008	and	BOX	from	August	29,	2008	with	an	adjustment	made	for	non-controlling	interests)	and	full	year	2009.

***	 Includes	revenue	from	NTP	from	May	1,	2009.

20  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

	
Overview and Description of Products and Services

Our	listings	operations	take	place	through	Toronto	Stock	Exchange,	our	senior	market,	and	TSX	Venture	Exchange,	our	junior	market.	TSX	Venture	
Exchange	also	offers	a	board	called	NEX7	for	issuers	that	have	fallen	below	TSX	Venture	Exchange’s	ongoing	listing	standards.

In	 general,	 issuers	 initially	 list	 on	 Toronto	 Stock	 Exchange	 either	 in	 connection	 with	 their	 initial	 public	 offerings	 (IPOs),	 or	 by	 graduating	 from	
TSX	Venture	Exchange.	Junior	companies	generally	list	on	TSX	Venture	Exchange	either	in	connection	with	their	IPOs	or	through	alternative	methods	
such	as	TSX	Venture	Exchange’s	Capital	Pool	Company™	(CPC)	program	or	reverse	takeovers.	

Issuers	list	a	number	of	different	types	of	securities	including	conventional	securities	such	as	common	shares,	preferred	shares,	rights	and	warrants,	
and	 a	 variety	 of	 alternative	 types	 of	 securities	 such	 as	 exchangeable	 shares,	 convertible	 debt	 instruments,	 limited	 partnership	 units,	 ETFs	 and	
structured	products.	In	December	2008,	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	amended	its	rules	to	list	Special	Purpose	Acquisition	Corporations	(SPACs).	The	SPAC	
is	an	investment	vehicle	allowing	issuers	to	go	public	with	the	intention	to	later	merge	with	or	acquire	an	operating	company.

Issuers	that	meet	initial	and	ongoing	listing	requirements	of	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	or	TSX	Venture	Exchange	receive	a	range	of	benefits,	including	
opportunities	 to	 efficiently	 access	 public	 capital,	 liquidity	 for	 existing	 investors,	 access	 to	 mentorship	 programs	 and	 the	 prestige	 and	 market	
exposure	associated	with	being	listed	on	one	of	Canada’s	premier	national	stock	exchanges.	While	we	list	issuers	from	a	wide	range	of	industries,	
we	are	a	leader	in	listing	issuers	in	the	resource	sectors,	including	mining	and	oil	and	gas	companies.	In	addition,	we	are	a	leader	in	listing	SMEs,	
as	well	as	issuers	in	the	Clean	Technology	sector.	In	2009,	total	financings	raised	on	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	were	$60.0	billion,	which	surpassed	the	
previous	record	of	$47.6	billion	set	in	2007.	TMX	Group’s	equity	exchanges	were	sixth	in	the	world	by	equity	capital	raised	in	2009,	an	increase	from	
our	2008	standing	of	seventh	in	the	world.

In	June	2007,	we	further	expanded	our	service	offerings	to	issuers	with	the	purchase	of	The	Equicom	Group	Inc.	(Equicom),	a	leading	provider	of	
investor	relations	and	related	corporate	communication	services	to	public	companies	in	Canada.	

Key Statistics

•  At	 December	 31,	 2009,	 1,462	 issuers	 with	 an	 aggregate	 market	 capitalization	 of	 $1.8	 trillion	 were	 listed	 on	 Toronto	 Stock	 Exchange,	

compared	with	1,570	issuers	at	December	31,	2008	with	an	aggregate	market	capitalization	of	$1.3	trillion.

•  At	 December	 31,	 2009,	 2,375	 issuers	 with	 an	 aggregate	 market	 capitalization	 of	 $36.3	 billion	 were	 listed	 on	 TSX	 Venture	 Exchange,	

compared	with	2,443	issuers	at	December	31,	2008	with	an	aggregate	market	capitalization	of	$17.1	billion.

Pricing

We	generate	issuer	services	revenue	primarily	by	charging	issuers	the	following	types	of	fees:

Initial Listing Fees 

Toronto	Stock	Exchange	and	TSX	Venture	Exchange	issuers	pay	initial	fees	based	on	the	value	of	the	securities	to	be	listed	or	reserved,	subject	to	
minimum	and	maximum	fees.	Initial	listing	fees	billed	fluctuate	with	the	number	of	transactions	and	value	of	securities	being	listed	or	reserved	in	
a	given	period.	For	accounting	purposes,	we	recognize	revenue	from	initial	listing	fees	on	a	straight-line	basis	over	a	ten	year	period.	Unamortized	
balances	are	recorded	as	part	of	“Deferred	revenue	–	initial	and	additional	listing	fees”	on	the	consolidated	balance	sheet.

Additional Listing Fees 

Issuers	already	listed	on	one	of	our	equity	exchanges	pay	fees	in	connection	with	subsequent	capital	market	transactions,	such	as	the	raising	of	
new	capital	through	the	sale	of	additional	securities.	Additional	listing	fees	are	based	on	the	value	of	the	securities	to	be	listed	or	reserved,	subject	
to	minimum	and	maximum	fees.	Additional	listing	fees	billed	fluctuate	with	the	number	of	transactions	and	value	of	securities	being	listed	or	
reserved	in	a	given	period.	For	accounting	purposes,	we	recognize	additional	listing	fees	on	a	straight-line	basis	over	a	ten	year	period.	Unamortized	
balances	are	recorded	as	part	of	“Deferred	revenue	–	initial	and	additional	listing	fees”	on	the	consolidated	balance	sheet.	

Sustaining Listing Fees8

Issuers	listed	on	one	of	our	equity	exchanges	pay	annual	fees	to	maintain	their	listing,	based	on	their	market	capitalization	at	the	end	of	the	prior	
calendar	year,	subject	to	minimum	and	maximum	fees.	Sustaining	listing	fees	provide	a	recurring	revenue	stream	that	typically	fluctuates	with	
the	number	of	companies	listed	and	their	market	capitalization.	Sustaining	listing	fees	are	billed	during	the	first	quarter	of	the	year,	recorded	as	
deferred	revenue	and	amortized	over	the	year	on	a	straight-line	basis.

Toronto	Stock	Exchange	and	TSX	Venture	Exchange	expect	most	of	their	listed	issuers	to	experience	an	increase	in	sustaining	fees	in	2010,	due	to	
higher	market	capitalization	at	December	31,	2009	when	compared	with	December	31,	2008.

7	 Unless	otherwise	indicated,	market	statistics	and	financial	information	for	TSX	Venture	Exchange	includes	information	for	NEX.

8	

	The	“Sustaining Listing Fees”	section	above	contains	certain	forward-looking	statements.	Please	refer	to	“Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information”	for	a	discussion	of	risks	and	
uncertainties	related	to	such	statements.

Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis  21

Prior	to	becoming	effective,	changes	to	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	listing	fees	are	filed	with	the	Ontario	Securities	Commission	(OSC).	Any	changes	
to	 TSX	 Venture	 Exchange	 listing	 fees	 must	 receive	 approval	 from	 the	 British	 Columbia	 Securities	 Commission	 (BCSC)	 and	 the	 Alberta	 Securities	
Commission	(ASC).	

2010 Pricing9

Toronto Stock Exchange 

We	 implemented	 a	 new	 listing	 fee	 schedule	 effective	 January	 1,	 2010.	 The	 key	 amendments	 to	 the	 listing	 fee	 schedule	 include	 changes	 to	 the	
additional	 listing	 variable	 rates	 and	 maximum	 fees	 (minimum	 fees	 remain	 unchanged).	 We	 previously	 increased	 additional	 listing	 fees	 in	 2008.	
Initial	listing	and	sustaining	listing	fee	rates	remain	unchanged.	Based	on	historical	financing	activity,	it	was	anticipated	that	total	issuer	services	
revenue	reported	would	have	increased	by	less	than	one	percent	and	total	issuer	services	fees	billed*	would	have	increased	by	about	three	to	four	
percent	on	an	annual	basis	as	a	result	of	these	changes.	Listing	fees	at	all	major	exchanges	were	reviewed	to	ensure	TSX	fees	remain	competitive	
with	those	marketplaces.	

TSX Venture Exchange 

There	are	no	planned	price	changes	for	2010.

Competition

We	compete	for	listings	both	in	North	America	and	internationally,	particularly	for	SMEs	and	resource	companies.	Domestically,	we	compete	for	
junior	listings	with	Canadian	National	Stock	Exchange	(CNSX).

While	some	Canadian	companies	seek	a	listing	on	another	major	North	American	or	international	exchange,	the	vast	majority	of	these	issuers	tend	
to	list	on	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	or	TSX	Venture	Exchange	and	do	not	bypass	our	markets.	At	December	31,	2009	there	were	274	issuers	interlisted	
on	other	exchanges,	including	88	on	NYSE,	41	on	NASDAQ,	38	on	AIM	and	26	on	ASX.	In	2009,	only	22	Canadian	issuers	bypassed	our	markets	to	list	
solely	outside	of	Canada.	

Trading – Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange, MX, NGX and Shorcan 

Trading, Clearing and Related Revenue

2009 trading, clearing and related revenue of $237.3 million 

2008 trading, clearing and related revenue of $222.7 million

Energy	–	NGX***	$39.4M	 17%

Cash	Markets		
$119.4M	 50%

Energy	–	NGX	$29.8M	 13%

Cash	Markets		
$145.7M	 66%

Derivatives	–	MX	and	BOX**	
$47.2M	 21%

Derivatives	–	MX	and	BOX**
$78.5M	 33%

Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange – Cash Equities Trading

Overview and Description of Products and Services

Toronto	Stock	Exchange	and	TSX	Venture	Exchange	trading	occurs	on	a	continuous	basis	on	our	fully	electronic	trading	systems	throughout	the	
day.	POs,	acting	as	principals	or	agents	for	retail	and	institutional	investors,	place	orders	to	buy	or	sell	securities.	Trading	sessions	begin	with	the	
market	open	in	an	auction	format.	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	sessions	end	with	an	extended	trading	session	in	which	trades	occur	at	the	closing	price,	
referred	to	as	a	single	price	closing	call	market.	Trading	also	occurs	through	crosses	in	which	POs	internally	match	orders	and	report	them	through	
the	exchanges.	All	trades	are	cleared	and	settled	through	The	Canadian	Depository	for	Securities	Limited	(CDS),	a	recognized	clearing	agency	in	
which	 we	 have	 an	 approximate	 18%	 ownership	 interest.	 The	 other	 owners	 of	 CDS	 are	 the	 major	 Canadian	 chartered	 banks	 and	 the	 Investment	
Industry	Regulatory	Organization	of	Canada	(IIROC).	

9	

	The	“2010 Pricing-Toronto Stock Exchange”	section	above	contains	certain	forward-looking	statements.	Please	refer	to	“Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information”	for	a	discussion	of	risks	
and	uncertainties	related	to	such	statements.

*	

See	discussion	under	the	heading	Non-GAAP	Financial	Measures.

**	

Includes	revenue	from	MX	from	May	1,	2008	and	BOX	from	August	29,	2008	with	an	adjustment	made	for	non-controlling	interests)	and	full	year	2009.

***	 Includes	revenue	from	NTP	from	May	1,	2009.

22  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

We	work	to	meet	market	demands	by	offering	superior	technology	distribution,	innovative	products	and	competitive	trading	fees.	In	Q4	/	08,	we	
announced	the	launch	of	a	new	Electronic	Liquidity	Provider	(ELP)	incentive	program,	offering	significant	fee	incentives	to	experienced	high	velocity	
traders.	It	is	our	view	that	ELP	program	participants	benefit	the	Canadian	equity	markets	by	tightening	bid	/	ask	spreads,	reducing	friction	costs,	
increasing	overall	turnover	and	attracting	more	liquidity	from	outside	Canada.

Technology10

In	April	2009,	we	completed	the	launch	of	our	smart	order	routing	solution	for	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	and	TSX	Venture	Exchange	POs.	In	May	2009,	
we	completed	the	successful	migration	of	all	of	TSX	Venture	Exchange’s	symbols	to	the	TSX	Quantum	engine.	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	symbols	
completed	 migration	 in	 May	 2008.	 Most	 recently	 we	 launched	 the	 enhanced	 TSX	 Quantum	 gateway.	 The	 new	 gateway	 is	 built	 on	 the	 same	
technology	as	the	TSX	Quantum	trading	engine,	and	we	completed	the	rollout	in	November	2009.

In	keeping	with	our	commitment	to	deliver	state	of	the	art	levels	of	technology	to	our	markets,	we	are	continuing	to	invest	in	and	are	planning	a	
multi-phased	initiative	to	upgrade	the	infrastructure	across	our	trading	and	data	enterprise.	With	increased	volumes	from	high	frequency	traders,	
it	is	also	critical	that	we	continue	to	deliver	low	latency	solutions	to	our	customers.	In	order	to	increase	throughput	capability,	we	are	upgrading	
our	internal	networks,	storage	and	application	servers.	The	first	expansion	phase,	which	is	expected	to	be	complete	in	Q1	/	10,	is	designed	to	more	
than	double	throughput	capability.	We	expect	to	incur	annual	operating	expenses,	including	amortization,	of	approximately	$8.0	million	to	support	
this	initiative.	However,	we	estimate	these	costs	will	be	largely	offset	by	the	decommissioning	of	legacy	hardware	beginning	in	2H	/	10.	The	upgrade	
of	the	trading	and	data	enterprise	is	designed	to	improve	our	overall	infrastructure	to	better	serve	our	existing	customers	and	to	attract	additional	
customers	and	order	flow	to	our	marketplace.

Key Statistics

•  The	 volume	 of	 securities	 traded	 on	 Toronto	 Stock	 Exchange	 in	 2009	 increased	 by	 9%	 over	 2008	 (118.5	 billion	 securities	 in	 2009	 versus	
109.2	billion	securities	in	2008).	Transactions	increased	by	5%	in	2009	compared	with	2008	(191.3	million	in	2009	versus	182.9	million	in	
2008).	The	total	2009	trading	volume	of	118.5	billion	exceeded	the	record	of	109.2	billion	set	in	2008.

•  The	volume	of	securities	traded	on	TSX	Venture	Exchange	in	2009	increased	by	6%	over	2008	(46.8	billion	securities	in	2009	versus	44.1	billion	

securities	in	2008).	Transactions	decreased	by	10%	in	2009	compared	with	2008	(5.3	million	in	2009	versus	5.9	million	in	2008).

Pricing

We	have	a	volume-based	fee	structure	for	issues	traded	on	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	and	TSX	Venture	Exchange.	This	model	was	structured	so	that	
market	participants	have	an	incentive	to	enter	orders	in	the	central	limit	order	book.	When	liquidity	is	added	to	the	central	limit	order	book,	executed	
passive	orders	receive	a	credit	on	a	per	security	basis,	and	when	liquidity	is	removed	from	the	central	limit	order	book,	each	executed	active	order	is	
charged	on	a	per	security	basis.	This	trading	revenue	is	recognized	on	the	date	when	the	trade	is	executed.

Effective	October	1,	2009,	fees	under	the	ELP	program	were	replaced	with	a	single	tier	model	(previously	three	tiers)	which	reduced	the	passive	credit	
paid	to	ELP	program	participants.	The	active	fee	paid	by	ELP	Program	participants	was	also	reduced	in	some	cases.	Also	effective	October	1,	2009,	
there	was	a	reduction	in	active	trading	fees	on	stocks	trading	at	less	than	$1	in	the	post-open	continuous	market.

In	2009,	we	announced	a	packaged	pricing	program	offered	to	customers	for	a	limited	time	period.	Clients	who	qualify	and	enter	into	the	equity	
trading	packaged	pricing	program	with	TSX	will	receive	the	applicable	program	benefits	provided	the	minimum	thresholds	are	maintained.	

Prior	to	becoming	effective,	changes	to	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	and	TSX	Venture	Exchange	trading	fees	are	filed	with	the	OSC,	BCSC	and	ASC.

2010 Pricing11

On	 February	 1,	 2010,	 we	 announced	 comprehensive	 changes	 to	 the	 equity	 trading	 fee	 structure	 for	 securities	 trading	 under	 $1	 on	 TSX	 Venture	
Exchange	and	Toronto	Stock	Exchange.	The	changes	represent	on	average	a	reduction	of	approximately	50%	in	trading	fees	for	these	securities.	
The	new	fee	structure	will	take	effect	on	March	1,	2010,	subject	to	regulatory	approval.	

The	new	fee	structure	includes	the	elimination	of	the	tiered	pricing	model	that	saw	fees	adjusted	based	on	trader	volumes	and	its	replacement	by	a	
new,	lower	single	fee	schedule	for	securities	trading	under	$1.	This	will	benefit	both	active	and	passive	traders	in	organizations	of	all	sizes.

Based	 on	 recent	 historical	 trading	 activity,	 patterns,	 product	 and	 customer	 mix,	 changes	 to	 the	 trading	 fee	 structure	 could	 reduce	 revenue	 by	
approximately	 $15.0	 to	 $18.0	 million	 on	 an	 annual	 basis	 (or	 approximately	 3%	 of	 our	 total	 revenue	 for	 2009)	 if	 offsetting	 benefits,	 including	
increased	volumes,	are	not	realized.	However,	actual	trading	revenue	will	depend	on	future	trading	activity,	patterns,	product	and	customer	mix.	

10	

11	

	The	“Technology”	section	above	contains	certain	forward-looking	statements.	Please	refer	to	“Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information”	for	a	discussion	of	risks	and	uncertainties	
related	to	such	statements.

	The	“Pricing 2010”	above	contains	certain	forward-looking	statements.	Please	refer	to	“Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information, Risks and Uncertainties”	for	a	discussion	of	risks	and	
uncertainties	related	to	such	statements.

Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis  23

Competition and Market Share

On	 December	 1,	 2001,	 regulatory	 changes	 permitting	 the	 creation	 of	 alternative	 trading	 systems	 (ATSs)	 in	 Canada	 were	 introduced.	 There	 are	
currently	a	number	of	ATSs	operating	or	who	intend	to	operate	in	Canada,	both	dark	and	visible	trading	venues,	including	mechanisms	to	internalize	
order	flow	within	a	PO.	The	largest	competitive	impact	thus	far	has	been	from	an	ATS	created	by	a	group	of	Canada’s	leading	banks	and	investment	
dealers	with	multiple	interests.

In	2009,	TSX	and	TSX	Venture	Exchange	held	an	86%	share	of	equities	volume	traded	in	Canada,	compared	with	98%	in	2008.	For	the	month	of	
December	 2009,	 our	 equity	 exchanges	 traded	 76%	 of	 total	 volume	 traded	 in	 Canada,	 compared	 with	 96%	 in	 December	 2008.	 The	 competitive	
landscape	 has	 changed	 significantly	 as	 competitors	 pursue	 aggressive	 tactics	 while	 leveraging	 their	 liquidity	 relationships	 in	 order	 to	 procure	
market	share	from	our	equity	exchanges.	Our	international	business	development	efforts,	core	technology	initiatives	and	responsive	new	products	
are	fundamental	to	growing	overall	trading	volumes.	

We	 also	 compete	 for	 trading	 activity	 in	 the	 United	 States	 for	 those	 issuers	 that	 seek	 additional	 listings	 on	 other	 exchanges,	 referred	 to	 as	
interlistings,	or	dual	listings.	Interlistings	generally	raise	the	profile	of	issuers	in	the	global	market,	and	trading	volumes	for	these	issuers’	securities	
often	increase	across	all	markets	as	well	as	on	Toronto	Stock	Exchange.	Whether	a	significant	portion	of	trading	of	a	particular	issuer	remains	in	
Canada	following	its	interlisting	depends	on	a	number	of	factors,	including	the	location	of	the	issuer’s	shareholder	base	and	the	location	of	research	
analysts	who	cover	the	issuer.	Our	cash	equities	sales	team	is	focused	on	U.S.	accounts	with	the	goal	of	attracting	more	participants	and	order	flow	
by	raising	the	level	of	awareness	regarding	the	benefits	of	trading	on	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	and	TSX	Venture	Exchange.

MX and BOX – Derivatives Trading and Clearing

Overview and Description of Products and Services

Our	financial	derivatives	trading	is	conducted	through	MX,	Canada’s	only	standardized	financial	derivatives	exchange.	In	addition,	MX	owns	53.8%	
of	BOX,	a	U.S.	automated	equity	options	market.	Our	derivatives	markets	derive	revenue	from	MX’s	trading,	clearing,	market	data	and	business	
services	activities	as	well	as	from	trading	on	BOX.	

Technology – SOLA

MX	developed	a	state-of-the-art	robust,	scalable	and	reliable	electronic	trading	platform,	called	SOLA,	currently	in	use	at	MX,	BOX,	EDX	and	Oslo	
Børs.	 In	 June	 2009,	 we	 successfully	 launched	 the	 SOLA	 Clearing	 system.	 The	 new	 clearing	 platform,	 which	 leverages	 the	 strength	 of	 the	 SOLA	
technology,	provides	the	flexibility	to	enhance	CDCC’s	product	offering.

Products and Services

Derivatives – Trading 

MX

MX	 offers	 interest	 rate,	 index	 and	 equity	 derivatives.	 Currently,	 the	 most	 important	 of	 these	 products	 are	 the	 Three-Month	 Canadian	 Bankers’	
Acceptance	Futures	contract	(BAX),	the	Ten-Year	Government	of	Canada	Bond	Futures	contract	(CGB)	and	the	S&P	Canada	60	Index	Futures	contract	
(SXF).	 MX	 connects	 participants	 to	 its	 derivatives	 markets,	 builds	 business	 relationships	 with	 them	 and	 works	 with	 them	 to	 ensure	 that	 the	
derivatives	offerings	meet	investor	needs.	In	2009	we	re-introduced	a	five-year	Government	of	Canada	bond	futures	contract,	introduced	implied	
pricing	functionality	for	our	flagship	Bankers’	Acceptance	interest	rate	futures	contract	and	launched	a	mini-sized	futures	contract	on	the	S&P	/	TSX	
Composite	Index.	

BOX

BOX	is	an	all-electronic	equity	derivatives	market	and	was	created	as	a	simpler,	faster,	more	transparent	and	less	costly	alternative	to	the	existing	
U.S.	market	models.	BOX	was	established	in	February	2002	by	the	Boston	Stock	Exchange,	Inc.	(BSE),	MX	and	Interactive	Brokers	Group	LLC,	with	MX	
as	the	principal	shareholder,	holding	a	35%	interest	which	was	acquired	with	an	initial	investment	of	$4.3	million.	With	the	addition	of	major	U.S.	
liquidity	providers	as	investing	partners	in	2003,	MX’s	interest	in	BOX	was	reduced	to	31.7%.	BOX	began	trading	equity	options	in	February	2004.	
MX	implemented	its	SOLA®	trading	system	at	BOX	in	2006.	

In	January	2005,	two	new	shareholders	of	BOX	purchased	additional	shares.	Following	these	transactions,	MX’s	interest	in	BOX	was	reduced	from	
31.7%	to	30.7%.	In	June	2005,	MX	acquired	0.7%	of	the	capital	stock	of	BOX	for	a	cash	consideration	of	$1.0	million,	increasing	its	share	in	BOX	
to	31.4%.	

MX	announced	on	December	21,	2007	that	it	had	reached	an	agreement	to	increase	its	ownership	position	in	BOX	from	31.4%	to	53.2%.	Under	the	
terms	of	the	agreement	with	the	BSE,	MX	agreed	to	pay	US$52.5	million	in	cash	for	the	21.9%	partnership	interest	in	BOX	held	by	the	BSE.	On	May	1,	
2008,	TMX	acquired	100%	of	the	MX.	As	part	of	the	acquisition,	all	of	the	assets	of	the	MX,	including	the	31.4%	interest	in	BOX	were	fair	valued.	
BOX	was	fair	valued	based	on	the	agreement	announced	in	December	2007.	As	a	result	of	this	exercise,	TMX	wrote	up	the	carrying	value	of	BOX	to	
$75.9	million.	

24  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

Subsequent	to	the	May	1,	2008	fair	value	write-up,	MX	acquired	the	additional	21.9%	interest	in	BOX	for	$58.0	million	CAD	giving	MX	the	majority	
ownership	interest	of	53.3%	in,	and	control	of,	BOX.	In	Q4	/	09,	we	determined	that	the	carrying	value	of	BOX	was	greater	than	its	fair	value.	As	a	
result,	we	took	a	non-cash	impairment	charge	of	$77.3	million	related	to	BOX	(see	Impairment of Goodwill).

BOX	is	one	of	multiple	options	markets	in	the	U.S.,	offering	an	electronic	equity	derivatives	market	on	almost	1,500	options	classes.	The	options	
market	in	the	U.S.	is	highly	competitive.	BOX	had	a	unique	make-or-take	pricing	structure	rather	than	the	payment	for	order	flow	model	which	
became	industry	standard.	As	market	share	erosion	accelerated	in	2009,	BOX	changed	the	pricing	model	considerably	in	three	stages,	eliminating	
the	make-or-take	pricing	and	transitioning	to	more	standard	pricing.	BOX	has	made	further	pricing	changes	for	2010	(see	2010 Pricing).

Derivatives – Clearing

Through	CDCC,	MX’s	wholly-owned	subsidiary,	we	generate	revenue	from	clearing	and	settlement,	as	well	as	from	options	and	futures	exercise	
activities.	CDCC	offers	central	counterparty	and	clearing	and	settlement	services	for	all	transactions	carried	out	on	MX’s	markets	and	on	some	OTC	
products.	In	addition,	CDCC	is	the	issuer	of	options	traded	on	MX	markets	and	the	clearing	house	and	guarantor	for	options	and	futures	contracts	
traded	on	MX	markets	and	for	some	products	on	the	OTC	market.	CDCC	reduces	investor	risk	by	guaranteeing	all	contractual	commitments	made	
between	parties	for	transactions	executed	on	MX’s	markets.	CDCC	received	a	long-term	rating	of	AA	and	a	short-term	rating	of	A1	from	Standard	
and	Poor’s.	On	December	15,	2009,	the	IIAC	announced	that	it	had	selected	CDCC	as	a	preferred	partner	to	develop	the	infrastructure	for	central-
counterparty	services	to	the	Canadian	fixed	income	market.

Derivatives – Regulatory Division

MX	is	a	self-regulatory	organization	(SRO)	that	has	a	major	responsibility	for	maintaining	the	transparency,	credibility	and	integrity	of	the	exchange-
traded	 derivatives	 market	 in	 Canada.	 MX’s	 Regulatory	 Division,	 which	 is	 operated	 independently	 of	 its	 other	 operations,	 is	 responsible	 for	 the	
regulation	of	its	markets	and	its	trading	participants.	The	Regulatory	Division	is	subject	to	the	sole	internal	oversight	of	MX’s	Special	Committee	–	
Regulatory	Division.	The	Special	Committee	–	Regulatory	Division,	which	is	appointed	by	the	Board	of	Directors	of	MX,	is	composed	of	a	majority	
of	independent	members,	none	of	whom	is	a	member	of	the	Board	of	Directors	of	MX	or	CDCC.	The	Regulatory	Division	operates	on	a	non-profit	/		
cost-recovery	basis.

Revenues	generated	by	the	Regulatory	Division	are	from	two	sources:	(1)	regulatory	fees,	which	are	principally	comprised	of	market	surveillance	
fees	collected	by	MX	on	behalf	of	its	Regulatory	Division,	and	(2)	regulatory	fine	revenues,	which	are	generated	from	fines	levied	by	the	Regulatory	
Division.	Market	regulation	fees	are	recognized	in	the	month	in	which	the	services	are	provided.

Any	 surplus	 in	 the	 Regulatory	 Division	 must	 be,	 subject	 to	 the	 approval	 of	 the	 Special	 Committee	 –	 Regulatory	 Division,	 redistributed	 to	 MX’s	
approved	 participants	 (excluding	 regulatory	 fine	 revenues,	 which	 cannot	 be	 redistributed)	 and	 any	 shortfall	 must	 be	 made	 up	 by	 a	 special	
assessment	by	MX’s	participants	or	by	MX	upon	recommendation	of	the	Special	Committee	–	Regulatory	Division.	Regulatory	fine	revenues	are	
accounted	for	separately	from	regulatory	fees	revenues	and	can	be	used	only	for	specifically	approved	purposes,	such	as	charitable	or	educational	
donations.	Regulatory	fine	revenues	are	reflected	in	Trading, Clearing and Related Revenue.

Key Statistics

•  MX	volumes	decreased	by	9%	(34.8	million	contracts	traded	in	2009	versus	38.1	million	contracts	traded	in	2008).	

•  BOX	volumes	decreased	by	23%	(137.8	million	contracts	in	2009	versus	178.7	million	contracts	traded	in	2008).

Pricing

MX	participants	are	charged	fees	for	buying	and	selling	derivatives	products	on	a	per	transaction	basis,	determined	principally	by	contract	type	and	
participant	status.	Since	MX	trading	fee	rates	are	charged	on	a	per	transaction	basis,	this	trading	revenue	is	directly	correlated	to	the	volume	of	
contracts	traded	on	the	derivatives	market.	Derivatives	trading	revenue	is	recognized	on	the	transaction	date	of	the	related	transaction.	

MX	participants	are	charged	fees	for	clearing	and	settlement	on	a	per	contract	basis.	These	fees	are	charged	at	various	rates	based	on	the	type	of	
customer	or	member.	Clearing	and	settlement	revenues	are	correlated	to	the	trading	volume	of	such	products	and	therefore	fluctuate	based	on	the	
same	factors	that	affect	our	derivatives	trading	volume.	Derivatives	clearing	revenue	is	recognized	on	the	settlement	date	of	the	related	transaction.

BOX	participants	are	charged	fees	on	a	per	transaction	basis.	Trading	fees	are	directly	correlated	to	the	volume	of	contracts	traded.	Transaction	fee	
revenue	is	considered	earned	upon	execution	of	a	trade	and	is	recognized	on	a	trade	date	basis.	

Prior	to	becoming	effective,	changes	to	MX	trading	fees	are	filed	with	the	Autorité	des	marchés	financiers	(AMF).	Changes	to	BOX	trading	fees	are	
filed	with	the	US	Securities	and	Exchange	Commission	(SEC).

Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis  25

2010 Pricing

There	have	been	no	major	price	changes	announced	by	MX	for	2010.	

On	January	1,	2010,	BOX	adjusted	its	pricing	by	establishing	a	tiered	pricing	schedule	for	market	makers	based	on	average	daily	volume.	In	addition,	
BOX	reduced	fees	related	to	removing	liquidity	in	various	products	as	well	as	in	contracts	traded	via	its	Price	Improvement	Period	mechanism.

Competition12 

In	Canada,	our	competition	in	derivatives	is	the	over-the-counter,	or	OTC	market.	

While	MX	and	CDCC	are	the	only	standardized	financial	derivatives	exchange	and	clearing	house	in	Canada,	their	various	component	activities	are	
exposed,	in	varying	degrees,	to	competition.	We	compete	by	offering	market	participants	a	state-of-the-art	electronic	trading	platform,	an	efficient,	
cost-effective	and	liquid	marketplace	for	trade	execution,	transparent	market	and	quotation	data	and	excellent	product	design.	Additionally,	we	are	
continually	enhancing	our	product	offering	and	providing	additional	efficiencies	to	our	customers.	We	are	committed	to	improving	the	technology,	
services,	 market	 integrity	 and	 liquidity	 of	 our	 markets.	 In	 addition	 to	 competition	 from	 foreign	 derivatives	 exchanges	 that	 offer	 comparable	
derivatives	products,	the	majority	of	derivatives	trading	occurs	over	the	counter,	or	OTC,	or	bilaterally	between	institutions.	We	may	in	the	future	
also	face	competition	from	Canadian	marketplaces.

If	a	market	were	to	be	established	in	Canada	in	competition	with	MX,	CDCC	would	be	in	a	position	to	offer	clearing	services	to	that	market,	subject	
to	obtaining	the	requisite	regulatory	approvals.

With	respect	to	providing	clearing	services	for	certain	OTC-traded	contracts,	CDCC	is	targeting	markets	that	already	are	or	could	easily	be	the	focus	
of	foreign	clearing	houses.	The	nature	of	these	markets	makes	them	attractive	targets	for	all	clearing	houses	in	good	standing	throughout	the	
world.	Once	such	services	are	in	place	in	a	given	clearing	house,	the	main	criterion	for	attracting	such	business	is	merely	that	both	counterparties	to	
a	transaction	clear	through	members	of	the	clearing	house.

In	the	United	States,	MX	competes	for	market	share	of	trading	single	stock	options	based	on	Canadian-based	interlistings,	or	dual	listings.	However,	
options	traded	in	the	U.S.	are	not	fungible	with	those	traded	in	Canada.	

BOX	operates	in	the	highly	competitive	U.S.	equity	options	market.	BOX’s	overall	market	share	declined	from	5%	in	2008	to	4%	in	2009.	For	the	
month	of	December	2009,	BOX	traded	2%	of	equity	options	traded	in	the	U.S.,	compared	with	7%	in	December	2008.

NGX 

Overview and Description of Products and Services13

NGX	is	a	Canadian-based	energy	exchange	with	an	electronic	platform	that	trades	and	provides	clearing	and	settlement	services	for	natural	gas,	
crude	oil	and	electricity	contracts.	In	February	2008,	we	embarked	on	a	transformative	technology	and	clearing	alliance	for	the	North	American	
natural	 gas	 and	 Canadian	 power	 markets	 between	 NGX	 and	 IntercontinentalExchange	 Inc.	 (ICE).	 This	 alliance	 brings	 together	 the	 respective	
strengths	of	NGX,	North	America’s	leading	physical	clearing	and	settlement	facility	in	energy,	and	ICE,	a	world-leading	electronic	energy	and	soft	
commodities	marketplace.	Under	the	arrangement,	North	American	physical	natural	gas	and	Canadian	electricity	products	are	offered	through	ICE’s	
leading	electronic	commodities	trading	platform.	NGX	serves	as	the	clearinghouse	for	these	products.	

In	 January	 2010,	 NGX	 opened	 three	 new	 natural	 gas	 clearing	 points,	 and	 now	 serves	 23	 key	 U.S.	 hubs,	 or	 pricing	 points,	 in	 addition	 to	 the	
14	Canadian	hubs.	We	plan	to	provide	physical	clearing	services	at	an	additional	10	U.S.	hubs	as	we	build	up	our	operational	expertise	and	add	
committed	clearing	customers	in	2010.	

On	May	1,	2009,	we	completed	the	acquisition	of	NTP,	a	leading	Canadian	electronic	trading	platform	and	clearing	facility	for	crude	oil	products,	
and	launched	crude	oil	products	on	NGX’s	trading	system	and	clearing	facility.	The	NGX	model	provides	significant	capital	efficiencies	to	customers	
who	trade	in	multiple	commodities,	however,	the	transition	to	a	fully	collateralized	model	is	not	automatic	and	we	continue	to	work	with	customers	
to	communicate	the	benefits	and	convert	them.	All	but	two	NTP	customers	have	moved	to	NGX	and	over	30	are	active.	In	October	2006,	we	acquired	
Oxen	Inc.	(Oxen),	which	owns	the	Watt-Ex,	a	provider	of	ancillary	services	to	the	Alberta	Electric	System	Operator	which	is	used	to	balance	supply	
and	demand	on	the	Alberta	grid.

Key Statistics

• 

In	2009,	NGX	set	a	new	record	for	energy	volume	with	14.8	million	terajoules	traded	or	cleared	in	natural	gas,	OTC,	bilateral	and	crude	oil	
contracts,	surpassing	the	previous	record	of	14.4	million	terajoules	set	in	2008,	representing	an	overall	increase	of	3%.	These	volumes	
exclude	the	Watt-Ex	volumes,	which	represent	electric	operating	reserve	procurement	for	the	Alberta	Electric	System	Operator.	

12	

13	

	The	“Competition”	section	above	contains	certain	forward-looking	statements.	Please	refer	to	“Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information”	for	a	discussion	of	risks	and	uncertainties	
related	to	such	statements.

	The	“Overview and Description of Products and Services”	section	above	contains	certain	forward-looking	statements.	Please	refer	to	“Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information”	for	a	
discussion	of	risks	and	uncertainties	related	to	such	statements.

26  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

•  As	 of	 December	 2009,	 NGX	 lists	 over	 15	 crude	 oil	 grades	 at	 10	 trading	 hubs	 in	 Canada	 and	 the	 U.S.	 NGX’s	 crude	 oil	 volumes	 for	 2009	

averaged	over	4.1	million	Bbls	/	mo	(135,000	barrels	per	day).

Pricing

NGX	generates	trading	and	clearing	revenue	by	applying	fees	to	all	transactions	based	on	the	contract	volume	traded	or	centrally	cleared	through	
the	exchange,	and	charges	a	monthly	fixed	subscription	fee	to	each	trading	customer	who	trades	on	NGX.

Fee	changes	are	filed	with	the	ASC	and	U.S.	Commodity	Futures	Trading	Commission	(CFTC).

2010 Pricing 

There	have	been	no	major	price	changes	announced	for	2010.

Competition 

NGX’s	business	of	trading	and	clearing	natural	gas,	electricity	and	crude	oil	contracts	faces	primary	competition	in	energy	markets	in	Canada	and	
the	United	States	from	other	marketplaces,	electronic	trading	and	clearing	platforms	and	from	the	OTC	or	bilateral	markets	(with	support	from	voice	
brokers).	Voice	brokers	continue	to	provide	efficient	contract	matching	services	for	both	standardized	and	structured	products	and	are	expanding	
their	service	offerings	to	include	access	to	clearing	facilities	for	trading	parties	who	may	have	credit	constraints.	Our	alliance	with	ICE	positions	
us	to	compete	in	the	OTC	markets	for	trading	while	providing	clearing	for	OTC	bilateral	contracts.	NGX	is	working	with	the	energy	voice	brokers	to	
provide	clearing	alternatives	for	standard	off-exchange	bilateral	energy	transactions.	

Shorcan – Fixed Income & Energy Trading

Overview and Description of Products and Services

Shorcan	 primarily	 provides	 a	 facility	 for	 matching	 orders	 for	 Canadian	 federal,	 provincial,	 corporate	 and	 mortgage	 bonds	 and	 treasury	 bills	 and	
derivatives	for	anonymous	or	name-give-up	buyers	and	sellers	in	the	secondary	market.	Shorcan	Energy	Brokers	Inc.,	a	wholly	owned	subsidiary	of	
Shorcan,	provides	a	facility	for	matching	buyers	and	sellers	of	energy	products,	including	crude	oil.

Key Statistics

We	estimate	that	the	IDB	market	represents	about	37%	of	total	fixed	income	trading	in	Canada	and	that	Shorcan’s	share	of	this	market	is	about	
32%	in	2009.

Pricing

Shorcan	charges	a	commission	on	orders	that	are	matched	against	an	existing	communicated	order.	

2010 Pricing 

There	have	been	no	major	price	changes	announced	for	2010.

Competition

Shorcan	has	several	competitors	in	the	fixed	income	IDB	and	energy	markets	in	Canada.	Shorcan	continues	to	work	towards	increasing	market	share	
as	well	as	diversifying	revenue.

Market Data – TMX Datalinx and MX

2009 market data revenue of $146.0 million  

2008 market data revenue of $135.4 million

Fixed	Income

Canadian	Exchange		
Group	Level	1

Data	Delivery	Solutions

Fixed	Income

Data	Delivery	Solutions

Canadian	Exchange		
Group	Level	1

Derivatives

3rd	Party	Data

Online/Historical/Other

Non-pro	Usage

TSX	Level	1

TSX	Level	2

TSXV	Level	2

TSXV	Level	1

Derivatives

3rd	Party	Data

Online/Historical/Other

TSX	Level	1

Non-pro	Usage

TSXV	Level	2

TSXV	Level	1

TSX	Level	2

Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis  27

Overview and Description of Products and Services

Real-Time Market Data Products14

Trading	 activity	 on	 our	 equity	 exchanges	 produces	 a	 stream	 of	 real-time	 data	 reflecting	 orders	 and	 executed	 transactions.	 This	 stream	 of	 data	
is	 supplemented	 with	 value	 added	 content	 (e.g.	 dividends,	 earnings)	 and	 packaged	 by	 TMX	 Datalinx	 into	 real-time	 market	 data	 products	 and	
delivered,	directly	or	indirectly,	to	end	users	directly	or	via	more	than	100	Canadian	and	global	market	data	vendors	that	sell	data	feeds	and	desktop	
information	services.	

For	our	cash	equities	markets,	we	offer	Level	1	and	Level	2	real-time	services	for	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	and	TSX	Venture	Exchange,	including	NEX.	
Level	1	provides	trades,	quotes,	corporate	actions	and	index	information.	Our	Level	2	services	provide	a	more	in-depth	look	at	the	order	book.	Level	2	
real-time	products	include	Market-by-Price	and	Market	Book	for	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	and	MarketDepth	by	Price	and	MarketDepth	by	Order	for	
TSX	Venture	Exchange,	which	display	all	committed	orders	and	trades.	We	offer	direct	data	feeds	to	clients	with	trading	strategies	that	require	lower	
latency.	We	also	provide	market	participants	with	low-latency	access	to	consolidated	real-time	market	data	by	way	of	our	Consolidated	Data	Feed	
(CDF)	and	Canadian	Best	Bid	and	Offer	(CBBO).

On	June	5,	2009,	the	CSA	announced	that	TSX	Inc.,	a	wholly-owned	subsidiary	of	TMX	Group,	will	act	as	an	information	processor	for	exchange-
traded	equity	securities	for	a	period	of	five	years.	The	TMX	Information	Processor	will	offer	the	CDF,	CBBO,	Consolidated	Last	Sale	(CLS)	and	the	
Consolidated	Depth	of	Book	(CDB)	products.	Three	of	the	four	IP	products	are	now	in	the	market,	although	without	the	data	contribution	of	one	
marketplace.	The	final	IP	product,	the	CDB,	will	be	launched	after	that	last	marketplace	provides	its	data.	These	products	use	third-party	technology	
and	are	delivered	to	clients	through	existing	telecommunication	links	with	TSX	Inc.

TMX	Datalinx	Canadian	market	data	is	available	globally	through	connectivity	to	NYSE	Technologies’	Secure	Financial	Transaction	Infrastructure®	
(SFTI®)	locations	across	the	United	States	and	Europe.

Co-Location15

As	part	of	our	on-going	effort	to	deliver	low-latency	solutions	that	support	the	wide	range	of	market	participants,	in	2008	we	began	to	offer	clients	
the	opportunity	to	locate	their	trading	and	data	applications	in	the	TMX	data	centre.	In	September	2009,	we	announced	a	major	expansion	of	our	
co-location	services	and	facilities	in	response	to	significant	international	demand.	Construction	has	begun	to	prepare	the	new	space	for	targeted	
rollout	beginning	in	1H	/	10.	The	new	facility	is	designed	to	accommodate	up	to	200	co-location	spaces,	which	will	meet	current	and	medium-term	
demand	 for	 the	 services.	 The	 capital	 expenditures	 associated	 with	 the	 expansion	 project	 are	 being	 incurred	 from	 Q1	/	10	 and	 we	 anticipate	 the	
next	phase	will	be	completed	by	Q2	/	10	at	a	cost	of	approximately	$10.0	million,	which	we	plan	to	amortize	over	ten	years.	We	expect	to	realize	
incremental	revenue	beginning	in	the	2H	/	10.

Historical Market Data Products and Corporate Information 

Historical	 market	 data	 products	 include	 market	 information	 (such	 as	 historical	 pricing,	 index	 constituents	 and	 weightings)	 and	 corporate	
information	(such	as	dividends	and	corporate	actions)	used	in	research,	analysis	and	trade	clearing.	

In	 June	 2008,	 we	 launched	 www.tmxmoney.com,	 a	 new	 financial	 portal	 for	 Canadian	 and	 North	 American	 investors	 with	 new	 features,	 market	
information	and	investment	tools.	

Index Products – Equities

TMX	Datalinx	has	an	arrangement	with	Standard	&	Poor’s	under	which	we	share	license	fees	received	from	organizations	that	create	products,	such	
as	mutual	funds	and	ETFs,	based	on	the	S&P	/	TSX	indices.	In	general,	these	license	fees	are	based	on	a	percentage	of	funds	under	management	in	
respect	of	those	products.	

Index and Analytics Products – Fixed Income

Our	PC-Bond	fixed	income	indices	are	widely	used	fixed	income	performance	benchmarks	in	Canada.	The	best	known	of	these	indices	is	the	Universe	
Bond	Index,	which	tracks	the	broad	Canadian	bond	market.	In	addition	to	this	index,	we	now	publish	a	variety	of	sub-indices	for	different	term	
and	credit	sectors,	as	well	as	indices	for	tracking	other	segments	of	the	market,	including	high	yield	bonds,	Euro	Canadian	bonds,	maple	bonds	
(Canadian	 dollar	 bonds	 issued	 by	 a	 non-Canadian	 issuer),	 yankee	 bonds,	 inflation-indexed	 real	 return	 bonds,	 treasury	 bills	 and	 residential	 and	
commercial	mortgage-backed	securities.	

In	January	2009,	PC-Bond	announced	the	launch	of	new	benchmark	bond	indices	for	the	Canadian	fixed	income	marketplace	–	Volume	BLOX™.	The	two	
initial	 Volume	 BLOX	 indices	 are	 based	 on	 bonds	 issued	 by	 the	 Provinces	 of	 Ontario	 and	 Quebec.	 Each	 new	 index	 includes	 six	 issues	 representing	
coverage	across	the	yield	curve	for	those	issues	at	the	benchmark	term,	with	the	greatest	liquidity	as	measured	by	actual	trade	volume.	

14	

15	

	The	“Real-Time Market Data Products”	section	above	contains	certain	forward-looking	statements.	Please	refer	to	“Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information”	for	a	discussion	of	risks	and	
uncertainties	related	to	such	statements.

	The	“Co-Location”	section	above	contains	certain	forward-looking	statements.	Please	refer	to	“Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information”	for	a	discussion	of	risks	and	uncertainties	
related	to	such	statements.

28  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

PC-Bond	 offers	 an	 analytical	 software	 system	 for	 trading	 and	 managing	 fixed	 income	 securities,	 leveraging	 an	 extensive	 database	 of	 issue	
information	and	historical	pricing.

Derivatives Real – Time Market Data

MX	sells	real-time	trading	and	historical	data	to	market	participants	on	a	global	basis.	

The	SOLA	High	Speed	Vendor	Feed	(HSVF)	is	a	real-time	service	for	the	Montréal	Exchange’s	real-time	trading	and	statistical	information	(comprised	
of	trades,	quotes,	market	depth,	strategies,	bulletins,	summaries	and	other	statistics).	The	MX	Data	Feed	provides	access	to	both	level	one	and	level	
two	real-time	data.	The	feed	covers	all	securities	traded	on	MX,	including	Canadian	interest	rate,	currency,	index	and	equity	derivatives	contracts.

Market	data	revenue	is	also	generated	by	the	sale	of	data	to	resellers	of	information	as	well	as	the	sale	of	individual	quotes	via	the	Internet.	

BOX	also	resells	its	market	data.	Like	the	other	U.S.	options	markets,	it	resells	such	data	through	a	marketplace	service	known	as	OPRA	(Options	
Price	Reporting	Authority),	which	collects	data	from	the	options	exchanges	and	disseminates	it	to	entities	which	then	resell	it.	

Key Statistics

•  There	were	over	153,000	professional	and	equivalent	real-time	market	data	subscriptions	to	TMX	Datalinx	products	at	December	31,	2009	

compared	with	over	162,000	at	December	31,	2008.

•  There	were	over	22,000	MX	market	data	subscriptions	at	December	31,	2009	and	over	28,000	at	December	31,	2008.	

•  Combined,	our	web	properties	www.tmx.com	and	www.tmxmoney.com	attract	over	1.2	million	unique	visitors	a	month,	and	generated	a	

total	of	over	311	million	page	views	in	2009.

Pricing

Subscribers	to	TMX	Datalinx	data	generally	pay	fixed	monthly	rates	for	access	to	real-time	streaming	data,	which	differ	depending	on	the	number	
of	end	users	and	the	depth	of	information	accessed.	In	addition	to	streaming	data,	many	individual	investors	consume	real-time	quote	data,	for	
which	we	charge	on	a	per	quote	basis.	Real-time	data	fees	are	primarily	driven	by	the	number	of	market	data	subscriptions	and	therefore	are	partly	
related	to	industry	employment.	Unfavourable	economic	and	market	conditions	in	late	2008	and	2009	impacted	employment	levels	in	the	financial	
services	sector.	This	caused	a	decline	in	the	number	of	market	data	subscriptions	in	2009.	Generally,	there	is	a	lag	effect	between	the	timing	of	
announced	industry	employment	reductions	and	subscription	cancellations.	We	charge	market	data	vendors	and	direct	feed	clients	a	fixed	monthly	
fee	for	access	to	data	feeds.	

Generally,	we	sell	historical	data	products	for	a	fixed	amount	per	product	accessed.	Fees	vary	depending	on	the	type	of	end	use.	Data	products	to	be	
used	for	commercial	purposes	require	an	enterprise-wide	license	for	internal	and	external	redistribution.	We	produce	two	electronic	reference	data	
publications	for	each	equity	exchange,	a	Daily	Record	and	a	Monthly	Review,	both	of	which	are	sold	on	a	subscription	and	firm	license	basis.	

In	2009,	approximately	40%	of	our	market	data	revenue	was	billed	in	U.S.	dollars.	We	do	not	currently	hedge	this	revenue	and	are	therefore	subject	
to	foreign	exchange	fluctuations.	

Prior	to	becoming	effective,	changes	to	certain	TMX	Datalinx	market	data	fees	related	to	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	and	TSX	Venture	Exchange	market	
data	are	filed	with	the	OSC,	BCSC	and	ASC.	Changes	to	MX	market	data	fees	are	filed	with	the	AMF.	

2010 Pricing16 

In	October	2009,	we	announced	changes	to	TMX	Datalinx	market	data	prices	which	took	effect	January	1,	2010.	This	decision	followed	a	review	of	
market	data	fees	on	other	major	global	exchanges,	and	changes	in	the	US	currency	rate.	Based	on	historical	subscription	levels,	it	is	anticipated	that	
total	market	data	revenue	could	increase	by	approximately	1–2%	(based	on	2009	market	data	revenue)	on	an	annual	basis.	However,	future	product	
mix	and	usage	may	vary,	which	could	impact	market	data	revenue.

Competition 

With	the	advent	of	a	multi-marketplace	environment	in	Canada,	we	face	competition	from	these	venues	in	market	data.	Market	data	is	generated	
from	trading	activity	and	the	success	of	certain	data	products	is	contingent	on	maintaining	order	flow.	We	have	continued	to	diversify	and	target	
new	data	customers	with	recent	initiatives	such	as	the	combination	of	our	equities	and	derivatives	data	centres	and	the	expansion	of	our	co-location	
services.	We	have	also	expanded	our	market	data	business	internationally	with	our	recently	announced	data	technology	and	distribution	agreement	
with	NYSE	Technologies.

16	

	The	“2010 Pricing”	section	above	contains	certain	forward	looking	statements.	Please	refer	to	“Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information”	for	a	discussion	of	risks	and	uncertainties	
related	to	such	statements.

Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis  29

Business Services and Other Revenue

We	 provide	 technology	 solutions	 to	 exchanges	 and	 other	 industry	 participants	 in	 circumstances	 where	 there	 is	 a	 financial	 or	 strategic	 interest.	
Our	team	of	exchange	technology	professionals	have	extensive	industry	experience	in	installing	and	operating	trading	and	related	systems	at	our	
exchanges	as	well	as	other	global	exchanges.	

• 

• 

In	2009,	business	services	and	other	revenue	represented	$30.9	million,	or	6%	of	our	revenue.	

In	2008,	business	services	and	other	revenue	represented	$22.3	million,	or	4%	of	our	revenue.	

Cash Markets Business Services

We	currently	provide	IIROC	technology	and	related	services	necessary	for	it	to	conduct	its	review	and	real-time	monitoring	of	trading	on	equity	
marketplaces.	IIROC	pays	us	fees	for	these	services,	negotiated	on	an	arm’s	length	basis,	in	accordance	with	a	five	year	agreement	which	also	details	
service	levels.	

Derivatives Markets Business Services 

In	2008,	business	services	revenue	included	revenue	from	technology	services	provided	to	BOX	for	the	four	months	prior	to	August	29,	2008,	the	date	
when	BOX	became	a	subsidiary	of	MX.	Revenue	from	BOX	from	August	29,	2008	to	December	31,	2008	and	in	2009	is	eliminated	upon	consolidation.	

Business	services	revenue	for	2009	includes	a	one-time	license	fee	of	$13.5	million	from	the	technology	services	arrangement	with	the	LSE	to	license	
a	customized	version	of	SOLA	Trading	for	certain	LSE	affiliates	and	partners.	

Regulation

TMX	Group,	TSX	Inc.,	TSX	Venture	Exchange	Inc.	and	MX	are	all	regulated	as	exchanges	in	Canada.	NGX	is	regulated	as	an	exchange	and	a	clearing	
agency	in	Canada.	NGX	is	also	registered	as	a	derivatives	clearing	organization	with	the	U.S.	CFTC.	CDCC	is	regulated	as	an	SRO	in	Quebec	by	the	
AMF	and	is	subject	to	regulatory	requirements	of	the	SEC	and	various	U.S.	state	securities	regulators.	BOX	is	an	electronic	equity	options	market	
and	is	regulated	by	the	SEC.	Shorcan	is	an	OSC	registrant	under	the	category	of	“limited	market	dealer”	and	has	been	approved	by	the	IIROC	to	act	
as	an	inter-dealer	broker.	

The	OSC	is	the	lead	regulator	for	TMX	Group	and	TSX	Inc.	(which	operates	Toronto	Stock	Exchange).	The	AMF	is	the	lead	regulator	for	MX.	The	Alberta	
and	British	Columbia	Securities	Commissions	are	the	joint	lead	regulator	for	TSX	Venture	Exchange	Inc.	(which	operates	TSX	Venture	Exchange),	and	
the	Alberta	Securities	Commission	is	also	the	lead	regulator	for	NGX	in	Canada.	The	SEC	regulates	BOX.

Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 2008

The	following	is	a	reconciliation	of	net	income	to	adjusted	net	income**	prior	to	the	non-cash	goodwill	impairment	charge	in	2009	related	to	BOX,	
income	tax	charges	which	reduced	the	value	of	future	tax	assets	and	liabilities	in	2009	and	a	loss	on	termination	of	joint	venture	in	2008:

Net Income GAAP to non-GAAP Reconciliation for 2009 and 2008

(in millions of dollars)

Net Income
Adjustment related to non-cash impairment of goodwill pertaining to investment in BOX
Adjustment related to a reduction in the value of future tax assets and liabilities
Adjustment related to loss on termination of joint venture
Adjusted net income

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

2009
104.7
77.3
10.4
–
192.4

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

2008
182.0
–
–
15.2
197.2

**	 See	discussion	under	the	heading	“Non-GAAP Financial Measures”.	

30  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

The	following	is	a	reconciliation	of	earnings	per	share	to	adjusted	earnings	per	share**	prior	to	the	non-cash	goodwill	impairment	charge	in	2009	
.
related	to	BOX,	income	tax	charges	which	reduced	the	value	of	future	tax	assets	and	liabilities	in	2009	and	a	loss	on	termination	of	joint	venture	
in	2008:

Earnings per share GAAP to non-GAAP Reconciliation for 2009 and 2008

Earnings per share
Adjustment related to non-cash impairment of goodwill pertaining  
  to investment in BOX
Adjustment related to a reduction in the value of future tax assets  
  and liabilities
Adjustment related to loss on termination of joint venture
Adjusted earnings per share

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2009

Basic
1.41

  $ 

1.04

  $ 

0.14
 – 
2.59

  $ 

  $ 

Diluted
1.41

  $ 

1.04

0.14
 – 
2.59

  $ 
  $ 

2008

Basic
2.48

  $ 

–

–
0.21
2.69

  $ 
  $ 

Diluted
2.47

–

–
0.21
2.68

Net	income	was	$104.7	million	or	$1.41	per	common	share	for	2009	on	a	basic	and	diluted	basis,	compared	with	net	income	of	$182.0	million	or	
$2.48	per	common	share	($2.47	on	a	diluted	basis)	for	2008,	representing	a	decrease	in	net	income	of	42%.	Net	income	for	2009	was	reduced	by	a	
non-cash	goodwill	impairment	charge	of	$77.3	million,	or	$1.04	per	common	share,	on	a	basic	and	diluted	basis	related	to	BOX.	Net	income	for	2009	
was	also	reduced	by	a	write-down	in	the	value	of	future	tax	assets	and	liabilities	which	related	to	a	reduction	in	Ontario	corporate	income	tax	rates.	
The	tax	adjustment	also	had	no	impact	on	cash	flows	and	resulted	in	a	reduction	in	net	income	for	2009	of	$10.4	million,	or	14	cents	per	common	
share	on	both	a	basic	and	diluted	basis.	In	2008,	net	income	was	reduced	by	$15.2	million,	or	21	cents	per	common	share	on	a	basic	and	diluted	
basis	due	to	a	payment	to	ISE	Ventures	with	respect	to	the	termination	of	our	derivatives	joint	venture.	

Adjusted	net	income**	for	2009	of	$192.4	million,	or	adjusted	EPS**	of	$2.59	per	common	share	on	a	basic	and	diluted	basis,	was	lower	than	adjusted	
net	income**	of	$197.2	million,	or	adjusted	EPS**	of	$2.69	per	common	share	($2.68	on	a	diluted	basis)	for	2008,	due	to	lower	cash	markets	equity	
trading	revenue,	lower	issuer	services	revenue,	increased	expenses,	partially	related	to	new	technology	initiatives,	and	lower	investment	income.	
The	 decreases	 were	 partially	 offset	 by	 higher	 energy	 trading,	 cash	 markets	 fixed	 income	 trading	 and	 market	 data	 revenue	 and	 higher	 business	
services	revenue	which	included	the	license	fee	of	$13.5	million	(or	14	cents	per	common	share	on	a	basic	an	diluted	basis)	from	the	LSE.	In	addition,	
our	2009	financial	statements	reflect	a	full	year	of	MX	results	compared	with	eight	months	of	results	in	2008.	BOX’s	results	were	consolidated	in	
our	2009	financial	statements	(with	an	adjustment	made	for	non-controlling	interests)	and	were	only	consolidated	in	our	2008	financial	statements	
from	August	29,	2008.	From	May	1,	2008,	to	August	28,	2008,	31.4%	of	earnings	from	BOX	were	included	as	Income from investments in affiliates.*	

Revenue

Revenue	was	$556.3	million	in	2009,	up	$23.7	million,	or	4%	compared	with	$532.6	million	for	2008,	reflecting	$113.9	million	in	revenue	related	to	
the	business	operations	of	MX	and	BOX,	compared	with	$63.5	million	from	MX	following	the	combination	on	May	1,	2008	and	BOX	from	August	29,	
2008.	The	increase	was	also	due	to	increased	energy	and	cash	markets	fixed	income	trading	and	market	data	revenue,	which	was	more	than	offset	
by	lower	cash	markets	equity	trading	and	issuer	services	revenue,	related	to	sustaining	listing	fees	and	other	issuer	services.

Issuer Services Revenue

The	 following	 is	 a	 summary	 of	 issuer	 services	 revenue	 reported	 based	 on	 initial	 and	 additional	 listing	 fee	 revenue	 reported,	 and	 issuer	 services	
revenue	based	on	initial	and	additional	listing	fees	billed**	(reconciled	below	in	this	section)	in	2009	and	2008.

Reported

Billed**

(in millions of dollars)

Initial listing fees
Additional listing fees
Sustaining listing fees
Other issuer services
Total

2009
16.9
57.6
54.7
12.9
142.1

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

2008
16.0
51.3
69.6
15.3
152.2

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

$ increase /  
(decrease)
 0.9
 6.3
(14.9)
( 2.4)
(10.1)

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

% increase /  
(decrease)

6%   $ 
12%   $ 
  $ 
(21%)
  $ 
(16%)
  $ 
(7%)

2009
12.8
92.0
54.7
12.9
172.4

2008
18.6
76.9
69.6
15.3
180.4

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

$ increase /  
(decrease)
(5.8)
 15.1
(14.9)
( 2.4)
(8.0)

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

% increase /  
(decrease)
(31%)
20%
(21%)
(16%)
(4%)

Initial	and	additional	listing	fees	are	non-refundable	fees	paid	by	listed	issuers	for	the	listing	or	reserving	of	securities.	These	fees	are	recorded	as	
“deferred	revenue	–	initial	and	additional	listing	fees”	and	recognized	on	a	straight-line	basis	over	an	estimated	service	period	of	ten	years.

**	 See	discussion	under	the	heading	“Non-GAAP Financial Measures”.	

*	

Based	on	MX’s	ownership	interest	in	BOX,	prior	to	acquisition	of	control.

Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis  31

 
 
 
In	 the	 case	 of	 Toronto	 Stock	 Exchange,	 listed	 issuers	 are	 billed	 for	 initial	 and	 additional	 listing	 fees	 and	 there	 is	 a	 lag	 between	 the	 time	 when	
securities	are	issued	or	reserved	and	the	time	when	these	listing	fees	are	paid	by	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	listed	issuers.	For	TSX	Venture	Exchange	
issuers,	fees	are	paid	either	prior	to,	or	at	the	time	of,	listing	or	reserving	securities.	The	following	is	a	reconciliation	of	initial	and	additional	listing	
fees	billed**	to	initial	and	additional	listing	fees	reported:

Initial Listing Fees (in millions of dollars)
Initial listing fees billed**
Initial listing fees billed** and deferred to future periods
Recognition of initial listing fees billed** and previously included in deferred revenue
Initial listing fee revenue reported

Additional Listing Fees (in millions of dollars)
Additional listing fees billed**
Additional listing fees billed** and deferred to future periods
Recognition of additional listing fees billed** and previously included in deferred revenue
Additional listing fee revenue reported

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

2009
 12.8
(12.3)
 16.4
16.9

2009
92.0
(87.5)
53.1
57.6

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

2008
 18.6
 (17.4)
 14.8
 16.0

2008
 76.9
 (72.6)
 47.0
 51.3

• 

• 

Initial and additional listing fees reported	increased	in	2009	compared	with	2008,	reflecting	an	increase	in	capital	market	activity	during	
the	period	from	April	1,	1999	to	December	31,	2009	compared	with	the	period	from	April	1,	1998	to	December	31,	2008.	Initial listing fees 
billed**	decreased	in	2009	compared	with	2008.	While	the	value	of	initial	financings	on	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	in	2009	increased	compared	
with	2008,	substantially	all	IPOs	related	to	ETFs	or	structured	products,	for	which	we	charge	a	lower	fee.	The	corporate	IPOs	were	high	value	
transactions,	for	which	issuers	paid	the	maximum	listing	fee.	In	addition,	there	was	also	a	decrease	in	initial	financings	on	TSX	Venture	
Exchange.	Additional listing fees billed**	in	2009	increased	over	2008	due	to	an	increase	in	additional	financings	on	Toronto	Stock	Exchange.	
While	the	value	of	additional	financings	on	Toronto	Stock	exchange	increased	in	2009,	this	was	driven	by	a	larger	proportion	of	high	value	
transactions,	for	which	issuers	paid	the	maximum	additional	listing	fee.	The	positive	impact	from	additional	financings	on	Toronto	Stock	
Exchange	was	somewhat	offset	by	a	decrease	in	additional	financings	on	TSX	Venture	Exchange.	

Issuers	listed	on	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	and	TSX	Venture	Exchange	pay	annual	sustaining	listing	fees	primarily	based	on	their	market	
capitalization	at	the	end	of	the	prior	calendar	year,	subject	to	minimum	and	maximum	fees.	The	decrease	in	sustaining	listing	fees	was	
due	to	the	overall	lower	market	capitalization	of	listed	issuers	at	the	end	of	2008	compared	with	the	end	of	2007,	somewhat	offset	by	price	
changes	on	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	that	were	effective	January	1,	2009.

•  Other issuer services	revenue	of	$12.9	million	decreased	from	$15.3	million	in	2008,	reflecting	lower	demand	for	investor	relations	services.

Trading, Clearing and Related Revenue

(in millions of dollars)

Cash markets revenue
Derivatives markets revenue
Energy markets revenue
Total 

Cash Markets

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

2009
119.4
 78.5
 39.4
237.3

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

2008
145.7
 47.2
 29.8
222.7

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

$ increase /   
(decrease)
( 26.3)
 31.3
 9.6
 14.6

% increase /   
(decrease)
(18%)
66%
32%
7%

•  Cash  markets	 equity	 trading	 revenue	 decreased	 due	 to	 the	 impact	 of	 changes	 to	 our	 equity	 trading	 fee	 schedule	 which	 were	 effective	
January	1,	2009,	and	a	change	in	trading	mix.	The	fee	changes	included	increased	credits	to	ELP	market	participants,	a	reduction	in	the	
spread	between	active	fees	and	passive	credits,	and	the	elimination	of	a	premium	fee	on	ETF	transactions.	We	implemented	further	changes	
to	the	equity	trading	fee	schedule	on	October	1,	2009.	Fees	under	the	ELP	Program	were	replaced	with	a	single	tier	model	which	reduced	the	
passive	credit	paid	to	ELP	Program	participants.	The	active	fee	paid	by	ELP	Program	participants	was	also	reduced	in	some	cases.	Effective	
October	1,	2009,	there	was	also	a	reduction	in	active	trading	fees	on	stocks	trading	at	less	than	$1	in	the	post-open	continuous	market.

• 

In	addition,	during	2009,	there	were	changes	in	customer	and	product	mix	including	a	higher	proportion	of	volumes	coming	from	market	
makers	and	new	ELP	market	participants.	

•  This	 decrease	 was	 partially	 offset	 by	 a	 9%	 increase	 in	 the	 volume	 of	 securities	 traded	 on	 Toronto	 Stock	 Exchange	 in	 2009	 over	 2008	
(118.5	billion	securities	in	2009	versus	109.2	billion	securities	in	2008)	and	a	6%	increase	in	the	volume	of	securities	traded	on	TSX	Venture	
Exchange	in	2009	over	2008	(46.8	billion	securities	in	2009	versus	44.1	billion	securities	in	2008).	

**	 See	discussion	under	the	heading	“Non-GAAP Financial Measures”.	

32  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

•  The	 decrease	 in	 Cash  Markets	 equity	 trading	 revenue	 was	 partially	 offset	 by	 an	 increase	 in	 Shorcan	 Cash  Markets	 fixed	 income	 trading	

revenue	related	to	Government	of	Canada	bonds	and	provincial	bonds	in	2009	versus	2008.

Derivatives Markets 

•  Derivatives markets	revenue	reflects	$78.5	million	in	trading	and	clearing	revenue	from	MX	and	trading	revenue	from	BOX	for	the	full	year	
2009,	compared	with	$47.2	million	from	MX	in	2008	following	the	combination	on	May	1,	2008	and	BOX	from	August	29,	2008	when	BOX’s	
results	were	consolidated	into	our	financial	statements,	with	an	adjustment	for	non-controlling	interests.

•  MX	volumes	decreased	by	9%	(34.8	million	contracts	traded	in	2009	versus	38.1	million	contracts	traded	in	2008)	reflecting	reduced	trading	
in	 both	 the	 BAX	 and	 CGB	 contracts,	 as	 well	 as	 stock	 index	 derivatives,	 partially	 offset	 by	 an	 increase	 in	 stock	 options	 and	 ETF	 options	
derivatives	trading.	We	believe	the	reduction	in	fixed	income	futures	trading	was	a	reflection	of	the	recent	interest	rate	environment	of	
historically	low	rates	with	little	volatility.

•  BOX	 volumes	 decreased	 by	 23%	 (137.8	 million	 contracts	 in	 2009	 versus	 178.7	 million	 contracts	 traded	 in	 2008)	 reflecting	 increased	

competition	and	a	weakening	market	share	in	the	U.S.	equity	options	trading	market.

Energy Markets 

•  Energy markets	revenue	increased	due	to	the	inclusion	of	revenue	from	crude	oil	trading	following	the	acquisition	of	NTP	on	May	1,	2009.	

NGX’s	crude	oil	volumes	for	2009	averaged	over	4.1	million	Bbls	/	mo	or	135,000	barrels	per	day.

•  The	increase	was	also	due	to	pricing	changes	on	natural	gas	contracts	that	were	effective	January	1,	2009,	the	change	in	the	exchange	rate	
of	the	U.S.	dollar	relative	to	the	Canadian	dollar	in	2009	compared	with	2008	and	also	as	a	result	of	NGX	having	deferred	less	revenue	in	
2009,	on	a	net	basis,	than	in	2008	due	to	a	reduced	level	of	forward	contracts.

•  Energy markets	revenue	also	increased	due	to	a	3%	increase	in	the	volumes	of	natural	gas,	over	the	counter,	or	OTC,	bilateral	and	crude	oil	
contracts	traded	or	cleared	on	NGX	over	2008	(14.8	million	terajoules	in	2009	compared	to	14.4	million	terajoules	in	2008).	This	excludes	
Watt-Ex	volumes.	

Market Data Revenue

(in millions of dollars)

  $ 

2009
146.0

  $ 

2008
135.4

  $ 

$ increase
10.6

% increase
8%

•  Market  data	 revenue	 included	 $16.2	 million	 in	 revenue	 related	 to	 the	 business	 operations	 of	 MX	 and	 BOX	 in	 2009,	 compared	 with	
$9.4	million	from	MX	from	May	1,	2008	and	BOX	from	August	29,	2008.	There	was	a	13%	decrease	in	the	average	number	of	MX	market	
data	subscriptions	in	2009	compared	with	the	eight	months	from	May	1,	2008	to	December	31,	2008.	There	were	over	22,000	MX	market	
data	subscriptions	at	December	31,	2009.

•  The	 increase	 was	 also	 due	 to	 higher	 revenue	 from	 data	 feeds,	 index	 products,	 usage-based	 quotes,	 indices	 and	 other	 data	 products,	
the	change	in	the	exchange	rate	of	the	U.S.	dollar	relative	to	the	Canadian	dollar	in	2009	compared	with	2008,	as	well	as	pricing	changes	
that	were	effective	January	1,	2009.	

•  The	 increase	 was	 partially	 offset	 by	 an	 8%	 decrease	 in	 the	 average	 number	 of	 professional	 and	 equivalent	 real-time	 market	 data	
subscriptions	 to	 Toronto	 Stock	 Exchange	 and	 TSX	 Venture	 Exchange	 products	 in	 2009	 compared	 with	 2008.	 There	 were	 over	 153,000	
professional	and	equivalent	real-time	market	data	subscriptions	at	December	31,	2009.	

• 

In	 addition,	 the	 increase	 was	 partially	 offset	 by	 lower	 revenue	 recoveries	 related	 to	 under-reported	 usage	 of	 real-time	 quotes	 in	 2009	
compared	with	2008	and	an	increase	in	revenue	provisions.

Business Services and Other Revenue

(in millions of dollars)

  $ 

2009
 30.9

  $ 

2008
 22.3

  $ 

$ increase
8.6

% increase
39%

•  Business services	revenue	increased	primarily	due	to	$13.5	million	in	revenue	received	from	the	LSE	under	our	technology	license	agreement.	

•  The	 increase	 was	 partially	 offset	 by	 the	 elimination	 of	 revenue	 from	 BOX	 for	 technology	 and	 other	 services	 provided	 by	 MX.	 Business 
services	revenue	in	2008	included	four	months	of	related	revenue	from	BOX.	This	revenue	has	been	eliminated	as	BOX	is	now	a	consolidated	
subsidiary	of	MX.

•  The	increase	was	also	partially	offset	by	net	foreign	exchange	losses	on	U.S.	dollar	accounts	receivable.

Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis  33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Expenses

Operating	expenses	in	2009	were	$273.1	million,	an	increase	of	$45.9	million,	or	20%,	as	compared	with	$227.2	million	in	2008.	The	increase	was	due	
primarily	to	the	inclusion	of	$75.9	million	of	expenses	related	to	MX	and	BOX,	versus	$43.3	million	related	to	MX	from	May	1,	2008	to	December	31,	
2008	and	the	operations	of	BOX	from	August	29,	2008	to	December	31,	2008.	In	addition,	we	incurred	higher	expenses	related	to	various	technology	
initiatives	in	2009	compared	with	2008.

These	higher	expenses	were	partially	offset	by	the	cost	synergies	related	to	the	integration	with	MX.	By	Q4	/	09,	we	had	achieved	the	previously	
announced	$25.0	million	in	cost	synergies	on	a	run	rate	basis	when	compared	with	the	2008	business	plans	of	the	separate	organizations	through	
headcount	reductions,	reducing	corporate	support	costs,	combining	our	data	centres	and	other	technology	initiatives.	

Compensation and Benefits

(in millions of dollars)

  $ 

2009
 129.4

  $ 

2008
 110.6

  $ 

$ increase
18.8

% increase
17%

•  Compensation  and  benefits	 costs	 increased	 primarily	 due	 to	 the	 inclusion	 of	 $28.6	 million	 in	 costs	 related	 to	 MX	 and	 BOX.	 There	 were	

$16.9	million	in	costs	related	to	MX	in	2008	following	the	combination	on	May	1,	2008	and	BOX	from	August	29,	2008.	

•  The	 increase	 was	 also	 attributable	 to	 higher	 costs	 associated	 with	 technology	 initiatives,	 increased	 overall	 costs	 related	 to	 certain	
performance	incentives,	higher	organizational	transition	costs	and	increased	costs	associated	with	salary	increases	compared	with	2008,	
partially	offset	by	lower	costs	related	to	an	accounting	adjustment	to	post	retirement	benefit	costs	of	$0.8	million.

•  There	 were	 849	 employees	 at	 December	 31,	 2009,	 which	 included	 7	 NTP	 employees,	 versus	 845	 employees	 at	 December	 31,	 2008.	
The	number	of	additional	employees	related	to	technology	initiatives	was	more	than	offset	by	a	reduction	in	the	number	of	employees	due	
to	efficiencies	realized	through	the	integration	of	MX.	

Information and Trading Systems

(in millions of dollars)

  $ 

2009
 46.1

  $ 

2008
 35.6

  $ 

$ increase
10.5

% increase
29%

• 

• 

• 

Information and trading systems	costs	included	$6.6	million	in	costs	related	to	MX	and	BOX,	compared	with	$3.9	million	in	costs	related	to	
MX	in	2008	following	the	combination	on	May	1,	2008	and	BOX	from	August	29,	2008.

Information and trading systems	costs	also	increased	due	to	costs	associated	with	our	technology	initiatives	including	enterprise	expansion,	
the	TSX	Quantum	gateway	and	the	smart	order	router.	

In	addition,	there	were	higher	expenses	related	to	NGX’s	arrangement	with	ICE.

•  During	Q4	/	09,	we	reclassified	some	leases	as	capital	leases	versus	operating	leases.	As	a	result,	Information and Trading Systems	costs	were	

reduced	and	amortization	of	the	related	costs	increased	(see	Amortization).	

General and Administration

(in millions of dollars)

  $ 

2009
 65.5

  $ 

2008
 55.7

  $ 

$ increase
9.8

% increase
18%

•  General and administration	costs	included	$23.5	million	in	costs	related	to	MX	and	BOX,	compared	with	$13.0	million	in	costs	related	to	MX	

in	2008	following	the	combination	on	May	1,	2008	and	BOX	from	August	29,	2008.

•  General and administration	costs	also	increased	as	a	result	of	higher	insurance	costs	relating	to	NTP,	which	were	more	than	offset	by	lower	

lease	costs	of	$1.3	million	resulting	from	a	change	in	estimate	of	a	lease	liability.

Amortization 

(in millions of dollars)

34  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

  $ 

2009
 32.2

  $ 

2008
 25.3

  $ 

$ increase
6.9

% increase
27%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  Amortization	costs	increased	reflecting	amortization	of	$15.2	million	related	to	MX	and	BOX,	compared	with	$9.5	million	related	to	MX	in	

2008	following	the	combination	on	May	1,	2008	and	BOX	from	August	29,	2008.	

•  During	Q4	/	09,	we	entered	into	a	number	of	new	capital	leases.	In	addition,	we	reclassified	some	leases	as	capital	leases	versus	operating	

leases.	As	a	result,	Amortization	costs	increased	by	$2.7	million.	

•  The	increase	was	somewhat	offset	by	reduced	amortization	relating	to	assets	that	were	fully	depreciated	by	2009.

Income from Investments in Affiliates 

(in millions of dollars)

  $ 

2009
 0.4

  $ 

2008
 1.4

$ (decrease)
(1.0)

  $ 

• 

• 

Income from investments in affiliates	of	$0.4	million	represents	TSX	Inc.’s	share	of	CanDeal	income	for	2009	based	on	its	47%	interest	in	
CanDeal,	compared	with	$0.7	million	from	2008.	CanDeal	is	an	electronic	trading	system	for	the	institutional	debt	market.

In	2008,	Income from investments in affiliates	included	$0.7	million	representing	MX’s	share	of	BOX	income,	based	on	its	31.4%	interest	in	
BOX	from	May	1,	2008	to	August	28,	2008.

Impairment of Goodwill 

(in millions of dollars)

  $ 

2009
 77.3

2008
–

  $ 

$ Increase
 77.3

•  Primarily	due	to	increased	competition	and	a	weakening	market	share	in	the	US	equity	options	trading	market,	which	resulted	in	a	decline	
in	current	and	forecasted	revenues,	we	recorded	a	non-cash	goodwill	impairment	charge	of	$77.3	million	related	to	our	investment	in	BOX.

Investment Income

(in millions of dollars)

  $ 

2009
 4.6

  $ 

2008
 14.8

$ (decrease)
(10.2)

  $ 

% (decrease)
(69%)

• 

Investment income	decreased	due	to	a	reduction	in	cash	available	for	investment	and	lower	overall	returns	on	investments	during	2009	
compared	with	2008.

Interest Expense

(in millions of dollars)

  $ 

2009
 6.1

  $ 

2008
 10.5

$ (decrease)
(4.4)

  $ 

% (decrease)
(42%)

• 

Interest expense	decreased	as	a	result	of	lower	interest	rates	on	the	debt	outstanding.	On	April	30,	2008,	we	borrowed	$430.0	million	in	
Canadian	funds	related	to	financing	the	cash	consideration	of	the	purchase	price	for	MX	(see	Long-term Debt).

Mark to Market on Interest Rate Swaps – Loss

(in millions of dollars)

  $ 

2009
1.4

  $ 

2008
13.3

$ (decrease)
(11.9)

  $ 

% (decrease)
(89%)

•  We	entered	into	a	series	of	interest	rate	swap	agreements	to	partially	manage	our	exposure	to	interest	rate	fluctuations	on	our	long-term	

debt,	effective	August	28,	2008	(see	Long-term Debt).	

•  During	2009,	unrealized	gains	of	$6.8	million	and	realized	losses	of	$8.2	million	were	reflected	in	net	income,	compared	with	unrealized	

losses	of	$12.5	million	recorded	in	2008	and	realized	losses	of	$0.8	million	recognized	in	2008.

Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis  35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Acquisition Related Expenses 

(in millions of dollars)

  $ 

2009
 –

  $ 

2008
 15.9

$ (decrease)
(15.9)

  $ 

• 

In	 August	 2007,	 TMX	 Group	 and	 ISE	 Ventures	 announced	 the	 execution	 of	 a	 shareholders’	 agreement	 for	 CDEX	 Inc.	 (CDEX),	 which	 was	
created	 to	 operate	 DEX,	 a	 new	 Canadian	 derivatives	 exchange	 scheduled	 to	 begin	 operations	 in	 March	 2009.	 In	 connection	 with	 the	
agreement	to	combine	with	MX,	we	provided	ISE	Ventures	with	a	notice	of	a	competing	transaction	as	required	under	the	terms	of	the	
CDEX	shareholders’	agreement,	and	subsequently	paid	ISE	Ventures	$15.2	million	on	April	1,	2008.

•  When	we	acquired	NGX	in	2004,	TMX	Group	entered	into	an	arrangement	with	MX	for	$5.0	million.	TMX	Group	amortized	this	amount	over	
five	years,	the	remaining	term	of	the	1999	Memorandum	of	Agreement	with	MX.	As	a	result	of	the	May	1,	2008	business	combination	with	
MX,	we	expensed	the	unamortized	balance	of	$0.7	million	in	2008.

Income Taxes

(in millions of dollars)

  $ 

2009

 97.0

  $ 

2008

 98.1

2009

48%

2008

35%

                    Effective tax rate (%) 

• 

In	November	2009,	the	Ontario	government	substantively	enacted	legislation	to	reduce	the	general	corporate	tax	rate	from	14%	in	2009	to	
12%	effective	July	1,	2010,	with	further	reductions	to	10%	by	July	1,	2013.	As	a	result	of	these	changes	to	Ontario	corporate	tax	rates,	there	
was	a	reduction	in	the	value	of	future	tax	assets	and	liabilities	and	a	corresponding	net	increase	in	income	taxes	of	$10.4	million.	Excluding	
this	revaluation,	the	effective	tax	rate	for	2009	was	lower	compared	with	2008	due	to	an	increase	in	income	attributable	to	the	Province	of	
Quebec	in	2009,	compared	with	the	period	from	May	1,	2008	to	December	31,	2008.	In	our	case,	this	income	is	taxed	at	a	lower	tax	rate	in	
Quebec	due	to	a	tax	holiday	which	ends	after	2010.	

•  The	goodwill	impairment	charge	in	2009	of	$77.3	million	increased	the	effective	tax	rate,	as	this	amount	is	non-deductible	for	income	

tax	purposes.	

• 

• 

In	addition,	there	was	a	lower	federal	income	tax	rate	in	2009	compared	with	2008.

In	2008,	we	paid	$15.2	million	to	ISE	Ventures	in	2008,	which	was	not	deducted	for	income	tax	purposes.

Non-controlling Interests17

(in millions of dollars)

  $ 

2009
1.8

  $ 

2008
1.8

$ increase
–

% increase
–

•  As	a	result	of	the	acquisition	of	control	of	BOX	on	August	29,	2008,	the	results	of	BOX	are	now	fully	consolidated	into	our	consolidated	
statements	of	income.	MX	holds	a	53.8%	ownership	interest	in	BOX.	The	non-controlling	interests	represent	the	other	BOX	unitholders’	
share	of	BOX’s	income	before	taxes.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive	Income	was	$83.8	million	for	2009	and	is	comprised	of	Net	Income	of	$104.7	million	and	Other	Comprehensive	Losses	of	$20.9	million.

Other	 comprehensive	 losses	 includes	 the	 unrealized	 loss	 on	 the	 foreign	 currency	 translation	 of	 BOX,	 a	 self-sustaining	 foreign	 operation,	 which	
amounted	to	$20.9	million	for	2009.

Accumulated	Other	Comprehensive	Income	of	$3.2	million	as	at	December	31,	2009	is	included	as	a	component	of	Shareholders’ Equity.

Comprehensive	Income	was	$206.1	million	for	2008	which	was	comprised	of	Net	Income	of	$182.0	million	and	Other	Comprehensive	Income	of	
$24.1	million.

Other	comprehensive	income	includes	the	unrealized	gain	on	the	foreign	currency	translation	of	BOX,	a	self-sustaining	foreign	operation,	which	
amounted	to	$24.1	million	for	2008.

Our	Accumulated	Other	Comprehensive	Income	of	$24.1	million	as	at	December	31,	2008	is	included	as	a	component	of	Shareholders’ Equity.

17	

In	October	2008,	BOX	repurchased	some	of	its	common	shares	thereby	increasing	MX’s	ownership	interest	from	53.3%	to	53.8%.	

36  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Related Party Transactions

In	2001,	MX	signed	an	agreement	with	BOX	to	provide,	for	a	fee,	the	technology	and	related	services	required	for	its	electronic	trading	system.	
In	addition,	beginning	in	February	2004,	MX	became	a	supplier	to	BOX	and	charges	at	the	exchange	amount,	being	the	amount	established	and	
agreed	to	by	BOX,	salaries,	telecommunication	services,	computer	equipment,	and	other	services.	On	August	29,	2008,	BOX	became	a	subsidiary	of	
TMX	Group.

Amounts	invoiced	for	the	year	ended	December	31,	2008,	covering	the	period	before	BOX	became	a	subsidiary,	are	$5.0	million.	These	transactions	
were	undertaken	in	the	normal	course	of	business.	Starting	August	29,	2008,	due	to	the	acquisition	of	control,	these	amounts	are	eliminated	
upon	consolidation.

Segment Analysis 

Cash Markets – Equities and Fixed Income

(in millions of dollars)

Revenue
Net Income

  $ 
  $ 

2009
403.1
133.5

  $ 
  $ 

2008
438.9
155.7

$ (decrease)
(35.8)
(22.2)

  $ 
  $ 

% (decrease)
(8%)
(14%)

The	decrease	in	revenue	primarily	reflects	lower	cash	equity	trading	and	issuer	services	revenue	related	to	sustaining	listing	fees	and	other	issuer	
services,	partially	offset	by	increased	market	data	revenue	and	fixed	income	trading	revenue.	Net	income	decreased	due	to	the	decreased	revenue	
and	an	increase	in	expenses	primarily	related	to	various	technology	initiatives	partially	offset	by	a	reduction	in	interest	expense.	Net	income	for	
2009	was	also	reduced	by	a	write-down	in	the	value	of	future	tax	assets	which	related	to	a	reduction	in	Ontario	corporate	income	tax	rates.	The	tax	
adjustment	had	no	impact	on	cash	flows.	In	addition,	in	2008,	net	income	was	reduced	by	$15.2	million	due	to	a	payment	to	ISE	Ventures	with	
respect	to	the	termination	of	our	derivatives	joint	venture.	

(in millions of dollars)

Goodwill
Total Assets

December 31, 
2009
116.9
522.1

  $ 
  $ 

December 31, 
2008
113.8
529.8

  $ 
  $ 

$ increase / 
 (decrease)
3.1
(7.7)

  $ 
  $ 

The	amount	of	goodwill	and	total	assets	remained	relatively	constant	in	2009	compared	with	2008.

Derivative Markets – MX and BOX

(in millions of dollars)

Revenue
Net Income (loss)

  $ 
  $ 

2009
113.9
(42.9)

  $ 
  $ 

2008
63.5
18.1

  $ 
  $ 

$ increase / 
(decrease)
50.4
(61.0)

% increase / 
(decrease)
79%
(337%)

The	increase	in	revenue	relates	to	the	inclusion	of	MX’s	results	for	all	of	2009	compared	with	eight	months	of	results	in	2008.	BOX’s	results	were	
consolidated	in	our	2009	financial	statements	(with	an	adjustment	made	for	non-controlling	interests)	and	were	only	consolidated	in	our	2008	
financial	 statements	 from	 August	 29,	 2008.	 From	May	1,	 2008,	 to	 August	 28,	 2008,	 31.4%	 of	 earnings	 from	 BOX	 were	included	 as	 Income from 
investments in affiliates.*	Net	income	for	2009	was	reduced	by	the	non-cash	goodwill	impairment	charge	of	$77.3	million	related	to	BOX.

(in millions of dollars)

Goodwill
Total Assets

December 31, 
2009
415.0
1,942.9

  $ 
  $ 

December 31, 
2008
515.4
1,970.1

  $ 
  $ 

$ (decrease)
(100.4)
(27.2)

  $ 
  $ 

The	decrease	in	Goodwill	related	mainly	to	the	non-cash	goodwill	impairment	charge	of	$77.3	million	related	to	BOX.

Total	Assets	decreased	primarily	due	to	a	reduction	in	goodwill	due	to	the	impairment	charge,	somewhat	offset	by	an	increase	in	Daily	Settlements	
and	Cash	Deposits	of	$68.1	million.	MX	also	carried	offsetting	liabilities	related	to	daily	settlements	and	cash	deposits	which	were	$68.1	million	
higher	at	December	31,	2009	compared	with	December	31,	2008.	

*	

Based	on	MX’s	ownership	interest	in	BOX,	prior	to	acquisition	of	control.

Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis  37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Energy Markets – NGX

(in millions of dollars)

Revenue
Net Income

  $ 
  $ 

2009
39.3
14.1

  $ 
  $ 

2008
30.2
 8.2

  $ 
  $ 

$ increase
9.1
5.9

% increase
30%
72%

The	increase	in	revenue	and	net	income	was	due	to	the	addition	of	revenue	from	NGX’s	crude	oil	operations,	the	change	in	the	exchange	rate	of	the	
U.S.	dollar	relative	to	the	Canadian	dollar	in	2009	compared	with	2008,	pricing	changes	that	were	effective	January	1,	2009,	and	also	as	a	result	of	
NGX	having	deferred	less	revenue	in	2009,	on	a	net	basis,	than	in	2008	due	to	a	reduced	level	of	forward	contracts.

(in millions of dollars)

Goodwill
Total Assets

December 31, 
2009
51.9
1,059.5

  $ 
  $ 

December 31, 
2008
21.3
1,188.8

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

$ increase /  
(decrease)
30.6
(129.3)

•  Total	Assets	decreased	largely	due	to	a	decrease	in	energy	contracts	receivable	of	$261.9	million	which	was	the	result	of	lower	natural	
gas	prices	at	the	end	of	December	2009,	compared	with	the	end	of	December	2008.	This	decrease	was	partially	offset	by	an	increase	of	
$47.4	million	in	the	fair	value	of	open	energy	contracts	receivable.	As	the	clearing	counterparty	to	every	trade,	NGX	also	carries	offsetting	
liabilities	in	the	form	of	energy	contracts	payable,	which	were	also	$261.9	million	lower	at	the	end	of	December	2009	compared	with	the	
end	of	December	2008.	NGX	also	carried	offsetting	liabilities	related	to	the	fair	value	of	open	energy	contracts	which	were	$47.4	million	
higher	at	December	31,	2009	compared	with	December	31,	2008.	In	addition,	the	overall	decrease	in	total	assets	was	partially	offset	due	to	
recording	$49.6	million	in	intangible	assets	and	$30.6	million	in	goodwill	related	to	the	purchase	of	NTP	on	May	1,	2009.	

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities 

(in millions of dollars)

December 31, 
2009
 191.1

  $ 

December 31, 
2008
 198.7

  $ 

$ (decrease)
( 7.6)

  $ 

•  The	decrease	was	due	to:

	ƒ

Four	dividend	payments	of	$0.38	per	common	share,	or	$113.0	million	in	aggregate,	as	well	as	to	payments	totalling	$30.4	million	
relating	to	the	repurchase	of	1,000,000	common	shares	under	our	NCIB	program	in	2009.

	ƒ Cash	paid	of	$24.2	million	in	relation	to	the	May	1,	2009	acquisition	of	NTP,	net	of	cash	acquired.	

	ƒ Cash	paid	of	$7.7	million	for	a	19.9%	interest	in	EDX	on	May	7,	2009.

	ƒ Non-acquisition	related	additions	to	intangible	assets	of	$13.2	million,	the	payment	of	$6.4	million	in	dividends	to	non-controlling	

interests	in	BOX	and	$7.1	million	in	capital	expenditures.

•  The	decrease	was	largely	offset	by	cash	generated	from	operating	activities	of	$204.9	million.

Total Assets 

(in millions of dollars)

38  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

December 31, 
2009
 3,524.5

  $ 

December 31, 
2008
 3,688.6

  $ 

$ (decrease)
(164.1)

  $ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  Total	assets	decreased	due	to	lower	energy	contracts	receivable	of	$714.5	million	at	December	31,	2009	related	to	the	clearing	operations	
of	 NGX,	 compared	 with	 $976.4	 million	 at	 the	 end	 of	 2008.	 The	 lower	 level	 of	 receivables	 reflected	 lower	 natural	 gas	 prices	 at	 the	 end	
of	 December	 2009	 compared	 with	 the	 end	 of	 December	 2008.	 As	 the	 clearing	 counterparty	 to	 every	 trade,	 NGX	 also	 carries	 offsetting	
liabilities	in	the	form	of	energy	contracts	payable,	which	were	$714.5	million	at	December	31,	2009	compared	with	$976.4	million	at	the	
end	of	2008.

•  Total assets	also	decreased	due	to	the	reduction	in	goodwill	related	to	the	impairment	charge	of	$77.3	million	related	to	BOX.

•  The	 overall	 decrease	 was	 partially	 offset	 by	 higher	 MX	 daily	 settlements	 and	 cash	 deposits	 of	 $565.4	 million	 as	 at	 December	 31,	 2009	
related	 to	 MX’s	 clearing	 operations,	 compared	 with	 $497.3	 million	 at	 the	 end	 of	 2008.	 MX	 also	 carried	 offsetting	 liabilities	 related	 to	
daily	settlements	and	cash	deposits	which	were	$565.4	million	at	December	31,	2009	compared	with	$497.3	million	at	the	end	of	2008.	
Daily	settlements	due	from	/	to	clearing	members	consist	of	amounts	due	from	/	to	clearing	members	as	a	result	of	marking	open	futures	
positions	to	market	and	settling	options	transactions	each	day	that	are	required	to	be	collected	from	/	paid	to	clearing	members	prior	to	
the	commencement	of	the	next	trading	day.

•  The	decrease	was	also	partially	offset	by	an	increase	in	current	assets	related	to	the	fair	value	of	open	energy	contracts	($202.8	million	as	at	
December	31,	2009,	compared	with	$155.3	million	at	December	31,	2008).	NGX	also	carried	offsetting	liabilities	related	to	the	fair	value	of	
open	energy	contracts	which	were	$202.8	million	at	December	31,	2009	compared	with	$155.3	million	at	December	31,	2008.	

• 

In	addition,	the	overall	decrease	in	Total assets	was	partially	offset	due	to	recording	$49.6	million	in	intangible	assets	and	$30.6	million	in	
goodwill	related	to	the	purchase	of	NTP	on	May	1,	2009,	less	cash	paid	of	$24.2	million	related	to	the	acquisition.	

Credit Facilities and Guarantee

Long-term Debt

(in millions of dollars)

December 31, 
2009

December 31, 
2008

$ increase

  $ 

429.0

  $ 

428.3

  $ 

 0.7

• 

In	connection	with	the	combination	with	MX,	we	established	a	non-revolving	three-year	term	unsecured	credit	facility	of	$430.0	million,	
the	Term	Facility.	In	addition,	we	also	established	a	revolving	three-year	unsecured	credit	facility	of	$50.0	million	with	the	same	syndicate.	
We	may	draw	on	these	facilities	in	Canadian	dollars	by	way	of	prime	rate	loans	and	/	or	Bankers’	Acceptances	or	in	U.S.	dollars	by	way	of	
LIBOR	 loans	 and	/	or	 U.S.	 base	 rate	 loans.	 Currently,	 TMX	 Group’s	 acceptance	 fee	 or	 spread	 on	 the	 loan	 is	 0.45%.	 On	 April	 30,	 2008,	 we	
borrowed	$430.0	million	in	Canadian	funds	on	the	Term	Facility	to	satisfy	the	cash	consideration	of	the	purchase	price	for	MX.

•  We	entered	into	a	series	of	interest	rate	swap	agreements	which	took	effect	on	August	28,	2008	in	order	to	partially	manage	our	exposure	
to	interest	rate	fluctuations	on	our	$430.0	million	non-revolving	three	year	term	facility.	On	August	31,	2009,	swap	agreements	with	a	
notional	 value	 of	 $100.0	 million	 (Swap	 #1),	 representing	 one	 third	 of	 the	 total	 notional	 value	 of	 the	 swaps,	 matured.	 The	 interest	 rate	
swaps	in	place	at	December	31,	2009	are	as	follows:

Notional value

Notional value 
(in millions of dollars)

Swap #2 – $100.0

Swap #3 – $100.0

Interest rate we will pay under swap  
(excludes 0.45% fee)
3.749%
3.829%

Maturity date of swap
August	31,	2010
April	18,	2011

These	credit	facilities	contain	customary	covenants,	including	a	requirement	that	TMX	Group	maintain:	

•  a	maximum	debt	to	adjusted	EBITDA	ratio	of	3.5:1,	where	adjusted	EBITDA	means	earnings	on	a	consolidated	basis	before	interest,	taxes,	
extraordinary,	unusual	or	non-recurring	items,	depreciation	and	amortization,	all	determined	in	accordance	with	GAAP	but	adjusted	to	
include	initial	and	additional	listing	fees	billed	and	to	exclude	initial	and	additional	listing	fees	reported	as	revenue;	

•  a	minimum	consolidated	net	worth	covenant	based	on	a	pre-determined	formula;	and	

•  a	debt	incurrence	test	whereby	debt	to	adjusted	EBITDA	must	not	exceed	3.0:1.	

At	December	31,	2009,	all	covenants	were	met.

Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis  39

 
 
 
 
Other Credit Facilities and Guarantee

To	 backstop	 its	 clearing	 operations,	 NGX	 currently	 has	 a	 credit	 agreement	 in	 place	 with	 a	 Canadian	 chartered	 bank	 which	 includes	 a	 US$100.0	
million	clearing	backstop	fund.	We	are	NGX’s	unsecured	guarantor	for	this	fund	up	to	a	maximum	of	US$100.0	million.

CDCC	has	also	arranged	a	total	of	$30.0	million	in	revolving	standby	credit	facilities	with	a	Canadian	Schedule	I	bank	to	provide	liquidity	in	the	event	
of	default	by	a	clearing	member.

These	facilities	had	not	been	drawn	upon	in	the	year	ended	December	31,	2009.

NGX	also	has	an	Electronic	Funds	Transfer	(EFT)	Daylight	facility	of	$300.0	million	in	place	with	a	Canadian	chartered	bank.	

Shareholders’ Equity

(in millions of dollars)

December 31, 
2009
 770.6

  $ 

December 31, 
2008
 794.6

  $ 

$ (decrease)
(24.0)

  $ 

•  We	earned	$104.7	million	of	net	income	during	2009	and	paid	$113.0	million	in	dividends.

•  We	also	recorded	an	unrealized	foreign	exchange	loss	of	$20.9	million	on	translating	the	financial	statements	of	BOX.

•  Shareholders’ equity	increased	due	to	an	increase	of	$32.1	million	in	share	capital	following	the	issuance	of	878,059	TMX	Group	common	

shares	in	satisfaction	of	a	portion	of	the	purchase	price	for	NTP	on	May	1,	2009.	

•  On	August	14,	2008,	we	received	approval	from	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	to	repurchase	up	to	7,595,585	of	our	common	shares	pursuant	to	
an	NCIB.	Shareholders’ equity	decreased	partially	due	to	the	repurchase	of	shares	in	connection	with	our	NCIB.	In	2009,	we	repurchased	for	
cancellation	1,000,000	shares	for	$30.4	million	pursuant	to	two	private	agreements	between	TMX	Group	and	an	arm’s	length	third-party	
seller.	These	common	shares	were	cancelled	and	the	NCIB	expired	August	17,	2009.

•  At	December	31,	2009,	there	were	74,307,041	common	shares	issued	and	outstanding.	In	2009,	25,405	common	shares	were	issued	on	
the	exercise	of	share	options.	At	December	31,	2009,	4,143,100	common	shares	were	reserved	for	issuance	upon	the	exercise	of	options	
granted	under	the	share	option	plan.	At	December	31,	2009,	there	were	1,382,569	options	outstanding.	

•  At	February	9,	2010,	there	were	74,310,047	common	shares	issued	and	outstanding	and	1,338,859	options	outstanding	under	the	share	

option	plan.

Cash Flows from Operating Activities 

(in millions of dollars)

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

  $ 

2009
 204.9

  $ 

2008
 244.2

  $ 

(Decrease) 
in cash
(39.3)

Cash	Flows	from	Operating	Activities	were	$39.3	million	lower	in	2009	compared	with	2008	due	to:

(in millions of dollars)

Net income
Amortization
Non-cash goodwill impairment charge related to BOX 
Payment to ISE Ventures related to termination of joint venture
Net increase  / (decrease) in future income taxes
Unrealized (gain)  /  loss on interest rate swaps
(Increase) in accounts receivable and prepaid expenses
(Increase) / decrease in other assets
Net (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Increase in deferred revenue
Net (decrease) / increase in income taxes 
Net increase in other items
Cash Flows from Operating Activities

40  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

2009
104.7
 32.2
 77.3
–
 3.5
(6.8)
(12.5)
(9.2)
(7.9)
33.2
(15.0)
 5.4
204.9

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

2008
182.0
 25.3
–
15.2
(9.3)
 12.5
(1.2)
 5.0
(27.3)
 34.6
 5.0
 2.4
244.2

Increase /  
(decrease) in cash
(77.3)
  $ 
 6.9
  $ 
77.3
(15.2)
12.8
(19.3)
(11.3)
(14.2)
 19.4
(1.4)
(20.0)
 3.0
(39.3)

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Flows from (used in) Financing Activities

(in millions of dollars)

Cash Flows from (used in) Financing Activities

  $ 

2009
(151.4)

  $ 

2008
 33.1

  $ 

(Decrease)  
in cash
(184.5)

Cash	Flows	(used	in)	Financing	Activities	were	$184.5	million	higher	in	2009	compared	with	2008	due	to:

(in millions of dollars)

Dividends paid on common shares
Repurchase of common shares under NCIB
Dividends paid to BOX non-controlling interests
Proceeds on term loan
Proceeds from exercised options
Net (decrease) in other items
Cash Flows from (used in) Financing Activities

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

2009
(113.0)
(30.4)
(6.4)
–
 0.6
(2.2)
(151.4)

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

2008
(114.1)
(285.4)
(2.0)
427.8
 7.0
(0.2)
33.1

Increase / 
(decrease) in cash
 1.1
  $ 
255.0
  $ 
(4.4)
  $ 
(427.8)
  $ 
(6.4)
  $ 
(2.0)
  $ 
(184.5)
  $ 

Cash Flows from (used in) Investing Activities

(in millions of dollars)

Cash Flows from (used in) Investing Activities

  $ 

2009
(65.3)

  $ 

2008
(230.6)

Increase in cash
 165.3

  $ 

Cash	Flows	(used	in)	Investing	Activities	were	$165.3	million	lower	in	2009	compared	with	2008	due	to:

(in millions of dollars)

Cost of acquisitions and investments, net of cash acquired
Payment to ISE Ventures related to termination of joint venture
Capital expenditures primarily related to technology investments  
  and leasehold improvements
Additions to intangible assets including TSX Quantum gateway, smart order router  
  and SOLA internal development costs
Net (purchases) / sale of marketable securities
Cash Flows from (used in) Investing Activities

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

2009
(37.9)
–

  $ 
  $ 

2008
(405.3)
(15.2)

Increase /  
(decrease) in cash
367.4
  $ 
 15.2
  $ 

(7.1)

  $ 

(5.3)

  $ 

(1.8)

(13.2)
(7.1)
(65.3)

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

(8.4)
203.6
(230.6)

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

(4.8)
(210.7)
165.3

Summary of Cash Position and Other Matters18

We	had	$191.1	million	of	cash	and	cash	equivalents	and	marketable	securities	at	December	31,	2009	and	have	a	three-year,	$50.0	million	revolving	
credit	facility	which	is	undrawn.	Based	on	our	current	business	operations	and	model,	we	believe	that	we	have	sufficient	cash	resources	to	operate	
our	 business.	 During	 2009,	 with	 revenues	 of	 $556.3	 million,	 we	 incurred	 operating	 expenses	 of	 $273.1	 million.	 We	 had	 $430.0	 million	 of	 debt	
outstanding	under	the	Term	Facility,	which	is	due	in	April	2011.	It	is	expected	that	this	Term	Facility	will	either	be	refinanced	in	whole	or	in	part,	or	
repaid,	prior	to	that	date.	Based	on	current	levels	of	cash	flow	from	operations,	we	believe	that	this	Term	Facility	could	be	repaid	with	a	combination	
of	existing	cash,	future	cash	flow	from	operations	and	refinancing,	as	required.	We	are	currently	considering	a	range	of	refinancing	options,	which	
include	renewing	the	bank	facilities	as	well	as	private	or	public	debt	issues.	Cash	flow	from	operations	was	$204.9	million	in	2009.	In	addition,	
while	there	are	no	plans	to	reduce	the	existing	dividend	paid	on	common	shares,	we	do	have	the	flexibility	to	change	our	dividend	policy	if	market	
conditions	 were	 to	 deteriorate	 to	 the	 point	 where	 we	 felt	 it	 necessary	 to	 maintain	 more	 cash	 to	 support	 operations.	 We	 paid	 $113.0	 million	 in	
dividends	on	common	shares	in	2009.	We	repurchased	1.0	million	common	shares	under	our	NCIB	during	2009	at	a	cost	of	$30.4	million.	

In	Q3	/	09,	we	announced	a	major	expansion	of	our	co-location	services	and	facilities	in	response	to	significant	international	demand.	Construction	
has	begun	to	prepare	the	new	space	for	targeted	rollout	beginning	in	1H	/	10.	The	new	facility	is	designed	to	accommodate	up	to	200	co-location	
spaces,	which	will	meet	current	and	medium-term	demand	for	the	services.	The	capital	expenditures	associated	with	the	expansion	project	are	

18	

	The	“Summary of Cash Position and Other Matters”	section	above	contains	certain	forward-looking	statements.	Please	refer	to	“Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information”	for	a	discussion	
of	risks	and	uncertainties	related	to	such	statements.

Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis  41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
being	incurred	from	Q1	/	10	and	we	anticipate	the	next	phase	will	be	completed	by	Q2	/	10	at	a	cost	of	approximately	$10.0	million,	which	we	plan	to	
amortize	over	ten	years.	We	expect	to	realize	incremental	revenue	beginning	in	the	2H	/	10.

In	keeping	with	our	commitment	to	deliver	state	of	the	art	levels	of	technology	to	our	markets,	we	are	continuing	to	invest	in	and	are	planning	
a	multi-phased	initiative	to	upgrade	the	infrastructure	across	our	trading	and	data	enterprise.	In	order	to	increase	throughput	capability,	we	are	
upgrading	our	internal	networks,	storage	and	application	servers.	The	first	expansion	phase,	which	is	expected	to	be	complete	in	Q1	/	10,	is	designed	
to	more	than	double	throughput	capability.	We	expect	to	incur	annual	operating	expenses,	including	amortization,	of	approximately	$8.0	million	
to	support	this	initiative.	However,	we	estimate	these	costs	will	be	largely	offset	by	the	decommissioning	of	legacy	hardware	beginning	in	2H	/	10.	
The	 upgrade	 of	 the	 trading	 and	 data	 enterprise	 is	 designed	 to	 improve	 our	 overall	 infrastructure	 to	 better	 serve	 our	 existing	 customers	 and	 to	
attract	additional	customers	and	order	flow	to	our	marketplace.

Future	investment	opportunities	that	may	require	debt	financing	could	be	limited	by	current	and	future	economic	conditions,	the	covenants	on	
TMX	Group’s	existing	credit	facilities	and	by	our	financial	viability	ratios	imposed	by	securities	regulators.

The	recognition	order	of	TMX	Group	and	TSX	Inc.	contains	certain	financial	viability	tests	that	must	be	met.	If	TSX	Inc.	fails	to	meet	any	of	these	
tests	for	a	period	of	more	than	three	months,	TSX	Inc.	will	not,	without	the	prior	approval	of	the	Director	of	the	OSC,	pay	dividends	(among	other	
things)	until	the	deficiencies	have	been	eliminated	for	at	least	six	months	or	a	shorter	period	of	time	as	agreed	by	OSC	staff.	TSX	Venture	Exchange	
is	required	by	various	provincial	securities	commissions	to	maintain	adequate	financial	resources	for	the	performance	of	its	functions	in	a	manner	
that	is	consistent	with	the	public	interest	and	the	terms	of	its	recognition	orders.	Under	its	recognition	order,	MX	is	also	subject	to	certain	financial	
viability	tests	that	must	be	met.	If	MX	fails	to	meet	any	of	these	tests	for	a	period	of	more	than	three	months,	MX	will	not,	without	the	prior	
approval	of	the	AMF,	pay	dividends	(among	other	things)	until	the	deficiencies	have	been	eliminated	for	at	least	six	months.	NGX	is	required	by	the	
Alberta	Securities	Commission	to	maintain	adequate	financial	resources	to	operate	its	trading	system	and	support	its	trade	execution	functions	
(see	Managing Capital).

Defined Benefit Pension Plans19

Based	 on	 the	 most	 recent	 actuarial	 valuation	 for	 funding	 purposes	 as	 at	 December	 31,	 2008,	 we	 estimate	 a	 funding	 deficit	 of	 approximately	
$15.5	million	on	a	solvency	basis,	of	which	$6.4	million	was	funded	in	2009	and	reflected	as	an	increase	in	Other	assets.

Financial Instruments

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities 

Our	financial	instruments	include	cash,	cash	equivalents	and	investments	in	marketable	securities	which	are	held	to	earn	investment	income.	These	
instruments	include	units	in	a	money	market	fund	and	a	short-term	bond	and	mortgage	fund,	managed	by	an	external	advisor.	Marketable	securities	
also	include	the	investment	portfolio	of	MX,	which	is	managed	by	an	external	advisor;	this	portfolio	includes	federal,	provincial	and	corporate	bonds	
as	 well	 as	 bank-backed	 asset-backed	 debt	 securities.	 The	 primary	 risks	 related	 to	 these	 marketable	 securities	 are	 variation	 in	 interest	 rates	 and	
credit	risk.	For	a	description	of	these	risks,	please	refer	to	Credit Risk – Marketable Securities	and	Interest Rate Risk – Marketable Securities.

These	investments	are	recorded	at	fair	value,	which	in	the	case	of	money	market	funds,	bonds	and	bond	funds	are	determined	based	on	quoted	
market	 prices.	 Unrealized	 losses	 of	 $0.2	 million	 were	 recorded	 in	 investment	 income	 in	 2009,	 compared	 with	 unrealized	 gains	 of	 $1.2	 million	
in	2008.

Accounts Receivable

Our	financial	instruments	include	accounts	receivable,	which	represents	amounts	that	our	customers	owe	us.	The	fair	value	is	based	on	the	actual	
amounts	owed	by	the	customers,	net	of	a	provision	for	that	portion	which	may	not	be	collectible.	The	primary	risk	related	to	accounts	receivable	is	
credit	risk.	For	a	description	of	these	risks,	please	refer	to	Credit Risk – Accounts Receivable.

CDCC – Daily Settlements and Cash Deposits

As	part	of	CDCC’s	clearing	operations,	amounts	due	from	and	to	clearing	members	as	a	result	of	marking	to	market	open	futures	positions	and	
settling	options	transactions	each	day	are	required	to	be	collected	from	or	paid	to	clearing	members	prior	to	the	commencement	of	trading	the	
next	day.	The	amounts	due	from	and	due	to	clearing	members	are	recognized	in	the	consolidated	assets	and	liabilities	as	daily	settlements	and	cash	
deposits.	There	is	no	impact	on	the	consolidated	statement	of	income.	The	primary	risks	associated	with	these	financial	instruments	are	credit	risk	
and	market	risk.	For	a	description	of	these	risks,	please	refer	to	Credit Risk – CDCC	and	Other Market Price Risk – CDCC.

19	

	The	“Defined Benefit Pension Plans”	section	above	contains	certain	forward-looking	statements.	Please	refer	to	“Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information”	for	a	discussion	of	risks	and	
uncertainties	related	to	such	statements.

42  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

Long-term Debt 

We	established	the	Term	Facility	in	connection	with	the	combination	with	MX.	We	entered	into	a	series	of	interest	rate	swaps	to	partially	manage	
our	exposure	interest	rate	fluctuations	on	the	Term	Facility	(see	Credit Facilities and Guarantee – Long-term Debt).	The	long-term	debt	is	subject	to	
interest	rate	risk.	For	a	description	of	this	risk,	please	refer	to	Interest Rate Risk – Long-term Debt.

Total Return Swaps

We	have	entered	into	a	series	of	total	return	swaps	(TRSs)	which	synthetically	replicate	the	economics	of	TSX	Inc.	purchasing	our	shares	as	a	fair	
value	 hedge	 to	 the	 share	 appreciation	 rights	 of	 deferred	 share	 units	 (DSUs)	 and	 non-performance	 based	 restricted	 share	 units	 (RSUs)	 that	 are	
awarded	to	our	directors	and	employees.	We	mark	to	market	the	fair	value	of	the	TRSs	as	an	adjustment	to	income,	and	simultaneously	mark	to	
market	the	liability	to	holders	of	the	share	units	as	an	adjustment	to	income.	These	TRSs	are	subject	to	credit	risk	and	market	risk.	For	a	description	
of	these	risks,	please	refer	to	Credit Risk – Total Return and Interest Rate Swaps	and	Market Risk – Total Return Swaps.	The	fair	value	of	the	TRSs	is	
based	upon	the	excess	or	deficit	of	the	volume	weighted	average	price	of	our	shares	for	the	last	five	trading	days	of	the	reporting	period	compared	
with	our	share	price	at	the	date	of	entering	into	the	TRSs.	The	fair	value	of	the	TRSs	and	the	obligation	to	unit	holders	are	reflected	on	the	balance	
sheet.	The	contracts	are	settled	in	cash	upon	maturity.	

The	fair	values	of	the	TRSs	were	a	liability	of	$0.5	million	at	December	31,	2009	and	a	liability	of	$5.8	million	at	December	31,	2008.	During	2009,	
unrealized	gains	of	$5.3	million	were	reflected	as	a	decrease	in	compensation	and	benefits	costs	and	general	and	administration	costs.	During	2008,	
unrealized	losses	of	$10.0	million	were	reflected	as	an	increase	in	compensation	and	benefits	costs	and	general	and	administration	costs.

NGX – Energy Contracts 

As	part	of	its	clearing	operations,	NGX	becomes	the	central	counterparty	to	each	transaction	(whether	it	relates	to	natural	gas,	electricity	or	crude	
oil	contracts)	cleared	through	its	clearing	operations.	We	record	NGX’s	energy	contract	receivables	and	offsetting	payables	for	all	contracts	where	
physical	delivery	has	occurred	or	financial	settlement	amounts	have	been	determined	prior	to	the	period	end	but	payments	have	not	been	made.	
There	is	no	impact	on	the	consolidated	statement	of	income.	

The	fair	value	at	the	balance	sheet	date	of	the	undelivered	physically	settled	trading	contracts	and	the	forward	financially	settled	trading	contracts	
is	recognized	in	the	consolidated	assets	and	liabilities	as	open	energy	contracts.	There	is	no	impact	on	the	consolidated	statement	of	income.	

The	primary	risks	related	to	these	financial	instruments	are	credit	risk	and	market	risk.	For	a	description	of	these	risks,	please	refer	to	Credit Risk – 
NGX	and	Other Market Price Risk – NGX.

Interest Rate Swaps 

We	have	entered	into	a	series	of	interest	rate	swap	agreements	to	partially	manage	our	exposure	to	interest	rate	fluctuations	on	the	Term	Facility,	
effective	 August	 28,	 2008	 (see	 Long-term  Debt).	 These	 interest	 rate	 swaps	 are	 subject	 to	 credit	 risk.	 For	 a	 description	 of	 this	 risk,	 please	 refer	
to	“Credit Risk – Total Return and Interest Rate Swaps”.	We	mark	to	market	the	fair	value	of	these	interest	rate	swaps,	which	is	determined	by	
using	observable	market	information.	At	December	31,	2009,	the	fair	value	of	these	interest	rate	swaps	was	a	liability	of	$5.7	million.	During	2009,	
unrealized	gains	of	$6.8	million	and	realized	losses	of	$8.2	million	have	been	reflected	in	net	mark	to	market	on	interest	rate	swaps,	compared	with	
unrealized	losses	of	$12.5	million	and	realized	losses	of	$0.8	million	in	2008.	

Risks Associated with Financial Instruments

Credit Risk

Credit	 risk	 is	 the	 risk	 of	 financial	 loss	 associated	 with	 a	 counterparty’s	 failure	 to	 fulfill	 its	 financial	 obligations	 and	 arises	 principally	 from	
investments	in	marketable	securities,	total	return	swaps,	interest	rate	swaps,	accounts	receivable	and	the	clearing	and	/	or	brokerage	operations	of	
Shorcan,	NGX	and	CDCC.

Credit Risk – Marketable Securities

TMX	Group	manages	exposure	to	credit	risk	arising	from	investments	in	marketable	securities	by	limiting	the	investment	in	short-term	bond	and	
mortgage	funds	to	a	maximum	of	70%	of	the	investment	portfolio.	Corporate	bonds	must	have	a	minimum	credit	rating	of	BBB	by	DBRS	Limited.	
Mortgages	may	not	comprise	more	than	40%	of	the	portfolio	and	must	be	either	multi-residential	conventional	first	mortgages	or	multi-residential	
government	guaranteed	mortgages.	TMX	Group	does	not	have	any	investments	in	non-bank,	asset-backed	commercial	paper.	

At	December	31,	2009,	the	investment	portfolio	was	comprised	of	70%	in	short-term	bond	and	mortgage	funds	and	30%	in	money	market	funds.

Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis  43

Credit Risk – Total Return and Interest Rate Swaps

We	have	entered	into	total	return	swaps	which	synthetically	replicate	the	economics	of	TSX	Inc.	purchasing	our	shares	as	a	partial	economic	hedge	
to	the	share	appreciation	rights	of	DSUs	and	RSUs	that	are	awarded	to	our	directors	and	employees.	The	contracts	are	settled	in	cash	upon	maturity.	
The	obligation	to	unit	holders	is	reflected	on	the	balance	sheet.	In	addition,	we	entered	into	interest	rate	swaps,	which	took	effect	on	August	28,	
2008,	in	order	to	partially	manage	our	exposure	to	interest	rate	fluctuations	on	our	Term	Facility	(see	Long-term Debt).	To	manage	credit	risk,	we	
entered	into	these	total	return	and	interest	rate	swaps	with	major	Canadian	chartered	banks.	

Credit Risk 

We	are	exposed	to	credit	risk	in	the	event	that	customers,	in	the	case	of	Shorcan,	contracting	parties,	in	the	case	of	NGX,	or	clearing	members,	in	
the	case	of	CDCC,	fail	to	settle	on	the	contracted	settlement	date.

Credit Risk – Shorcan

Shorcan’s	risk	is	limited	by	its	status	as	an	agent,	in	that	it	does	not	purchase	or	sell	securities	for	its	own	account.	As	agent,	in	the	event	of	a	failed	
trade,	Shorcan	has	the	right	to	withdraw	its	normal	policy	of	anonymity	and	advise	the	two	counterparties	to	settle	directly.

Credit Risk – NGX

NGX	requires	each	contracting	party	to	provide	sufficient	collateral,	in	the	form	of	cash	or	letters	of	credit,	to	exceed	its	outstanding	credit	exposure	
as	determined	by	NGX	in	accordance	with	its	margining	methodology.	The	cash	collateral	deposits	and	letters	of	credit	are	held	by	a	major	Canadian	
chartered	bank.	This	collateral	may	be	accessed	by	NGX	in	the	event	of	default	by	a	contracting	party.	NGX	measures	total	potential	exposure	for	
both	credit	and	market	risk	for	each	contracting	party	on	a	real-time	basis	as	the	aggregate	of:

•  outstanding	energy	contracts	receivable;

•  “Variation	Margin”,	comprised	of	the	aggregate	“mark	to	market”	exposure	for	all	forward	purchase	and	sale	contracts	with	an	adverse	

value	from	the	perspective	of	the	customer;	and

•  “Initial	Margin”,	an	amount	that	estimates	the	worst	expected	loss	that	a	contract	might	incur	under	normal	market	conditions	during	a	

liquidation	period.

As	a	result	of	these	calculations	of	contracting	party	exposure,	at	December	31,	2009,	NGX	held	cash	collateral	deposits	of	$1,040.3	million	and	
letters	of	credit	of	$1,963.7	million,	compared	with	cash	collateral	deposits	of	$716.5	million	and	letters	of	credit	of	$2,366.3	million	at	December	31,	
2008.	These	amounts	are	not	included	in	our	consolidated	balance	sheet.

NGX	also	maintains	an	unsecured	clearing	backstop	fund	of	U.S.	$100.0	million.	TMX	Group	is	the	unsecured	guarantor	of	this	fund.	This	facility	has	
not	been	drawn	upon	at	December	31,	2009.

Credit Risk – CDCC

CDCC	is	exposed	to	the	risk	of	default	of	its	clearing	members.	CDCC	is	the	central	counterparty	and	guarantor	of	all	transactions	carried	out	on	
MX’s	markets	and	on	the	OTC	market	when	the	transaction	is	cleared	through	CDCC.	It	primarily	supports	the	risk	of	one	or	more	counterparties,	
meeting	strict	financial	and	regulatory	criteria,	defaulting	on	their	obligations,	in	which	case	the	obligations	of	that	counterparty	would	become	
the	responsibility	of	CDCC.	This	risk	is	greater	if	market	conditions	are	unfavourable	at	the	time	of	the	default.	

CDCC’s	principal	risk	management	practice	is	the	collection	of	risk-based	margin	deposits	in	the	form	of	cash,	letters	of	credit,	equities	and	liquid	
government	securities.	Should	a	clearing	member	fail	to	meet	a	daily	margin	call	or	otherwise	not	honour	their	obligations	under	open	futures	and	
options	contracts,	margin	deposits	would	be	available	to	apply	against	the	costs	incurred	to	liquidate	the	clearing	member’s	positions.	

CDCC’s	margining	system	is	complemented	by	a	stress	reporting	system.	This	process	evaluates	the	financial	strength	of	a	clearing	member	to	meet	
margin	requirements	that	might	result	from	a	sudden	adverse	change	in	the	market.	Clearing	members	who	fail	to	meet	the	criteria	are	required	to	
deposit	a	stress	margin.

CDCC	 also	 maintains	 a	 clearing	 fund	 through	 deposits	 of	 cash	 and	 securities	 from	 all	 clearing	 members.	 The	 aggregate	 level	 of	 clearing	 funds	
required	from	all	clearing	members	must	cover	the	worst	loss	that	CDCC	could	face	if	one	counterparty	is	failing	under	various	extreme	but	plausible	
market	 conditions.	 Each	 clearing	 member	 contributes	 to	 the	 clearing	 fund	 in	 proportion	 to	 its	 margin	 requirements.	 If,	 by	 a	 clearing	 member’s	
default,	 further	 funding	 is	 necessary	 to	 complete	 a	 liquidation,	 CDCC	 has	 the	 right	 to	 require	 other	 clearing	 members	 to	 contribute	 additional	
amounts	equal	to	their	previous	contribution	to	the	clearing	fund.

CDCC’s	margin	collateral	deposits	and	clearing	fund	deposits	are	held	by	approved	depositories	under	irrevocable	agreements.	This	collateral	may	
be	accessed	by	CDCC	in	the	event	of	default	by	a	clearing	member.	As	a	result	of	these	calculations	of	clearing	member	exposure	at	December	31,	
2009,	CDCC	held	margin	collateral	deposits	of	$2,931.0	million	and	clearing	fund	deposits	of	$187.5	million,	compared	with	$4,502.0	and	$201.5	
respectively	at	December	31,	2008,	primarily	in	collateral	securities.	These	amounts	are	not	included	in	our	consolidated	balance	sheet.

44  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

CDCC	maintains	$30	million	in	revolving	standby	credit	facilities	in	the	event	of	default	by	a	clearing	member.	This	facility	has	not	been	drawn	upon	
at	December	31,	2009.

Credit Risk – Accounts Receivable

Our	exposure	to	credit	risk	resulting	from	uncollectable	accounts	is	influenced	by	the	individual	characteristics	of	our	customers,	many	of	whom	
are	 banks	 and	 financial	 institutions.	 There	 is	 no	 concentration	 of	 credit	 risk	 attributable	 to	 transactions	 with	 a	 single	 customer	 and	 customers	
are	dispersed	across	varying	geographic	locations.	In	addition,	customers	that	fail	to	maintain	their	account	in	good	standing	risk	loss	of	listing,	
trading	or	data	access	privileges.

Market Risk

Market	risk	is	the	risk	that	changes	in	market	price,	such	as	foreign	exchange	rates,	interest	rates,	commodity	prices	and	equity	prices	will	affect	our	
income	or	the	value	of	our	holdings	of	financial	instruments.

Market Risk – Total Return Swaps 

We	are	exposed	to	market	risk	when	we	grant	DSUs	and	RSUs	to	our	directors	and	employees.	We	utilize	total	return	swaps	to	partially	hedge	this	
exposure.	The	fair	value	of	the	total	return	swaps	is	based	upon	the	excess	or	deficit	of	the	volume	weighted	average	price	of	our	shares	for	the	last	
five	trading	days	of	the	reporting	period	compared	with	our	share	price	at	the	date	of	entering	into	the	total	return	swaps.	The	change	in	the	fair	
value	of	the	total	return	swaps	is	generally	offset	by	the	change	in	the	obligation	to	DSU	and	RSU	holders.	As	at	December	31,	2009,	a	25%	increase	
in	the	share	price	of	the	Company	would	result	in	a	net	$0.3	million	decrease	in	net	income.	A	25%	decrease	in	the	share	price	of	the	Company	
would	result	in	a	net	$0.5	million	increase	in	net	income.

Interest Rate Risk – Marketable Securities

We	are	exposed	to	interest	rate	risk	on	our	marketable	securities.	We	have	engaged	external	investment	fund	managers	to	manage	the	asset	mix	
and	the	risks	associated	with	these	investments.	At	December	31,	2009,	we	held	$103.2	million	in	these	funds,	compared	with	$96.3	million	at	
December	31,	2008.	The	approximate	impact	of	a	1%	rise	in	interest	rates	is	a	decrease	of	$1.9	million	on	the	carrying	value	of	these	investments	
and	the	approximate	impact	of	a	1%	fall	in	interest	rates	is	an	increase	of	$2.0	million	on	the	carrying	value	of	these	investments.	

Interest Rate Risk – Long-term Debt and Interest Rates Swaps

We	are	exposed	to	interest	rate	risk	on	our	Term	Facility.	The	approximate	impact	on	net	income	of	a	1%	rise	and	a	1%	fall	in	interest	rates	with	
respect	to	this	facility	is	a	decrease	of	$4.3	million	and	an	increase	of	$4.3	million	respectively.	

In	order	to	partially	manage	our	exposure	to	interest	rate	fluctuations,	we	entered	into	a	series	of	interest	rate	swap	agreements	that	took	effect	
on	August	28,	2008,	which	fixed	the	interest	rate	relating	to	$300.0	million	of	the	principal	amount.	On	August	31,	2009,	swap	agreements	with	a	
notional	value	of	$100.0	million,	representing	one	third	of	the	total	notional	value	of	the	swaps,	matured.	At	December	31,	2009,	the	fair	value	of	
the	remaining	interest	rate	swaps	was	a	liability	of	$5.7	million.	The	approximate	impact	of	a	1%	rise	in	interest	rates	is	a	$1.9	million	decrease	in	
the	liability	and	the	approximate	impact	of	a	1%	fall	in	interest	rates	on	the	fair	value	of	the	swaps	is	a	$1.7	million	increase	in	the	liability.	

Foreign Currency Risk 

(See	Risks and Uncertainties – Currency Risk)

Other Market Price Risk – NGX, Shorcan and CDCC

We	 are	 exposed	 to	 other	 market	 price	 risk	 from	 the	 activities	 of	 Shorcan,	 NGX	 and	 CDCC	 if	 a	 customer,	 contracting	 party	 or	 clearing	 member,	
as	the	case	may	be,	fails	to	take	or	deliver	either	securities,	energy	products	or	derivatives	products	on	the	contracted	settlement	date	where	the	
contracted	price	is	less	favourable	than	the	current	market	price.	

Shorcan’s	risk	is	limited	by	its	status	as	an	agent,	in	that	it	does	not	purchase	or	sell	securities	for	its	own	account,	the	short	period	of	time	between	
trade	date	and	settlement	date	and	the	defaulting	customer’s	liability	for	any	difference	between	the	amounts	received	upon	sale	of	the	securities	
and	the	amount	paid	to	acquire	the	securities.	

Both	NGX’s	and	CDCC’s	measure	of	total	potential	exposure,	as	described	previously,	includes	measures	of	market	risk	which	are	factored	into	the	
collateral	required	from	each	contracting	party	or	clearing	member.

We	are	also	exposed	to	other	market	price	risk	on	a	portion	of	our	sustaining	listing	fee	revenue,	which	is	based	on	the	quoted	market	values	of	
listed	issuers	as	at	December	31	of	the	previous	year.

Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis  45

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity	risk	is	the	risk	that	we	will	not	be	able	to	meet	our	financial	obligations	as	they	fall	due.	

We	 manage	 liquidity	 risk	 through	 the	 management	 of	 our	 revolving	 and	 non	 revolving	 credit	 facilities	 (see	 Long-term  Debt)	 and	 capital	
(see	Managing Capital).

Total
9,336 
85,126 
461,096 
555,558 

Less than 1 year
3,639 
22,135 
 434,720
460,494 

1–3 years
4,887 
27,201 
3,600 
35,688 

4–5 years
810 
16,003 
3,600 
20,413 

5+ years
– 
19,787 
19,176 
38,963 

Contractual Obligations 

(in thousands of dollars) 

Capital Leases
Operating Leases
Other Obligations

Selected Annual Information

(in thousands of dollars, except per share amounts) 

Revenue
Net income 
Adjusted net income** 
Total assets
Long-term liabilities****
Earnings per share: 
  Basic
  Diluted
Adjusted earnings per share**: 
  Basic
  Diluted
Cash dividends declared per common share

2009
 556,316
 104,701
 192,312
3,524,475
1,113,433 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

2008
 532,614
 181,952
 197,104
3,688,645
1,090,423

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

2007
 424,587
 148,697
 163,788
1,523,919
 405,821

1.41
1.41

  $ 
  $ 

2.59
2.59
1.52

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

2.48
2.47

  $ 
  $ 

2.69
2.68
1.52

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

2.19
2.17

2.41
2.39
1.52

2007
148.7
–
 15.1
–
163.8

Net Income GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation for 2009, 2008 and 2007 

(in millions of dollars)

Net Income
Adjustment related to non-cash impairment of goodwill pertaining to investment in BOX
Adjustment related to a reduction in the value of future tax assets and liabilities
Adjustment related to loss on termination of joint venture
Adjusted net income

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

2009
104.7
77.3
10.4
–
192.4

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

2008
182.0
–
–
15.2
197.2

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Earnings per Share GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation for 2009, 2008 and 2007

Basic
1.41

  $ 

  $ 

2009
Diluted
1.41

Basic
2.48

  $ 

  $ 

2008
Diluted
2.47

  $ 

2007
Diluted
2.17

  $ 

–

Basic
2.19

–

  $ 

1.04

  $ 

1.04

  $ 

0.14

  $ 

0.14

–

–

–

–

  $ 

0.22

  $ 

0.22

–
2.59

  $ 

–
2.59

  $ 
  $ 

0.21
2.69

  $ 
  $ 

0.21
2.68

  $ 

–
2.41

  $ 

–
2.39

  $ 

Earnings per share
Adjustment related to non-cash impairment  
  of goodwill pertaining to BOX
Adjustment related to a reduction in the value  
  of future tax assets and liabilities
Adjustment related to loss on termination  
  of joint venture
Adjusted earnings per share

****	Includes	deferred	revenue.

**	 See	discussion	under	the	heading	“Non-GAAP Financial Measures”.	

46  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue, Net Income and Earnings per Share 

2009

2008

• 

(See	Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 2008)

•  The	 2008	 results	 reflect	 higher	 revenue,	 largely	 due	 to	 the	 inclusion	 of	 $63.5	 million	 in	 revenue	 related	 to	 the	 business	 operations	
of	 MX	 which	 were	 combined	 with	 TMX	 Group	 on	 May	 1,	 2008	 and	 revenue	 from	 the	 operations	 of	 BOX	 from	 August	 29,	 2008	 and	
increased	issuer	services	and	market	data	revenue.	This	increase	was	partially	offset	by	higher	overall	expenses,	including	$43.3	million	
of	expenses	related	to	the	business	operations	of	MX	and	BOX,	interest	expense	related	to	the	Term	Facility,	used	to	finance	a	portion	of	
the	purchase	price	of	the	combination	with	MX,	and	acquisition	related	expenses,	primarily	relating	to	a	$15.2	million	payment	to	ISE	
Ventures	with	respect	to	the	termination	of	DEX,	our	derivatives	joint	venture.	This	adjustment	resulted	in	a	reduction	in	net	income	for	
2008	of	$15.2	million,	or	21	cents	per	common	share	(on	a	basic	and	diluted	basis).	In	2007,	future	tax	assets	were	reduced,	and	income	
tax	expense	increased	by	$15.1	million,	primarily	as	a	result	of	decreases	in	federal	corporate	income	tax	rates	which	were	enacted	in	
June	and	December	2007.	The	adjustment	resulted	in	a	reduction	in	net	income	for	2007	of	$15.1	million,	or	22	cents	per	common	share	
(on	both	a	basic	and	diluted	basis).

 Total Assets 

2009

•  Total assets	decreased	due	to	lower	energy	contracts	receivable	of	$714.5	million	at	December	31,	2009	related	to	the	clearing	operations	
of	NGX,	compared	with	$976.4	million	at	the	end	of	2008.	The	lower	level	of	receivables	reflected	lower	natural	gas	prices	at	the	end	of	
December	2009	compared	with	the	end	of	December	2008.	Total	assets	also	decreased	due	to	the	reduction	in	goodwill	related	to	the	non-
cash	impairment	charge	of	$77.3	million	related	to	BOX.	The	overall	decrease	was	partially	offset	by	higher	MX	daily	settlements	and	cash	
deposits	of	$565.4	million	as	at	December	31,	2009	related	to	MX’s	clearing	operations,	compared	with	$497.3	million	at	the	end	of	2008.	
The	decrease	was	also	partially	offset	by	an	increase	in	current	assets	related	to	the	fair	value	of	open	energy	contracts	($202.8	million	as	
at	December	31,	2009,	compared	with	$155.3	million	at	December	31,	2008).	In	addition,	the	overall	decrease	in	Total	assets	was	partially	
offset	due	to	recording	$49.6	million	in	intangible	assets	and	$30.6	million	in	goodwill	related	to	the	purchase	of	NTP	on	May	1,	2009,	less	
cash	paid	of	$24.2	million	for	the	acquisition.	

2008

•  Total  assets	 increased	 primarily	 due	 to	 inclusion	 of	 the	 operations	 of	 MX	 which	 were	 combined	 with	 TMX	 Group	 on	 May	 1,	 2008	 and	
BOX	 from	 August	 29,	 2008,	 following	 acquisition	 of	 control.	 The	 increase	 included	 Goodwill	 of	 $582.5	 million	 and	 Intangible	 Assets	 of	
$827.2	million,	primarily	comprised	of	derivatives	products	and	trading	participants	in	the	amount	of	$630.9	million	and	$148.2	million,	
respectively.	Also	included	were	Daily	Settlements	and	Cash	Deposits	of	$497.3	million	and	Cash	and	Cash	Equivalents	and	Marketable	
securities	of	$99.4	million.

Long-term Liabilities

2009

2008

•  Long-term	liabilities	increased	in	2009	over	2008	primarily	due	to	an	increase	in	deferred	revenue	and	obligations	under	capital	leases,	

somewhat	offset	by	a	reduction	in	the	fair	value	of	interest	rate	swaps.

•  Long-term	liabilities	increased	primarily	due	to	drawing	on	a	non-revolving	three-year	term	unsecured	credit	facility	of	$430.0	million	to	

finance	the	cash	consideration	of	the	purchase	price	for	MX	(see	Long-term Debt).

• 

• 

In	2008,	a	future	income	tax	liability	of	$221.1	million	reflected	the	combination	with	MX	and	the	acquisition	of	control	of	BOX.

In	addition,	there	was	an	increase	in	deferred	revenue	in	2008	compared	with	2007.

Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis  47

Quarterly Information 

(in thousands of dollars except per share amounts)

Revenue

Dec. 31 / 09
  $  152,974

Sept. 30 / 09
  $  130,243

June 30 / 09
  $  137,521

Mar. 31 / 09
  $  135,578

Dec. 31 / 08
  $  151,050

Sept. 30 / 08
  $  139,183

June 30 / 08
  $  130,036

Mar. 31 / 08
  $  112,345

Net Income / (loss)

(26,837)

41,749

46,871

42,918

49,035

50,944

49,227

32,746

Earnings per share:
  Basic
  Diluted

2008

(0.36)
(0.36)

0.56
0.56

0.63
0.63

0.58
0.58

0.65
0.65

0.66
0.66

0.65
0.65

0.49
0.49

•  Revenue	in	Q1	/	08	increased	over	revenue	in	Q4	/	07	primarily	due	to	higher	market	data	and	issuer	services	revenue.	Net	income	for	Q1	/	08	
increased	over	Q4	/	07	primarily	due	to	a	decrease	in	expenses	and	higher	revenue.	Net	income	for	Q1	/	08	was	reduced	due	to	an	expense	of	
$15.2	million	to	ISE	Ventures	related	to	exiting	our	previously	announced	joint	venture	to	operate	DEX,	whereas	in	Q4	/	07,	net	income	was	
reduced	due	to	increased	income	taxes	as	a	result	of	a	$13.3	million	reduction	to	the	value	of	the	future	income	tax	asset.

•  Revenue	in	Q2	/	08	improved	over	revenue	in	Q1	/	08	primarily	due	to	revenue	associated	with	the	combination	with	MX	on	May	1,	2008	and	
increased	issuer	services	and	market	data	revenue.	Net	income	for	Q2	/	08	increased	over	Q1	/	08	primarily	due	to	the	increase	in	revenue,	
somewhat	offset	by	an	increase	in	expenses,	including	interest	expense,	and	a	decrease	in	investment	income.

•  Revenue	in	Q3	/	08	improved	over	revenue	in	Q2	/	08	primarily	due	to	a	full	quarter	of	revenue	from	the	combination	with	MX.	In	addition,	
100%	 of	 BOX’s	 revenue	 is	 consolidated	 from	 acquisition	 of	 control	 on	 August	 29,	 2008,	 with	 an	 adjustment	 made	 for	 non-controlling	
interests.	Net	income	for	Q3	/	08	increased	over	Q2	/	08	primarily	due	to	the	increase	in	revenue,	somewhat	offset	by	an	increase	in	expenses	
related	to	MX	and	BOX,	interest	expense,	and	a	decrease	in	investment	income.

•  Revenue	 in	 Q4	/	08	 increased	 over	 revenue	 in	 Q3	/	08	 primarily	 due	 to	 higher	 revenue	 from	 cash	 equity	 trading,	 derivatives	 trading	 and	
energy	trading	and	higher	market	data	revenue.	Net	income	for	Q4	/	08	decreased	over	Q3	/	08	primarily	due	to	higher	operating	expenses	
and	a	$13.3	million	mark	to	market	adjustment	on	our	interest	rate	swaps,	partially	offset	by	higher	revenue	and	investment	income.

2009 

•  Revenue	in	Q1	/	09	decreased	over	revenue	in	Q4	/	08	primarily	due	to	lower	cash	equity	trading	and	issuer	services	revenue.	Net	income	for	

Q1	/	09	decreased	over	Q4	/	08	primarily	due	to	the	reduced	revenue	and	an	increase	in	compensation	and	benefits	expenses.	

•  Revenue	in	Q2	/	09	increased	over	revenue	in	Q1	/	09	largely	due	to	higher	revenue	from	TSX	Venture	Exchange	cash	equities	trading	and	
energy	 trading,	 including	 revenue	 from	 NTP,	 effective	 May	 1,	 2009.	 Net	 income	 for	 Q2	/	09	 increased	 over	 Q1	/	09	 primarily	 due	 to	 the	
increased	revenue	and	a	decrease	in	compensation	and	benefits	expenses.

•  Revenue	in	Q3	/	09	decreased	over	revenue	from	Q2	/	09	largely	due	to	lower	revenue	from	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	cash	equities	trading	and	
market	data.	Net	income	for	Q3	/	09	decreased	over	Q2	/	09	primarily	due	to	the	decreased	revenue	and	an	increase	in	compensation	and	
benefits	costs,	information	and	trading	systems	expenses	as	well	as	amortization.

•  Revenue	in	Q4	/	09	increased	over	revenue	from	Q3	/	09	primarily	due	to	increased	business	services	revenue,	which	included	a	one-time	
license	fee	of	$13.5	million	from	the	LSE,	as	well	as	higher	revenue	from	issuer	services,	cash	markets	trading	and	market	data.	This	was	
partially	offset	by	lower	revenue	from	derivatives	and	energy	trading.	There	was	a	net	loss	in	Q4	/	09	largely	due	to	the	non-cash	goodwill	
impairment	charge	of	$77.3	million	related	to	BOX	and	an	increase	in	income	taxes	due	to	a	write-down	in	the	value	of	future	tax	assets	
and	liabilities	of	$10.4	million,	partially	offset	by	the	increased	revenue	and	lower	overall	expenses	compared	with	Q3	/	09.

Review of Fourth Quarter Results

Compared with Q4 / 08

•  Revenue	in	Q4	/	09	improved	over	revenue	in	Q4	/	08	primarily	due	to	the	increased	business	services	revenue,	which	included	a	one-time	

license	fee	of	$13.5	million	from	the	LSE	and	increased	revenue	from	energy	trading,	cash	markets	fixed	income	trading	and	MX.	

•  The	 increase	 in	 energy	 trading	 revenue	 was	 due	 to	 increased	 volumes	 traded	 or	 cleared	 on	 NGX	 over	 Q4	/	08,	 pricing	 changes	 and	 the	
inclusion	of	revenue	from	crude	oil	trading	following	the	acquisition	of	NTP	on	May	1,	2009.	The	increase	in	Shorcan	cash	markets	fixed	
income	trading	revenue	primarily	reflected	an	increase	in	trading	of	Government	of	Canada	bonds	and	provincial	bonds	in	Q4	/	09	versus	
Q4	/	08.	Derivatives	markets	revenue	from	MX	increased	primarily	due	to	higher	volumes	of	contracts	traded.	

48  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

 
•  The	increases	were	partially	offset	by	lower	cash	markets	equities	trading	revenue	and	lower	revenue	from	market	data,	BOX	and	issuer	

services,	related	to	sustaining	fees.	

•  The	 decrease	 in	 cash	 markets	 equities	 trading	 revenue	 was	 due	 to	 the	 impact	 of	 changes	 to	 our	 equity	 trading	 fee	 schedule	 in	 2009,	
a	change	in	trading	mix	and	a	decrease	in	the	volume	of	securities	traded	on	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	in	Q4	/	09	over	Q4	/	08.	Market	data	
revenue	decreased	due	to	reductions	in	the	number	of	professional	and	equivalent	real-time	market	data	subscriptions	to	Toronto	Stock	
Exchange	and	TSX	Venture	Exchange	products,	a	decrease	in	MX	data	subscriptions	and	a	change	in	the	exchange	rate	of	the	U.S.	dollar	
relative	to	the	Canadian	dollar	in	Q4	/	09	compared	with	Q4	/	08.	Derivatives	markets	revenue	from	BOX	decreased	primarily	due	to	decreased	
volumes	 of	 contracts	 traded	 in	 Q4	/	09	 compared	 with	 Q4	/	08.	 Issuer	 services	 revenue	 was	 lower	 as	 a	 result	 of	 a	 decrease	 in	 sustaining	
listing	fees	due	to	the	overall	lower	market	capitalization	of	listed	issuers	at	the	end	of	2008	compared	with	the	end	of	2007.

• 

In	Q4	/	08,	net	income	was	reduced	by	a	$13.3	million	mark	to	market	adjustment	on	our	interest	rate	swaps	as	compared	with	$0.6	million	
in	Q4	/	09.	Net	income	for	Q4	/	09	decreased	from	Q4	/	08	due	to	the	non-cash	goodwill	impairment	charge	of	$77.3	million,	or	$1.04	per	
common	share,	related	to	BOX,	higher	operating	expenses	and	higher	income	taxes,	partially	offset	by	higher	revenue	and	lower	interest	
expense.	In	Q4	/	09,	the	value	of	future	tax	assets	and	liabilities	was	reduced	and	income	taxes	increased	by	$10.4	million,	primarily	as	a	
result	of	decreases	in	corporate	tax	rates	which	were	enacted	in	November	2009.	The	tax	adjustment	had	no	impact	on	cash	flows	and	
resulted	in	a	reduction	in	net	income	of	$10.4	million.	

•  Cash	flows	from	operating	activities	in	Q4	/	09	of	$56.5	million	decreased	by	$4.3	million	compared	with	$60.8	million	in	Q4	/	08	largely	due	
to	a	decrease	in	deferred	revenue.	Cash	flows	used	in	financing	activities	in	Q4	/	09	of	$30.8	million	decreased	by	$27.4	million	compared	
with	$58.2	million	in	Q4	/	08	as	Q4	/	08	included	$27.8	million	in	repurchases	of	our	common	shares	under	the	NCIB	with	no	corresponding	
amount	 in	 Q4	/	09,	 as	 our	 NCIB	 expired	 in	 August	 2009.	 Cash	 flows	 used	 in	 investing	 activities	 in	 Q4	/	09	 of	 $24.8	 million	 increased	 by	
$44.7	 million	 compared	 with	 $19.9	 million	 of	 cash	 flows	 from	 investing	 activities	 in	 Q4	/	08,	 primarily	 due	 to	 increased	 purchases	 of	
marketable	securities.

Compared with Q3 / 09

•  Revenue	 in	 Q4	/	09	 increased	 over	 revenue	 in	 Q3	/	09	 due	 to	 increased	 business	 services	 revenue,	 which	 included	 a	 one-time	 license	 fee	
of	 $13.5	 million	 from	 the	 LSE	 as	 well	 as	 higher	 revenue	 from	 issuer	 services,	 cash	 markets	 trading	 and	 market	 data.	 This	 was	 partially	
offset	by	lower	revenue	from	derivatives	and	energy	trading.	Net	income	for	Q4	/	09	decreased	from	Q3	/	09	primarily	due	to	the	non-cash	
impairment	 charge	 of	 $77.3	 million	 related	 to	 BOX	 and	 lower	 investment	 income,	 partially	 offset	 by	 higher	 revenue	 and	 lower	 overall	
operating	 expenses.	 In	 Q4	/	09,	 the	 value	 of	 future	 tax	 assets	 and	 liabilities	 were	 reduced	 and	 income	 taxes	 increased	 by	 $10.4	 million,	
primarily	as	a	result	of	decreases	in	corporate	tax	rates	which	were	enacted	in	November	2009.	The	tax	adjustment	had	no	impact	on	cash	
flows	and	resulted	in	a	reduction	in	net	income	of	$10.4	million.	

•  Cash	flows	from	operating	activities	in	Q4	/	09	of	$56.5	million	increased	by	$19.1	million	compared	with	$37.4	million	in	Q3	/	09,	partially	
due	to	higher	net	income	(excluding	the	impairment	of	goodwill	which	resulted	in	a	net	loss)	and	a	decrease	in	accounts	receivable	and	
prepaid	expenses.	Cash	flows	used	in	financing	activities	in	Q4	/	09	of	$30.8	million	increased	by	$1.8	million	compared	with	$29.0	million	in	
Q3	/	09	primarily	due	to	an	increase	in	capital	lease	payments.	Cash	flows	used	investing	activities	used	in	Q4	/	09	of	$24.8	million	increased	
by	$21.5	million	compared	with	$3.3	million	in	Q3	/	08,	primarily	due	to	increased	purchases	of	marketable	securities.

Critical Accounting Estimates 

Revenue from Initial and Additional listing fees

In	the	Cash Markets	segment,	we	recognize	revenue	generated	from	initial	and	additional	listing	fees	on	a	straight	line	basis	over	an	estimated	
service	 period	 of	 ten	 years.	 The	 estimated	 service	 period	 of	 ten	 years	 was	 determined	 by	 conducting	 an	 historical	 review	 of	 listing	 activity.	
We	determined	that	the	average	period	of	time	that	an	issuer	remained	listed	on	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	was	approximately	ten	years.	In	addition,	
turnover	rates	were	calculated	for	a	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	listed	issuer	and	for	a	TSX	Venture	Exchange	listed	issuer	and	were	determined	to	be	in	
the	range	of	ten	to	twelve	years.	Examining	historical	data	allowed	us	to	consider	the	impact	of	economic	cycles	and	other	trends	in	capital	markets	
over	time	which	impact	the	life	of	an	issuer.	The	service	period	selected	affects	the	rate	at	which	deferred	revenue	is	recognized,	as	well	as	the	value	
of	future	tax	assets	related	to	these	fees.	

Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis  49

Long-term Incentive Plan

We	have	a	long-term	incentive	plan	under	which	we	may	grant	RSUs.	RSUs	vest	on	December	31	of	the	second	calendar	year	following	the	year	in	
which	the	RSUs	were	granted	and	the	cash	award	payable	is	determined	by	the	total	shareholder	return	(appreciation	in	share	price	plus	dividends	
paid	or	TSR)	at	 the	end	 of	that	period.	In	 each	of	our	business	 segments,	we	accrue	our	obligations	and	include	them	in	accounts	payable	and	
accrued	liabilities	and	other	liabilities.	The	maximum	amount	to	be	paid	is	not	known	until	the	RSUs	have	vested	and	will	be	based	on	TSR	at	the	
time	of	payout.	Effective	January	1,	2007,	we	changed	our	estimate	of	these	obligations.	The	amount	to	be	paid	is	uncertain	because	it	is	largely	
dependent	on	the	future	share	price	and	dividend	rate,	which	can	fluctuate	over	time.	Our	estimate	of	TSR	affects	the	amount	of	compensation	and	
benefits	expense	recognized	during	the	period.	Our	accrual	is	based	on	actual	dividends	paid,	continuation	of	the	most	recent	quarterly	dividend	
and	the	closing	share	price	of	our	common	shares	for	the	period.	Having	monitored	fluctuations	in	our	share	price,	we	concluded	that	accruing	our	
obligations	in	this	manner	provided	a	better	estimate	of	the	payout	compared	with	an	estimate	based	on	a	target.	The	impact	of	this	change	in	
methodology	for	making	the	estimate	was	to	increase	these	obligations	and	compensation	and	benefits	costs	by	$1.1	million	for	2007.	We	have	
purchased	derivative	financial	instruments	that	partially	hedge	the	impact	of	our	share	price	appreciation.	

Identifiable Intangible Assets and Goodwill20

We	account	for	our	business	acquisitions	using	the	purchase	method	of	accounting.	In	each	of	our	business	segments,	we	allocate	the	total	cost	
of	an	acquisition	to	the	underlying	net	assets	based	on	their	respective	estimated	fair	values.	As	part	of	this	allocation	process,	we	must	identify	
and	attribute	values	and	estimated	lives	to	the	intangible	assets	acquired.	These	determinations	involve	significant	estimates	and	assumptions,	
including	those	with	respect	to	future	cash	inflows	and	outflows,	discount	rates	and	asset	lives,	and	therefore	require	considerable	judgment.	These	
determinations,	if	any,	will	affect	the	amount	of	amortization	and	impairment	charges	recorded	in	future	periods.

As	 the	 valuation	 of	 identifiable	 intangible	 assets	 and	 goodwill	 requires	 significant	 estimates	 and	 judgment	 about	 future	 performance	 and	 fair	
values,	our	future	results	could	be	affected	if	our	current	estimates	of	future	performance	and	fair	values	change.	We	review	the	carrying	values	
of	identifiable	intangible	assets	with	indefinite	lives	and	goodwill	at	least	annually	to	assess	impairment	because	these	assets	are	not	amortized.	
Additionally,	we	review	the	carrying	value	of	any	intangible	asset	or	goodwill	whenever	events	or	changes	in	circumstances	indicate	that	its	carrying	
amount	may	not	be	recoverable.	Examples	of	such	events	or	changes	in	circumstances	include	significant	negative	exchange	industry	or	economic	
trends,	a	significant	decrease	in	the	market	value	of	the	asset,	or	a	significant	change	in	regulatory	or	competitive	factors	or	in	the	business	climate	
that	could	affect	the	value	of	the	asset.

We	test	for	impairment	as	follows:	

Goodwill

We	test	goodwill	for	impairment	on	a	“reporting	unit”	level.	A	reporting	unit	is	a	business	for	which:	(a)	discrete	financial	information	is	available;	
and	(b)	segment	management	regularly	reviews	the	operating	results	of	that	business.	

We	test	goodwill	for	impairment	using	the	following	two-step	approach:

• 

• 

In	the	first	step,	we	determine	the	fair	value	of	each	reporting	unit.	If	the	fair	value	of	a	reporting	unit	is	less	than	its	carrying	value,	this	is	
an	indicator	that	the	goodwill	assigned	to	that	reporting	unit	might	be	impaired,	which	requires	performance	of	the	second	step.

In	the	second	step,	we	allocate	the	fair	value	of	the	reporting	unit	to	the	assets	and	liabilities	of	the	reporting	unit	as	if	it	had	just	been	
acquired	in	a	business	combination,	and	as	if	the	purchase	price	was	equivalent	to	the	fair	value	of	the	reporting	unit.	The	excess	of	the	
fair	value	of	the	reporting	unit	over	the	amounts	assigned	to	its	assets	and	liabilities	is	referred	to	as	the	implied	fair	value	of	goodwill.	
We	then	compare	that	implied	fair	value	of	the	reporting	unit’s	goodwill	to	the	carrying	value	of	that	goodwill.	If	the	implied	fair	value	is	
less	than	the	carrying	value,	we	recognize	an	impairment	loss	for	that	excess	on	the	income	statement.

We	commenced	our	annual	test	for	goodwill	impairment	in	accordance	with	this	policy	in	Q4	/	09.	In	the	first	step	of	the	test,	the	fair	values	of	our	
reporting	 units	 were	 determined	 using	 the	 income	 approach	 and	 confirmed	 by	 benchmarking	 against	 market	 comparatives.	 Under	 the	 income	
approach,	we	estimated	fair	values	for	each	reporting	unit	based	on	the	present	value	of	expected	future	cash	flows	and	a	terminal	value.	Using	
a	discounted	cash	flow	(DCF)	approach,	we	estimate	the	discounted	future	cash	flows	for	three	to	eight	years,	depending	on	the	reporting	unit,	
along	with	a	terminal	value.	The	expected	cash	flows	are	derived	from	our	internal	plans	and	adjusted	for	the	probability	of	various	scenarios	that	
considered	 the	 market	 environment	 in	 which	 the	 reporting	 unit	 operates	 and	 general	 economic	 conditions.	 The	 terminal	 values	 incorporated	 a	
perpetual	growth	rate	that	varied	by	reporting	unit	based	upon	markets,	trends	and	growth	prospects.	The	discount	rates	used	for	each	reporting	
unit	were	based	upon	our	weighted	average	cost	of	capital	and	certain	risk	premiums.	

20	

	The	“Identifiable Intangible Assets and Goodwill”	section	above	contains	certain	forward	looking	statements.	Please	refer	to	“Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information”	for	a	discussion	of	
risks	and	uncertainties	related	to	such	statements.

50  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

Identifiable Intangible Assets with Definite Life

We	compare	the	expected	undiscounted	future	operating	cash	flows	associated	with	the	asset	to	its	carrying	value	to	determine	if	the	asset	is	
recoverable.	If	the	expected	future	operating	cash	flows	are	not	sufficient	to	recover	the	carrying	value,	we	estimate	the	fair	value	of	the	asset.	
Impairment	is	recognized	when	the	carrying	amount	of	the	asset	is	not	recoverable	and	when	the	carrying	value	exceeds	fair	value.

Identifiable Intangible Assets with Indefinite Life

Identifiable	 intangible	 assets	 with	 indefinite	 lives	 include	 those	 related	 to	 derivative	 products,	 trade	 names,	 regulatory	 designation,	 crude	
oil	products,	electricity	products	and	index	licenses.	We	determine	the	fair	values	of	our	intangible	assets	with	indefinite	lives	using	an	income	
approach	based	on	a	DCF	model.	Impairment	is	recognized	when	the	carrying	amount	exceeds	fair	value.

We	assessed	the	possible	impairment	of	our	identifiable	intangible	assets	and	goodwill	related	to	all	of	our	acquisitions	by	comparing	their	carrying	
values	to	fair	values	or	recoverable	amounts,	as	applicable.	The	determination	of	fair	value	involves	significant	management	judgment.	Our	most	
significant	acquisitions	include	MX	and	BOX,	both	of	which	operate	derivatives	markets,	and	a	derivatives	clearing	house	in	the	case	of	MX,	as	well	
as	NTP,	which	trades	and	clears	crude	oil	using	NGX’s	trading	system	and	clearing	facility.	

BOX

In	 addition	 to	 the	 existing	 competition,	 there	 are	 new	 entrants	 into	 the	 U.S.	 options	 market	 offering	 various	 incentives	 to	 attract	 liquidity	 to	
their	marketplaces.	The	various	pricing,	technology	and	ownership	models	have	affected	BOX’s	ability	to	maintain	market	share	and	the	growth	
rates	that	it	had	previously	been	achieving.	The	effect	of	this	increased	competitive	environment,	as	reflected	in	an	increased	discount	rate,	and	
the	 reduction	 of	 the	 growth	 rates	 from	 historical	 levels,	 were	 the	 prime	 factors	 that	 resulted	 in	 the	 impairment	 of	 goodwill.	 The	 value	 of	 the	
goodwill	and	intangibles	prior	to	impairment	was	approximately	$119.0	million.	The	estimate	of	the	impairment	ranged	from	$0	to	approximately	
$119.0	million	and	a	goodwill	write	down	of	$77.3	million	was	determined	based	on	the	estimated	fair	value	of	BOX	(see	Impairment of Goodwill).	
New	 management	 at	 BOX	 is	 developing	 new	 services	 and	 has	 introduced	 new	 pricing	 to	 reverse	 the	 reduction	 in	 market	 share,	 however	 it	 is	
premature	to	conclude	whether	these	or	other	initiatives	to	incent	liquidity	will	be	successful.	

MX

MX	activity	and	growth	was	affected	by	the	credit	crisis	and	the	follow	on	economic	conditions.	Specifically,	the	deleveraging	of	balance	sheets	
and	historically	low	and	stable	interest	rates	reduced	fixed	income	and	overall	derivatives	activity.	However,	the	view	of	management	is	that	this	
reduction	is	temporary	and	that	the	fundamental	growth	opportunities	that	were	included	in	the	original	valuation	of	MX	are	still	valid.	As	the	
economic	recovery	begins,	the	interest	rate	forecasts	reflect	a	rising	yield	curve.	The	speculation	and	uncertainty	with	respect	to	future	growth	rates	
should	lead	to	greater	hedging	and	trading	activity.	In	addition,	the	size	of	the	Canadian	derivatives	market	relative	to	the	size	of	the	underlying	cash	
market	is	still	substantially	below	that	of	global	peers,	thus	leaving	much	room	for	growth	if	new	technology,	products	and	participants	are	added	
to	the	marketplace.	Lastly,	the	global	push	from	regulators	and	market	participants	to	move	over	the	counter	derivatives	products	to	exchange	
traded	 and	/	or	 centrally	 cleared	 models	 suggests	 further	 upside	 potential.	 It	 is	 the	 combination	 of	 the	 foregoing	 that	 resulted	 in	 management	
maintaining	 the	 growth	 projections	 and	 discount	 rates	 at	 levels	 that	 were	 in	 line	 with	 the	 original	 assumptions,	 such	 that	 MX	 goodwill	 is	 not	
impaired.	Changes	in	these	assumptions,	which	could	occur	if	these	growth	opportunities	are	not	achieved,	could	result	in	a	material	reduction	in	
goodwill	and	intangible	assets.	This	would	be	a	non-cash	charge	in	the	derivatives	segment	that	would	impact	net	income	and	shareholder	equity.	
If	a	write-down	was	to	occur	and	it	was	greater	than	$410.0	million,	it	is	possible	that	the	financial	covenants	in	our	Term	Facility	would	not	be	met	
and	this	debt	would	need	to	be	repaid	or	refinanced.	It	is	likely	that	the	refinancing	would	be	at	less	favourable	rates.

NTP Intangible Assets

The	intangible	assets	related	to	the	acquisition	of	NTP	are	largely	related	to	the	cash	flows	and	customer	base	of	NTP.	As	we	have	converted	NTP	to	
NGX’s	fully	backstopped	clearing	model,	a	number	of	customers	have	not	maintained	their	level	of	activity	in	these	crude	oil	products.	NGX	has	
a	number	of	initiatives	to	encourage	these	customers	to	grow	their	level	of	activity,	however	if	NGX	is	unsuccessful	in	these	efforts,	it	is	possible	
that	$48.8	million	of	intangible	assets	would	need	to	be	reduced.	NTP	was	only	converted	to	the	NGX	clearing	model	in	May	2009.	Based	on	current	
assumptions,	the	fair	value	of	NTP	intangible	assets	remains	above	carrying	value.

Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis  51

Managing Capital

Our	primary	objectives	in	managing	capital,	which	we	define	to	include	our	share	capital	and	various	credit	facilities,	include:

•  Maintaining	sufficient	capital	for	operations	to	ensure	market	confidence.	Currently,	we	target	to	retain	a	minimum	of	$100	million	in	
cash	and	marketable	securities.	This	amount	is	subject	to	change.	We	do	this	by	managing	our	capital	subject	to	capital	maintenance	
requirements	imposed	on	our	subsidiaries:

	ƒ

In	respect	of	Toronto	Stock	Exchange,	as	required	by	the	OSC	to	maintain	certain	regulatory	ratios	as	defined	in	the	OSC	recognition	
order,	as	follows:	

	— a	current	ratio	not	less	than	1.1:1;	

	— a	debt	to	cash	flow	ratio	not	greater	than	4:1;	and	

	— a	financial	leverage	ratio	consisting	of	adjusted	total	assets	to	adjusted	shareholders’	equity	not	greater	than	4:1.

We	have	complied	with	these	externally	imposed	capital	requirements.

• 

In	respect	of	TSX	Venture	Exchange,	as	required	by	various	provincial	securities	commissions	to	maintain	adequate	financial	resources.	

We	have	complied	with	these	externally	imposed	capital	requirements.	

• 

In	respect	of	NGX,	to:	

	ƒ maintain	adequate	financial	resources,	as	required	by	the	ASC;	and

	ƒ maintain	a	current	ratio	of	no	less	than	1:1	and	a	tangible	net	worth	of	not	less	than	$9.0	million,	as	required	by	a	major	Canadian	

chartered	bank.	

We	have	complied	with	these	externally	imposed	capital	requirements.

• 

In	respect	of	Shorcan,	by	IIROC	which	requires	Shorcan	to	maintain	a	minimum	level	of	shareholder’s	equity	of	$0.5	million.	

We	have	complied	with	this	externally	imposed	capital	requirement.

• 

In	respect	of	MX,	as	required	by	the	AMF	to	maintain	certain	regulatory	ratios	as	defined	in	the	AMF	recognition	order,	as	follows:	

	ƒ

	ƒ

	ƒ

a	working	capital	ratio	of	not	less	than	1.5:1;	

a	cash	flow	to	total	debt	ratio	of	more	than	20%;	and	

a	financial	leverage	ratio	consisting	of	total	assets	to	shareholders’	equity	of	less	than	4:1.	

We	have	complied	with	these	externally	imposed	capital	requirements.

•  Maintaining	sufficient	capital	to	meet	the	covenants	imposed	in	connection	with	our	long-term	debt	(see	Long-term Debt).

We	have	complied	with	these	externally	imposed	capital	requirements.

•  Retaining	sufficient	capital	to	invest	in,	and	continue	to	grow,	our	business	both	organically	and	through	acquisitions.

• 

Increasing	total	returns	to	shareholders	through	methods	such	as	dividends	and	purchasing	shares	for	cancellation	pursuant	to	normal	
course	issuer	bids.	

Our	objectives,	policies	and	processes	for	managing	capital	have	not	changed	in	the	current	economic	environment.

Changes in Accounting Policies 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

In	February	2008,	the	CICA	issued	CICA	Handbook	Section	3064	–	Goodwill	and	Intangible	Assets,	which	replaces	CICA	Handbook	Section	3062	–	
Goodwill	and	Other	Intangible	Assets	as	well	as	CICA	Handbook	Section	3450	–	Research	and	Development.	This	new	standard	provides	guidance	
on	the	recognition,	measurement,	presentation	and	disclosure	of	goodwill	and	intangible	assets.	As	this	standard	applies	to	interim	and	annual	
financial	statements	for	fiscal	years	beginning	on	or	after	October	1,	2008,	we	adopted	this	new	standard	effective	January	1,	2009	(the	first	day	of	
our	2009	fiscal	year)	retrospectively	with	a	restatement	of	prior	periods.	The	implementation	of	this	new	standard	did	not	significantly	impact	our	
financial	statements	and	disclosures.

52  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

Future Changes in Accounting Policies 

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)21

In	 March	 2009,	 the	 Canadian	 Accounting	 Standards	 Board	 reconfirmed	 in	 its	 second	 omnibus	 Exposure	 Draft	 that	 Canadian	 GAAP	 for	 publicly	
accountable	enterprises	will	be	replaced	by	IFRS	for	interim	and	annual	financial	statements	relating	to	fiscal	years	beginning	on	or	after	January	1,	
2011.	Companies	will	be	required	to	provide	IFRS	comparative	information	for	the	previous	year,	starting	in	the	first	quarter	of	2011.

TMX	Group	commenced	its	IFRS	conversion	project	in	2008.	The	IFRS	project	consists	of	three	phases	–	(i)	scoping,	(ii)	evaluation	and	design,	and	
(iii)	implementation	and	review.	

The	scoping	phase,	which	is	now	complete,	consisted	of	project	initiation	and	awareness,	identification	of	high-level	differences	between	Canadian	
GAAP	and	IFRS	and	project	planning	and	resourcing.	As	part	of	this	stage,	a	project	team	was	put	in	place,	a	detailed	project	plan	was	developed	and	
an	external	advisor	was	engaged	to	assist	with	the	conversion.

We	completed	a	high	level	scoping	exercise	and	a	business	impact	study,	which,	at	this	stage	of	the	transition	project,	identified	the	following	
IFRSs	as	being	likely	to	have	the	most	impact	on	our	financial	statements	and	/	or	processes:	IFRS	1	–	First	Time	Adoption	of	IFRS,	IAS	18	–	Revenue	
Recognition,	IAS	19	–	Employee	Benefits,	IFRS	3	–	Business	Combinations	and	IAS	12	–	Income	Taxes.	

We	are	now	in	the	evaluation	and	design	phase	of	our	conversion	project.	This	phase	includes	analyzing	the	changes	in	and	impacts	on	accounting	
policies,	 internal	 policies	 and	 procedures,	 internal	 control	 over	 financial	 reporting	 (ICFR)	 and	 disclosure	 controls	 and	 procedures	 (DC&P),	 and	
information	systems	and	various	covenants	and	regulatory	requirements.	It	also	includes	analyzing	the	various	alternatives	available	under	IFRS,	and	
ultimately	analyzing	and	quantifying	the	impact	on	the	financial	statements	and	associated	note	disclosures.	Each	area	identified	during	the	scoping	
phase	is	specifically	analyzed	in	order	of	significance	and	expected	impact	on	TMX	Group.	Technical	workshops,	addressing	these	priority	standards	
and	others	expected	to	impact	us,	are	complete	and	we	will	monitor	changes	in	IFRS	and	will	change	the	project	plan	as	necessary.	Potential	impacts	
identified	as	part	of	the	workshops	and	some	preliminary	accounting	policy	decisions	have	been	reviewed	by	the	Finance	&	Audit	Committee.	

Our	preliminary	view	is	that	the	most	significant	area	of	impact	will	be	around	the	recognition	of	Issuer Services Revenue	related	to	initial	and	
additional	listing	fees,	including	the	valuation	of	the	related	Future	income	tax	assets.	However,	TMX	Group	will	not	be	in	a	position	to	make	final	
accounting	policy	decisions	on	standards	in	effect	as	at	the	end	of	2009	and	to	estimate	potential	impacts	on	the	financial	statements	until	Q2	/	10.	
Under	Canadian	GAAP,	Issuer	Services	Revenue	from	initial	and	additional	fees	is	currently	recognized	on	a	straight	line	basis	over	a	10	year	period.	
Under	IFRS,	we	expect	that	this	revenue	will	be	recognized	as	it	is	billed	to	our	listed	issuers.	In	addition,	the	deferral	of	this	revenue	under	Canadian	
GAAP	 requires	 us	 to	 record	 a	 future	 tax	 asset,	 which	 is	 also	 amortized	 over	 the	 same	 10	 year	 period.	 Under	 IFRS,	 we	 expect	 that	 we	 will	 record	
revenue	from	these	initial	and	additional	listing	fees	when	the	fees	are	billed.	As	a	result,	we	will	no	longer	require	the	recognition	of	a	future	tax	
asset	as	the	revenues	for	accounting	purposes	will	be	recorded	in	the	same	period	as	when	listing	fees	are	reported	for	income	tax	purposes.	

For	Business	Combinations,	under	Canadian	GAAP,	we	are	currently	required	to	record	the	purchase	price	based	on	fair	market	value	for	a	reasonable	
period	 before	 and	 after	 the	 date	 that	 a	 transaction	 is	 announced.	 Under	 IFRS,	 we	 would	 be	 expected	 to	 record	 an	 acquisition	 based	 on	 the	 fair	
market	value	for	a	reasonable	period	before	and	after	the	date	the	transaction	is	closed.	In	converting	to	IFRS,	it	is	possible	that	we	may	elect	to	
apply	this	policy	on	a	retrospective	basis	to	some	or	all	of	our	prior	acquisitions.	

As	 the	 review	 of	 accounting	 policies	 is	 completed,	 appropriate	 changes	 to	 ensure	 the	 integrity	 of	 internal	 control	 over	 financial	 reporting	 and	
disclosure	 controls	 and	 procedures	 will	 be	 made,	 including	 changes	 in	 controls	 or	 procedures	 to	 address	 reporting	 of	 first	 time	 adoption	 and	
opening	balances	under	IFRS.	

For	example,	the	revenue	recognition	policy	under	IFRS	differs	significantly	from	the	existing	policy,	and	appropriate	changes	to	controls	in	the	
affected	processes	will	be	designed	and	implemented	to	ensure	that	the	revenues	for	each	reporting	period	are	fairly	stated	under	IFRS.	The	certifying	
officers	plan	to	complete	the	design,	and	initially	evaluate	the	effectiveness	of,	these	controls	in	the	first	half	of	2010	to	prepare	for	certification	
under	IFRS	in	2011.	We	will	also	ensure	that	key	stakeholders,	including	our	external	auditors,	are	informed	about	the	anticipated	effects	of	the	
changes	made	under	IFRS.	

Management	will	continue	to	work	closely	with	internal	audit	throughout	2010	and	ensure	that	the	certifying	officers	and	the	members	of	the	
Finance	&	Audit	Committee	of	the	Board	are	provided	with	sufficient	assurance	on	the	design	and	operation	of	the	controls	and	procedures	that	
change	during	the	IFRS	conversion.	

A	 training	 plan	 has	 been	 developed	 whereby	 the	 core	 project	 team	 receives	 detailed	 training	 on	 relevant	 IFRS	 during	 the	 technical	 workshops	
discussed	above	and	is	ongoing	throughout	the	conversion	project,	and	separate	training	sessions	have	commenced	for	accounting	staff	and	other	
affected	employees.	The	Finance	&	Audit	Committee	of	the	Board	(F&A)	receive	updates	on	the	conversion	project	each	quarter,	and	is	receiving	
training	which	began	in	Q4	2009.

The	financial	position	and	performance	as	disclosed	in	our	Canadian	GAAP	financial	statements	may	be	significantly	different	when	such	financial	
information	is	presented	in	accordance	with	IFRS.

21	

	The	“Future Changes in Accounting Policy (IFRS)”	section	above	contains	certain	forward-looking	statements.	Please	refer	to	“Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information”	for	a	discussion	of	
risks	and	uncertainties	related	to	such	statements.

Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis  53

The	following	table	summarizes	certain	key	activities	and	milestones	associated	with	our	IFRS	conversion	plan	and	their	current	status.	Certain	project	
activities	and	timelines	could	change	as	we	proceed	through	the	transition	plan.	For	example,	among	other	things,	changes	in	IFRS	or	regulatory	
requirements	from	now	until	IFRS	transition	could	result	in	changes	to	our	conversion	project	and	to	the	summary	information	provided	below.	

Key Activity
Financial statement preparation:
•   Identify accounting differences between 

Canadian GAAP and IFRS accounting policies, 
and any associated accounting policy choices 
available

•   Select TMX Group’s ongoing IFRS policies

•  Select the TMX Group’s IFRS 1 policy choices

•   Develop IFRS-compliant financial statement 

format

•   Quantify the effects of these changes on the 

financial statements

Training: 
Define and introduce the appropriate level of 
IFRS expertise for the following:

•   Core IFRS team

•   Other affected finance staff

•   Senior executives and the Board of Directors, 
including F&A and Disclosure Committee 
members 

IT infrastructure: 
Confirm that business processes and systems 
are IFRS compliant, including:

•  IT system upgrades and changes

•   Gathering data for additional disclosure 

purposes

•  Budget and forecasting under IFRS

Control environment: 
•   For all accounting policy changes identified, 
assess the control design and effectiveness 
implications (both ICFR and DC&P)

•   Implement appropriate changes 

Milestones

Status

Key differences identified and tentative 
accounting policy decisions made and presented 
to the F&A Committee by the end of 2009.

Final senior management sign-off and F&A 
review of all items in advance of transition (by 
Q3 2010)

Appropriate level of expertise in place 
throughout TMX Group by mid 2010.

Scoping phase completed and high-level 
differences identified.

Currently in the evaluation and design phase, 
that includes an in-depth analysis and 
quantification of the significant differences 
identified and an assessment of the accounting 
policy choices available. 

Tentative accounting policy choices, including 
IFRS 1 elections, were reviewed with F&A during 
Q4 2009.

Development of financial statement format is 
scheduled to commence in Q1 2010.

Training plan completed.

Detailed training underway for core team since 
2008, and ongoing throughout conversion.

Training of other affected finance staff 
commenced in Q3 2009.

F&A Committee receive quarterly IFRS updates. 

Confirm that systems can support dual 
reporting requirements by Q4 2009.

Business processes and systems required for 
additional disclosure and for budgeting to be in 
place by transition. 

Review of dual reporting options is complete 
and relevant changes to the accounting and 
reporting systems are underway and are due for 
completion in early 2010. 

IT and business processes impact analysis 
included as part of the evaluation and design 
work. No major IT issues identified to date.

Key controls and design effectiveness 
implications to be assessed as part of the 
evaluation and design phase.

Impact on ICFR and DC&P considered as part 
of the evaluation and design phase; further 
analysis required during 2010. 

External reporting:
Assess the effects of key IFRS-related accounting 
policy and financial statement changes on 
external reporting, including:

Publish regular updates on the status of the 
IFRS transition in the 2009 and 2010 annual and 
quarterly MD&A.

•   Identify the impact on financial covenants 

and regulatory capital adequacy 
requirements, and complete any required 
renegotiations / discussions

Publish 2011 quarterly and annual financial 
statements and MD&A in accordance with IFRS, 
including 2010 comparatives and IFRS 1 required 
disclosures.

•   Consider expected MD&A communications up 

to and following transition

•   Consider the investor relations process 
for responding to IFRS-related queries, 
and confirm that 2011 investor relations 
communications are IFRS compliant

Covenants and regulatory requirements to 
be reviewed and addressed as necessary by 
Q3 2010.

IFRS disclosure in the MD&A will be updated 
throughout the project.

Identification of covenants and regulatory 
ratios that may be affected by the transition 
is complete. Potential impact on the various 
covenants considered as part of the evaluation 
and design phase – further analysis required 
during 1H 2010.

Investor communication plan prepared during 
Q4 2009. 

54  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
Disclosure Controls and Procedures and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The	Chief	Executive	Officer	(CEO)	and	Chief	Financial	Officer	(CFO)	are	responsible	for	establishing	and	maintaining	adequate	disclosure	controls	
and	procedures,	as	defined	in	National	Instrument	52-109	–	Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings	(NI	52-109).	Disclosure	
controls	 and	 procedures	 are	 designed	 to	 provide	 reasonable	 assurance	 that	 information	 required	 to	 be	 disclosed	 in	 our	 filings	 under	 securities	
legislation	 is	 accumulated	 and	 communicated	 to	 management,	 including	 the	 CEO	 and	 CFO	 as	 appropriate,	 to	 allow	 timely	 decisions	 regarding	
public	disclosure.	They	are	also	designed	to	provide	reasonable	assurance	that	all	information	required	to	be	disclosed	in	these	filings	is	recorded,	
processed,	 summarized	 and	 reported	 within	 the	 time	 periods	 specified	 in	 securities	 legislation.	 We	 regularly	 review	 our	 disclosure	 controls	 and	
procedures;	however,	they	cannot	provide	an	absolute	level	of	assurance	because	of	the	inherent	limitations	in	control	systems	to	prevent	or	detect	
all	misstatements	due	to	error	or	fraud.

Our	 management,	 including	 the	 CEO	 and	 CFO,	 conducted	 an	 evaluation	 of	 the	 effectiveness	 of	 our	 disclosure	 controls	 and	 procedures	 as	 of	
December	31,	2009.	Based	on	this	evaluation,	the	CEO	and	CFO	have	concluded	that	our	disclosure	controls	and	procedures	were	effective	as	of	
December	31,	2009.

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management	is	responsible	for	establishing	and	maintaining	adequate	internal	control	over	financial	reporting,	as	defined	in	NI	52-109.	Internal	
control	over	financial	reporting	means	a	process	designed	by	or	under	the	supervision	of	the	CEO	and	CFO,	and	effected	by	our	board	of	directors,	
management	and	other	personnel	to	provide	reasonable	assurance	regarding	the	reliability	of	financial	reporting	and	the	preparation	of	financial	
statements	 for	 external	 purposes	 in	 accordance	 with	 GAAP,	 and	 includes	 those	 policies	 and	 procedures	 that:	 (1)	 pertain	 to	 the	 maintenance	
of	records	that	in	reasonable	detail	accurately	and	fairly	reflect	the	transactions	and	dispositions	of	the	assets	of	TMX	Group;	(2)	are	designed	
to	 provide	 reasonable	 assurance	 that	 transactions	 are	 recorded	 as	 necessary	 to	 permit	 preparation	 of	 financial	 statements	 in	 accordance	 with	
GAAP,	and	that	receipts	and	expenditures	of	TMX	Group	are	being	made	only	in	accordance	with	authorizations	of	management	and	directors	of	
TMX	Group;	and	(3)	are	designed	to	provide	reasonable	assurance	regarding	prevention	or	timely	detection	of	unauthorized	acquisition,	use	or	
disposition	of	TMX	Group’s	assets	that	could	have	a	material	effect	on	the	financial	statements.

All	 internal	 control	 systems	 have	 inherent	 limitations	 and	 therefore	 our	 internal	 control	 over	 financial	 reporting	 can	 only	 provide	 reasonable	
assurance	and	may	not	prevent	or	detect	misstatements	due	to	error	or	fraud.	

Our	management,	including	the	CEO	and	CFO,	conducted	an	evaluation	of	the	effectiveness	of	our	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	as	of	
December	31,	2009	using	the	Committee	of	Sponsoring	Organizations	of	the	Treadway	Commission	(COSO)	framework.	Based	on	this	evaluation,	
the	CEO	and	CFO	have	concluded	that	our	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	was	effective	as	of	December	31,	2009.	

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There	were	no	changes	to	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	during	the	quarter	beginning	October	1,	2009	and	ended	December	31,	2009	that	
materially	affected,	or	are	reasonably	likely	to	materially	affect	our	internal	control	over	financial	reporting.	

Risks and Uncertainties

We	have	in	place	an	integrated	risk	management	process	in	which	the	Board	assumes	overall	stewardship	responsibility	for	risk;	the	Finance	&	Audit	
Committee	of	the	Board	assesses	the	adequacy	of	risk	management	policies	and	procedures;	and	the	Risk	Management	Committee	(comprised	of	
senior	management)	oversees	the	implementation	of	risk	management	policies	and	processes.	The	management	framework	supporting	the	risk	
management	objectives	includes	regular	assessments	of	principal	risks,	and	implementation	of	risk	management	tactics,	which	are	monitored	and	
adjusted	as	required.	The	chart	at	the	end	of	this	section	provides	an	overview	of	our	principal	risk	mitigation	strategies.

The	risks	and	uncertainties	described	below	are	not	the	only	ones	facing	TMX	Group.	Additional	risks	and	uncertainties	not	presently	known	to	us	or	
that	we	currently	believe	are	immaterial	may	also	adversely	affect	our	business.	If	any	of	the	following	risks	actually	occur,	our	reputation,	business,	
financial	condition,	or	operating	results	could	be	materially	adversely	affected.	

Competition Risk

We Face Competition from Other Exchanges, ATSs, OTC Markets and Other Sources 

Our	listing	and	trading	cash	equities,	derivatives,	energy	and	fixed	income	markets	face	competition	from	other	exchanges	as	well	as	from	other	
marketplaces,	the	OTC	markets	and	other	sources.	Technological	advances	have	lowered	barriers	to	entry	and	have	facilitated	the	establishment	of	
new	marketplaces	and	trading	mechanisms,	such	as	ATSs	and	electronic	communication	networks	(ECNs	as	they	are	known	in	the	United	States),	

Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis  55

to	electronically	trade	cash	equities,	derivatives	and	other	financial	instruments	outside	traditional	exchanges.	This	competition	has	intensified	
domestically	in	our	cash	equities	markets	and	may	continue	to	intensify	in	the	future,	especially	as	these	technological	advances	create	pressure	
to	develop	more	efficient	and	less	costly	trading	in	both	global	and	regional	domestic	markets.	If	we	cannot	maintain	and	enhance	our	ability	to	
compete	or	respond	to	competitive	threats,	this	will	have	an	adverse	impact	on	our	business,	financial	condition	and	operating	results.

Our Equity Exchanges Face Increased Competition from Other Exchanges, New Marketplaces and Trading Mechanisms

We	face	increased	competition	for	business	from	other	exchanges,	especially	those	in	the	United	States	as	they	consolidate	and	investing	becomes	
more	global.	We	face	competition	from	foreign	exchanges	for	listings	of	Canadian-based	issuers	and	trading	in	their	securities.	If	we	are	unable	to	
continue	to	provide	competitive	trade	execution,	the	volume	traded	in	Canadian-based	interlisted	issuers	on	our	equity	exchanges	could	decrease	in	
the	future	and	adversely	affect	our	operating	results.	

ATSs	have	a	framework	to	operate	in	Canada	under	the	ATS	Rules.	The	ATS	formed	by	a	group	of	Canada’s	banks	and	investment	dealers	to	trade	
Toronto	Stock	Exchange	and	TSX	Venture	Exchange	listed	securities	has	become	a	significant	competitor	in	our	cash	equities	markets.	There	are	also	
a	number	of	other	ATSs,	both	dark	and	visible	trading	venues,	including	mechanisms	to	internalize	order	flow	within	a	PO,	which	trade	or	intend	to	
trade	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	and	TSX	Venture	Exchange	listed	securities.	Some	ATSs	appear	to	operate	without	apparent	profit	motives.	

These	ATSs	may,	among	other	things,	respond	more	quickly	to	competitive	pressures	because	they	are	not	subject	to	the	same	degree	of	regulatory	
oversight	as	we	are,	develop	similar	products	to	those	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	and	TSX	Venture	Exchange	offer	that	are	preferred	by	customers,	or	
they	may	develop	alternative	competitive	products,	or	they	may	price	their	trading	and	data	products	more	competitively	in	order	to	gain	market	
share,	develop	and	expand	their	network	infrastructures	and	offerings	more	efficiently,	adapt	more	swiftly	to	new	or	emerging	technologies	and	
changes	in	customer	requirements	and	use	better,	more	user	friendly	and	reliable	technology.	If	these	ATSs	attract	significant	order	flow,	our	trading	
and	market	data	revenue	could	be	materially	adversely	affected.	

There	is	intense	price	competition	in	the	cash	equities	markets.	While	we	have	developed	a	pricing	mix	to	attract	greater	liquidity	to	our	markets,	
the	competitive	environment	in	which	we	operate	places	significant	pricing	pressures	on	our	trading	and	market	data	offerings.	Some	competitors	
may	seek	to	increase	their	share	of	trading	by	reducing	their	transaction	fees,	by	offering	larger	liquidity	payments,	by	offering	inverted	pricing	or	
by	offering	other	forms	of	financial	or	other	incentives.	Our	business,	financial	condition	and	results	of	operations	could	be	materially	adversely	
affected	as	a	result	of	these	developments.	

Our Derivatives Markets Face Competition from Other Marketplaces

MX	and	BOX	are	in	direct	competition	with,	among	others,	securities,	options	and	other	derivatives	exchanges	as	well	as	ATSs	or	ECNs	and	other	
trading	and	crossing	venues,	some	of	our	clearing	member	firms	and	interdealer	brokerage	firms.	This	competition	exists	particularly	in	the	United	
States,	 but	 also	 in	 Europe	 and	 Asia.	 In	 Canada,	 MX’s	 competition	 in	 derivatives	 trading	 is	 the	 OTC	 market.	 In	 the	 United	 States,	 BOX	 will	 face	
increased	competition	as	new	entrants	are	expected	to	enter	the	market	in	2010.	These	competitors	may,	among	other	things,	respond	more	quickly	
to	competitive	pressures	as	in	some	cases	they	are	not	subject	to	the	same	degree	of	regulatory	oversight	as	we	are,	develop	similar	products	to	
those	MX	and	BOX	offer	that	are	preferred	by	customers	or	they	may	develop	alternative	competitive	products,	they	may	price	their	products	more	
competitively,	develop	and	expand	their	network	infrastructures	and	offerings	more	efficiently,	adapt	more	swiftly	to	new	or	emerging	technologies	
and	changes	in	customer	requirements	and	use	better,	more	user	friendly	and	reliable	technology.	Increased	competition	could	lead	to	reduced	
interest	in	MX’s	and	BOX’s	products	which	could	materially	adversely	affect	our	business	and	operating	results.	

The	 derivatives	 trading	 industry	 is	 characterized	 by	 intense	 price	 competition.	 While	 our	 derivatives	 markets	 have	 developed	 a	 pricing	 mix	 to	
attract	greater	liquidity	to	these	markets	while	maintaining	our	average	price	per	contract,	market	conditions	may	result	in	increased	competition	
which,	in	turn,	may	place	significant	pricing	pressures	in	the	future.	Some	competitors	may	seek	to	increase	their	share	of	trading	by	reducing	their	
transaction	fees,	by	offering	larger	liquidity	payments	or	by	offering	other	forms	of	financial	or	other	incentives.	Our	business,	financial	condition	
and	results	of	operations	could	be	materially	adversely	affected	as	a	result	of	these	developments.	

Our Energy Market Faces Competition from OTC Markets and Other Sources

NGX’s	business	of	trading	and	clearing	natural	gas,	electricity	and	crude	oil	contracts	faces	primary	competition	in	energy	markets	in	Canada	and	
the	United	States	from	other	marketplaces,	electronic	trading	and	clearing	platforms	and	from	the	OTC	or	bilateral	markets	(with	support	from	voice	
brokers).	Voice	brokers	continue	to	provide	efficient	contract	matching	services	for	both	standardized	and	structured	products	and	are	expanding	
their	service	offerings	to	include	access	to	clearing	facilities	for	trading	parties	who	may	have	credit	constraints.	If	NGX	is	unable	to	compete	with	
these	platforms	and	markets	including	voice	brokers,	NGX	may	not	be	able	to	maintain	or	expand	its	business,	which	could	materially	affect	its	
business	and	operating	results.	

Our Fixed Income Markets Face Competition from OTC Markets and Other Sources

CanDeal	faces	competition	primarily	from	the	telephonic	OTC	market.	If	CanDeal	fails	to	attract	institutional	order	flow	from	this	market,	it	would	
adversely	affect	its	operating	results.	

56  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

Shorcan	has	several	competitors	in	the	fixed	income	IDB	market.	If	Shorcan	fails	to	attract	institutional	dealer	order	flow	from	this	market,	it	would	
adversely	affect	its	operating	results.	

New Technologies Make It Easier to Disseminate Our Information

Technological	 advances,	 and	 in	 particular	 the	 Internet,	 have	 made	 it	 easier	 to	 download	 and	 disseminate	 electronic	 information.	 As	 a	 result,	
third	parties	may	be	able	to	copy,	infringe	or	otherwise	profit	from	our	proprietary	rights	without	authorization.	This	may	cause	the	value	of	our	
information	to	deteriorate	since	it	is	difficult	to	enforce	restrictions	on	the	use	of	information	that	is	transmitted	electronically.	We	may	not	be	able	
to	maintain	or	increase	market	data	revenue	if	we	cannot	enforce	our	proprietary	rights	in	the	future.	

Technology Risk

We Depend Heavily on Information Technology, Which Could Fail or Malfunction 

We	 are	 extremely	 dependent	 on	 our	 information	 technology	 systems.	 Trading	 on	 our	 cash	 equities	 markets	 and	 trading	 and	 clearing	 on	 our	
derivatives	and	energy	markets	are	conducted	exclusively	on	an	electronic	basis.	SOLA,	the	MX	proprietary	trading	system,	is	currently	in	use	at	BOX	
and	other	venues.	In	addition,	MX	provides	the	technical	operations	services	related	to	BOX’s	trading	and	surveillance	platform.	

We	 have	 incident	 and	 disaster	 recovery	 and	 contingency	 plans	 as	 well	 as	 back-up	 procedures	 to	 manage,	 mitigate	 and	 minimize	 the	 risk	 of	 an	
interruption	or	failure	of	the	critical	information	technology	of	Toronto	Stock	Exchange,	TSX	Venture	Exchange,	TMX	Datalinx,	NGX,	MX	and	BOX.	
We	also	test	and	exercise	our	disaster	recovery	plans	for	trading	on	Toronto	Stock	Exchange,	TSX	Venture	Exchange	and	MX,	and,	in	the	case	of	our	
cash	equities	markets,	include	customers	in	that	process.	However,	depending	on	an	actual	failure,	those	plans	may	not	be	adequate	as	it	is	difficult	
to	 foresee	 every	 possible	 scenario	 and	 therefore	 we	 cannot	 entirely	 eliminate	 the	 risk	 of	 a	 system	 failure	 or	 interruption.	 We	 have	 experienced	
occasional	information	technology	failures	and	delays	in	the	past,	and	we	could	experience	future	information	technology	failures	and	delays.

The	 current	 technological	 architecture	 for	 our	 cash	 equities,	 energy,	 derivatives	 and	 market	 data	 information	 technology	 systems	 may	 not	
effectively	or	efficiently	support	our	changing	business	requirements.	Over	the	past	several	years,	we	have	made	hardware	and	software	upgrades	
in	response	to	increases	in	order	message	and	quote	message	volumes	and	transactions	and	to	reduce	overall	average	response	time	and	optimize	
executed	speeds	to	our	cash	equities,	derivatives,	energy	and	market	data	platforms.	

We	are	continually	improving	our	information	technology	systems	so	that	we	can	handle	increases	and	changes	in	our	trading	and	clearing	activities	
and	market	data	volumes	to	respond	to	customer	demand	for	improved	performance.	This	requires	ongoing	expenditures	which	may	require	us	to	
expend	significant	amounts	in	the	future.	

If	the	TSX	Quantum	trading	enterprise	or	the	SOLA	derivatives	trading	enterprise	fails	to	perform	in	accordance	with	expectations,	our	business,	
financial	condition	and	operating	results	may	be	materially	adversely	affected.	

If	our	systems	are	significantly	compromised	or	disrupted	or	if	we	suffer	repeated	failures,	this	could	interrupt	our	cash	equities	trading	services,	
MX’s	trading	and	MX	and	NGX’s	clearing	services,	as	well	as	the	services	MX	provides	to	BOX;	cause	delays	in	settlement;	cause	us	to	lose	data;	
corrupt	our	trading	and	clearing	operations,	data	and	records;	or	disrupt	our	business	operations,	including	BOX’s	operations.	This	could	undermine	
confidence	in	our	exchanges	and	materially	adversely	affect	our	reputation	or	operating	results,	and	may	lead	to	customer	claims,	litigation	and	
regulatory	sanctions.

Our Networks and Those of Our Third Party Service Providers May be Vulnerable to Security Risks

We	 expect	 the	 secure	 transmission	 of	 confidential	 information	 over	 public	 networks	 to	 continue	 to	 be	 a	 critical	 element	 of	 our	 operations.	
Our	networks	and	those	of	our	third	party	service	providers,	our	POs	and	approved	participants	and	our	customers	may	be	vulnerable	to	unauthorized	
access,	computer	viruses	and	other	security	problems.	Persons	who	circumvent	security	measures	could	wrongfully	use	our	information	or	cause	
interruptions	or	malfunctions	in	our	operations,	any	of	which	could	have	a	material	adverse	effect	on	our	business,	financial	condition	and	results	of	
operations.	We	may	be	required	to	expend	significant	resources	to	protect	against	the	threat	of	security	breaches	or	to	alleviate	problems,	including	
reputational	 harm	 and	 litigation,	 caused	 by	 any	 breaches.	 Although	 we	 intend	 to	 continue	 to	 implement	 industry-standard	 security	 measures,	
these	measures	may	prove	to	be	inadequate	and	result	in	system	failures	and	delays	that	could	lower	trading	volume	and	have	a	material	adverse	
effect	on	our	business,	financial	condition	and	results	of	operations.	

Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis  57

Execution / Strategic Risk

We May Not Be Successful in Implementing Our Strategy

We	invest	significant	resources	in	the	development	and	execution	of	our	corporate	strategy	to	grow	profitability	and	maximize	shareholder	returns.	
We	may	not	succeed	in	implementing	our	strategies.	We	have	limited	experience	pursuing	new	business	opportunities	or	growth	opportunities	in	
new	geographic	markets.	We	may	have	difficulty	executing	our	strategies	because	of,	among	other	things,	increased	global	competition,	difficulty	
developing	and	introducing	products,	or	introducing	new	products	on	a	timely	basis,	barriers	to	entry	in	other	geographic	markets,	and	changes	in	
regulatory	requirements.	Any	of	these	factors	could	materially	adversely	affect	the	success	of	our	strategies.

New Business Activities May Adversely Affect Income

We	may	enter	new	business	activities	that	could	have	an	adverse	effect	on	our	existing	profitability.	While	we	would	expect	to	realize	new	revenue	
from	these	new	activities,	there	is	a	risk	that	this	new	revenue	would	not	be	greater	than	the	associated	costs	or	any	related	decline	in	existing	
revenue	sources.

Expansion of Our Operations Internationally Involves Special Challenges that We May Not Be Able to Meet

We	plan	to	continue	our	efforts	to	expand	our	operations	internationally,	including	by	obtaining	regulatory	authorizations	or	exemptions	to	allow	
remote	access	 to	 our	 markets	 by	 approved	 participants	 outside	 Canada	 and	 by	 relying	 on	 distribution	 systems	established	 by	 strategic	 alliance	
partners.	We	expect	that	the	expansion	of	access	to	our	electronic	markets	will	continue	to	increase	the	portion	of	our	business	that	is	generated	
from	outside	Canada.	We	face	certain	risks	inherent	in	doing	business	in	international	markets,	particularly	in	the	regulated	exchange	and	clearing	
business.	These	risks	include:	

• 

• 

restrictions	on	the	use	of	trading	terminals	or	the	contracts	that	may	be	traded;	

reduced	protection	for	intellectual	property	rights;	

•  difficulties	in	staffing	and	managing	foreign	operations;	

•  potentially	adverse	tax	consequences;	

•  enforcing	agreements	and	collecting	receivables	through	certain	foreign	legal	systems;	and

• 

foreign	currency	fluctuations	for	international	business.	

We	would	be	required	to	comply	with	the	laws	and	regulations	of	foreign	governmental	and	regulatory	authorities	of	each	country	in	which	we	obtain	
authorizations	or	exemptions	for	remote	access	to	our	markets.	These	may	include	laws,	rules	and	regulations	relating	to	any	aspect	of	the	business.	

Any	of	these	factors	could	have	a	material	adverse	effect	on	the	success	of	our	plans	to	grow	our	international	presence	and	market	products	and	
services	and	consequently	on	our	business,	financial	condition	and	results	of	operations.	

Economic Risk

We Depend on the Economy of Canada

Our	financial	results	are	affected	by	the	Canadian	economy.	If	the	profit	growth	of	Canadian-based	companies	is	generally	lower	than	the	profit	
growth	 of	 companies	 based	 in	 other	 countries,	 the	 markets	 on	 which	 those	 other	 issuers	 are	 listed	 may	 be	 more	 attractive	 to	 investors	 than	
our	equity	exchanges.	The	threat	of	a	prolonged	economic	downturn	may	also	have	a	negative	impact	on	investment	performance,	which	could	
materially	adversely	affect	the	number	of	new	listed	issuers,	the	market	capitalization	of	our	listed	issuers,	additional	securities	being	listed	or	
reserved,	trading	volumes	and	market	data	sales.	

Our Operating Results May be Adversely Impacted by Global Economic Uncertainties 

The	economic	and	market	conditions	in	Canada	and	the	rest	of	the	world	in	2009	had	a	mixed	impact	on	the	different	aspects	of	our	business	and	
our	revenue	drivers.	Because	listing,	financing	and	trading	activities	are	significantly	affected	by	economic,	political	and	market	conditions	and	the	
overall	level	of	investor	confidence,	the	extent	of	economic	and	market	recovery	will	impact	the	level	of	listing	activity	(including	IPOs),	the	market	
capitalization	of	our	issuers,	trading	volumes	and	sales	of	data	across	our	markets.	In	addition,	customers	on	our	energy	markets	that	rely	on	the	
banks	for	credit	facilities	are	now	facing	higher	credit	costs	associated	with	complying	with	NGX’s	margining	regime	which	could	result	in	lower	
volumes	on	NGX.	

58  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

We Depend on Market Activity that is Outside of Our Control

Our	 revenue	 is	 highly	 dependent	 upon	 the	 level	 of	 activity	 on	 our	 exchanges,	 including:	 the	 volume	 of	 securities	 traded	 on	 our	 cash	 markets;	
the	number	of	transactions,	volume	of	contracts	or	products	traded	and	cleared	on	our	derivatives	and	energy	markets;	the	number	and	market	
capitalization	of	listed	issuers;	the	number	of	new	listings;	the	number	of	active	traders	and	brokerage	firms;	and	the	number	of	subscribers	to	
market	data.

We	do	not	have	direct	control	over	these	variables.	Among	other	things,	these	variables	depend	upon	the	relative	attractiveness	of	securities	traded	
on	our	exchanges	and	the	relative	attractiveness	of	our	exchanges	as	a	place	to	trade	those	securities	as	compared	to	other	exchanges	and	other	
trading	mechanisms.	Those	variables	are	in	turn	influenced	by:	

•  the	overall	economic	conditions	in	Canada	and	the	United	States	in	particular,	and	in	the	world	in	general	(especially	growth	levels	and	

political	stability);	

•  broad	trends	in	business	and	corporate	finance,	including	capital	market	trends	and	the	mergers	and	acquisitions	environment;

•  the	condition	of	the	resource	sector;

•  the	interest	rate	environment	and	resulting	attractiveness	of	alternative	asset	classes;	

•  the	regulatory	environment	for	investment	in	securities;

•  the	relative	activity	and	performance	of	global	capital	markets;	

• 

investor	confidence	in	the	prospects	and	integrity	of	our	listed	issuers,	and	the	prospects	of	Canadian-based	listed	issuers	in	general;	

•  pricing	volatility	of	global	commodities	and	energy	markets;	and

•  changes	in	tax	legislation	that	would	impact	the	relative	attractiveness	of	certain	types	of	securities.

We	 may	 be	 able	 to	 indirectly	 influence	 the	 volume	 and	 value	 of	 trading	 by	 providing	 efficient,	 reliable	 and	 low-cost	 trading;	 maximizing	 the	
availability	of	timely,	reliable	information	upon	which	research,	advice	and	investment	decisions	can	be	based;	and	maximizing	the	ease	of	access	
to	trading	facilities.	However,	those	activities	may	not	have	a	positive	effect	on	or	effectively	counteract	the	factors	that	are	outside	of	our	control.	

Our Cost Structure is Largely Fixed

Most	of	our	expenses	are	fixed	and	cannot	be	easily	lowered	in	the	short-term	if	our	revenue	decreases,	which	could	have	an	adverse	effect	on	our	
operating	results	and	financial	condition.

Regulatory Risk

We Are Subject to Significant Regulatory Constraints 

We	 operate	 in	 a	 highly	 regulated	 industry	 and	 are	 subject	 to	 extensive	 government	 regulation	 and	 we	 could	 be	 subject	 to	 increased	 regulatory	
scrutiny	in	the	future.	The	provincial	securities	regulators	regulate	us	and	our	exchanges,	and	in	the	case	of	CDCC	and	NGX,	our	clearing	operations,	
and	regulators	in	other	jurisdictions	may	regulate	our	future	operations.	In	addition,	MX	carries	on	activities	in	accordance	with	the	regulations	
of	securities	regulators	in	the	United	States,	France	and	the	U.K.	CDCC	is	also	subject	to	regulatory	requirements	of	the	SEC	and	various	U.S.	state	
securities	regulators.	NGX	is	registered	as	a	derivative	clearing	organization	by	the	U.S.	CFTC.	BOX	is	an	electronic	equity	options	market	and	is	
regulated	by	the	SEC.

The	Canadian	securities	regulators	regulating	our	cash	equities,	derivatives	and	energy	exchanges	and	the	SEC	which	regulates	BOX	have	broad	
powers	to	audit,	investigate	and	enforce	compliance	with	their	regulations	and	impose	sanctions	for	non-compliance.	

Those	 Canadian	 and	 United	 States	regulators	are	 vested	with	 broad	enforcement	powers	 to	 prohibit	us	 from	engaging	in	 some	 of	 our	 business	
activities	or	suspend	or	revoke	approval	as	a	recognized	exchange	or	clearing	agency,	as	the	case	may	be,	and,	in	the	case	of	MX,	as	an	SRO.	In	the	
case	of	actual	or	alleged	non-compliance	with	legal	or	regulatory	requirements,	our	exchanges	or	clearing	agencies	could	be	subject	to	investigations	
and	administrative	or	judicial	proceedings	that	may	result	in	substantial	penalties,	including	revocation	of	our	approval	as	a	recognized	exchange,	
clearing	 agency	 and	 SRO,	 as	 applicable.	 Any	 such	 investigation	 or	 proceeding,	 whether	 successful	 or	 not,	 would	 result	 in	 substantial	 costs	 and	
diversions	of	resources	and	might	also	harm	our	reputation,	any	of	which	may	have	a	material	adverse	effect	on	our	business,	financial	condition	
and	results	of	operations.	

In	 addition,	 there	 may	 be	 a	 conflict	 between	 our	 self-regulatory	 responsibilities	 and	 some	 of	 our	 market	 participants.	 Although	 we	 have	
implemented	stringent	governance	measures	to	avoid	such	conflicts,	any	failure	by	them	to	diligently	and	fairly	regulate	their	approved	participants	
or	 to	 otherwise	 fulfill	 their	 regulatory	 obligations	 could	 significantly	 harm	 our	 reputation,	 prompt	 regulatory	 scrutiny	 and	 materially	 adversely	
affect	our	business,	financial	condition	and	results	of	operations.	

Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis  59

This	 regulation	 may	 impose	 barriers	 or	 constraints	 which	 limit	 our	 ability	 to	 build	 an	 efficient,	 competitive	 organization	 and	 may	 also	 limit	
our	ability	to	expand	foreign	and	global	access.	Securities	regulators	also	impose	financial	and	corporate	governance	restrictions	on	us	and	our	
equity,	derivatives	and	energy	exchanges.	Some	of	the	securities	regulators	must	approve	or	review	our	exchanges’	listing	rules,	trading	rules,	fee	
structures	and	features	and	operations	of,	or	changes	to	our	systems.	These	approvals	or	reviews	may	increase	our	costs	and	delay	our	plans	for	
implementation.	In	Canada,	ATSs	operate	under	different	rules	than	exchanges	and	we	are	subject	to	regulatory	constraints	or	obligations	that	do	
not	apply	to	all	of	our	competitors.	There	could	also	be	regulatory	changes	that	impact	our	customers	and	that	could	materially	adversely	affect	our	
business	and	results	of	operations.	

Regulatory	trends	are	not	always	predictable.	The	economic	crisis,	the	advent	of	a	multi-market	environment	in	Canada	and	the	increasing	amount	
of	high	frequency	trading	in	the	Canadian	market	could	lead	to	more	aggressive	regulation	of	our	markets	and	could	extend	to	areas	of	our	business	
that	to	date	have	not	been	regulated.	Expanding	US	regulation	and	proposed	initiatives,	if	implemented,	could	increase	the	regulation	of	and	cost	
of	compliance	for	our	markets	whose	business	is	impacted	by	US	regulatory	developments.	Unexpected	and	new	regulatory	requirements	could	
materially	adversely	affect	our	organization,	customers,	market	position	and	results	of	operations.	

Product / Service Relevance Risk

Our Exchanges Depend on the Development and Acceptance of New Products and Services

We	are	dependent	to	a	great	extent	on	developing	and	introducing	new	investment	trading	and	clearing	products	and	services	and	their	acceptance	
by	the	investment	community.	While	we	continue	to	review	and	develop	new	products	and	services	that	respond	to	the	needs	of	the	marketplace,	
we	may	not	continue	to	develop	successful	new	products	and	services.	Our	current	offerings	may	become	outdated	or	lose	market	favour	before	
we	can	develop	adequate	enhancements	or	replacements.	Other	exchanges,	ATSs	or	ECNs	may	introduce	new	products	or	services	or	enhancements	
that	make	our	offerings	less	attractive.	Even	if	we	develop	an	attractive	new	product,	we	could	lose	trading	activity	to	another	marketplace	that	
introduces	a	similar	or	identical	offering	which	offers	greater	liquidity	or	lower	cost.	We	also	may	not	receive	regulatory	approval	(in	a	timely	manner	
or	at	all)	for	our	new	offerings.	Any	of	these	events	could	materially	adversely	affect	our	business,	financial	condition	and	operating	results.	

Human Resources Risk

We Need to Retain and Attract Qualified Personnel

Our	success	depends	to	a	significant	extent	upon	the	continued	employment	and	performance	of	a	number	of	key	management	personnel	whose	
compensation	 is	 partially	 tied	 to	 vested	 share	 options	 and	 long-term	 incentive	 plans	 that	 mature	 over	 time.	 The	 value	 of	 this	 compensation	 is	
dependent	 upon	 total	 shareholder	 return	 performance	 factors,	 which	 includes	 appreciation	 in	 our	 share	 price.	 The	 loss	 of	 the	 services	 of	 key	
personnel	could	materially	adversely	affect	our	business	and	operating	results.	We	also	believe	that	our	future	success	will	depend	in	large	part	on	
our	ability	to	attract	and	retain	highly	skilled	technical,	managerial	and	marketing	personnel.	There	can	be	no	assurance	that	we	will	be	successful	
in	retaining	and	attracting	the	personnel	we	require.

Interface / Dependency Risk

We Depend on Adequate Numbers of Customers

If	we	determine	that	there	is	not	a	fair	market,	the	markets	will	be	shut	down.	There	will	not	be	a	fair	market	if	too	few	POs,	or	approved	participants	
are	 able	 to	 access	 our	 cash	 equity	 or	 derivatives	 exchanges,	 including	 market	 data	 information	 generated	 from	 these	 exchanges,	 or	 if	 too	 few	
contracting	parties	are	able	to	access	NGX’s	market.	If	trading	on	our	exchanges	is	interrupted	or	ceases,	it	could	materially	adversely	affect	our	
equity,	derivatives	or	energy	operations,	respectively,	our	financial	condition	and	our	operating	results.	

Our Trading Operations Depend Primarily on a Small Number of Clients 

During	2009,	approximately	32%	of	our	trading	revenue	on	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	and	approximately	62%	of	our	trading	revenue	on	TSX	Venture	
Exchange	were	accounted	for	by	the	top	ten	POs	on	each	exchange.	During	2009,	approximately	4%	of	our	trading	revenue	on	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	
and	 approximately	 44%	 of	 our	 trading	 revenue	 on	 TSX	 Venture	 Exchange	 was	 accounted	 for	 by	 the	 six	 largest	 Canadian	 banks	 and	 investment	
dealers.	Our	business,	financial	condition	or	operating	results	could	be	materially	adversely	affected	if	any	one	of	these	POs	significantly	reduced	or	
stopped	trading	on	our	exchanges,	or	if	two	or	more	POs	consolidated.	

We Depend on Third Party Suppliers

We	 depend	 on	 a	 number	 of	 third	 parties,	 such	 as	 CDS,	 IIROC,	 data	 processors,	 software	 and	 hardware	 suppliers,	 communication	 and	 network	
suppliers	and	suppliers	of	electricity	for	elements	of	our	trading,	data	and	other	systems.	These	providers	may	not	be	able	to	provide	these	services	
without	interruption	and	in	an	efficient,	cost-effective	manner.	They	also	may	not	be	able	to	adequately	expand	their	services	to	meet	our	needs.	
If	a	service	provider	suffers	an	interruption	in	or	stops	providing	services	and	we	cannot	make	suitable	alternative	arrangements,	it	could	materially	
adversely	affect	our	business,	financial	condition	and	operating	results.

60  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

We Depend on and Are Restricted by Our License Agreements and Other Arrangements

Some	of	our	products	and	systems	depend	on	license	agreements	with	third	parties,	which	in	some	cases	expire	within	the	next	few	years.	We	may	
not	be	able	to	renew	these	agreements	on	favourable	terms	or	at	all.	Any	future	license	agreement	may	provide	opportunities	for	us,	but	it	may	also	
impose	restrictions	on	us.	If	we	fail	to	renew	license	agreements	on	favourable	terms	or	at	all,	it	may	materially	adversely	affect	our	business.	

We	are	also	party	to	agreements	with	IIROC	and	CanDeal	under	which	we	provide	services	for	fees.	If	those	agreements	terminate	or	are	not	renewed,	
it	may	have	an	adverse	effect	on	our	operations.	

Currency Risk

We Are Subject to Fluctuations in Exchange Rates 

We	are	exposed	to	foreign	currency	risk	on	revenue,	cash	and	cash	equivalents,	marketable	securities,	accounts	receivable	and	accounts	payable	
principally	denominated	in	U.S.	dollars.	In	2009,	we	recognized	U.S.	dollar	denominated	revenue	of	approximately	U.S.	$110.0	million,	including	
BOX,	less	various	U.S.	dollar	expenses.	The	approximate	impact	of	a	10%	rise	and	a	10%	decline	in	the	Canadian	dollar	compared	to	the	US	dollar	on	
these	transactions	as	at	December	31,	2009	is	a	$5.5	million	decrease	or	increase	in	net	income	respectively.	At	December	31,	2009,	cash	and	cash	
equivalents	and	accounts	receivable,	excluding	BOX,	and	current	liabilities,	excluding	those	of	BOX,	include	US	$11.9	million	and	US	$0.6	million	
respectively,	which	are	exposed	to	changes	in	the	U.S.	–	Canadian	dollar	exchange	rate.	The	approximate	impact	of	a	10%	rise	in	the	Canadian	dollar	
compared	to	the	US	dollar	on	these	exposed	balances	at	December	31,	2009	is	a	$1.2	million	decrease	in	net	income.	The	approximate	impact	of	
a	10%	decline	in	the	Canadian	dollar	compared	to	the	US	dollar	on	these	exposed	balances	at	December	31,	2009	is	a	$1.2	million	increase	in	net	
income.	In	addition,	net	assets	related	to	BOX	are	denominated	in	US	dollars,	and	the	effect	of	exchange	rate	movements	on	the	Company’s	share	of	
these	net	assets	is	included	in	other	comprehensive	income.	The	approximate	impact	of	a	10%	rise	in	the	Canadian	dollar	compared	to	the	US	dollar	
on	the	translation	of	the	net	assets	related	to	BOX	at	December	31,	2009	is	a	$5.8	million	decrease	in	other	comprehensive	income.	The	approximate	
impact	of	a	10%	decline	in	the	Canadian	dollar	compared	to	the	US	dollar	on	the	translation	of	the	net	assets	related	to	BOX	at	December	31,	2009	
is	a	$5.8	million	increase	in	other	comprehensive	income.

We	do	not	employ	hedging	strategies	and	therefore	significant	moves	in	exchange	rates,	specifically	a	strengthening	of	the	Canadian	dollar	against	
the	US	dollar	can	have	an	adverse	affect	on	the	value	of	our	revenue,	expenses,	assets	or	liabilities	in	Canadian	dollars.	

Integration Risk

We Face Risks Associated with Integrating the Operations, Systems and Personnel of New Acquisitions

As	part	of	our	strategy	to	sustain	growth,	we	have	and	expect	to	continue	to	pursue	appropriate	acquisitions	of	other	companies	and	technologies.	
An	 acquisition	 will	 only	 be	 successful	 if	 we	 can	 integrate	 the	 acquired	 businesses’	 operations,	 products	 and	 personnel;	 retain	 key	 personnel;	
and	expand	our	financial	and	management	controls	and	our	reporting	systems	and	procedures	to	accommodate	the	acquired	businesses.	It	is	
possible	that	integrating	an	acquisition	could	result	in	less	management	time	being	devoted	to	other	parts	of	our	core	business.	If	an	investment,	
acquisition	 or	 other	 transaction	 does	 not	 fulfill	 expectations,	 we	 may	 have	 to	 write	 down	 its	 value	 in	 the	 future	 or	 sell	 at	 a	 loss.	 In	 2009,	
we	wrote-off	$77.3	million	of	goodwill	related	to	our	investment	in	BOX.

Business Continuity / Geopolitical Risk

Geopolitical and Other Factors Could Interrupt Our Critical Business Functions

The	continuity	of	our	critical	business	functions	could	be	interrupted	by	geopolitical	upheaval,	including	terrorist,	criminal,	political	and	cyber,	or	by	
other	types	of	external	disruptions,	including	human	error,	natural	disasters,	power	loss,	telecommunication	failures,	sabotage	and	vandalism.

We	have	a	series	of	integrated	disaster	recovery	and	business	continuity	plans	for	critical	business	functions	to	mitigate	the	risk	of	an	interruption.	
We	currently	maintain	duplicate	facilities	to	provide	redundancy	and	back-up	to	reduce	the	risk	and	recovery	time	of	system	disruptions	for	key	
systems	at	Toronto	Stock	Exchange,	TSX	Venture	Exchange,	MX,	CDCC	and	BOX.	However,	not	all	systems	are	duplicated,	and	any	major	disruption	
may	affect	our	existing	and	back-up	facilities.	Any	interruption	in	our	services	could	impair	our	reputation,	damage	our	brand	name,	and	negatively	
impact	our	financial	condition	and	operating	results.

Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis  61

Credit Risk

We Could Suffer Losses as a Result of NGX’s Clearing Activities

NGX	is	the	central	counterparty	to	each	transaction	(whether	it	relates	to	natural	gas,	electricity	or	crude	oil	contracts)	cleared	through	its	clearing	
operations.	By	providing	a	clearing	and	settlement	facility,	NGX	is	subject	to	the	risk	of	a	counterparty	defaulting	simultaneously	with	an	extreme	
market	 price	 movement.	 NGX	 manages	 this	 risk	 by	 applying	 standard	 rules	 and	 regulations,	 and	 using	 a	 conservative	 margining	 regime	 based	
on	 globally-accepted	 margin	 concepts.	 This	 margining	 regime	 involves	 valuing	 the	 market	 stress	 of	 client	 portfolios	 in	 real-time	 and	 requiring	
participants	to	deposit	liquid	collateral	in	excess	of	those	valuations.	NGX	conducts	market	stress	scenarios	regularly	to	test	the	ongoing	integrity	
of	its	clearing	operation.	NGX	also	relies	on	established	policies,	instructions,	rules	and	regulations	as	well	as	procedures	specifically	designed	to	
actively	manage	and	mitigate	risks.	There	is	no	assurance	that	these	measures	will	be	sufficient	to	protect	us	from	a	default	or	that	our	business	
financial	condition	and	results	of	operations	will	not	be	materially	adversely	affected	in	the	event	of	a	significant	default.

To	backstop	its	clearing	operations,	NGX	has	a	credit	agreement	in	place	with	a	Canadian	chartered	bank	which	includes	a	US$100	million	clearing	
backstop	fund.	We	are	NGX’s	unsecured	guarantor	for	this	fund	up	to	a	maximum	of	US$100	million.	In	addition,	NGX	has	covenanted	under	the	
agreement	to	maintain	a	minimum	of	$9	million	of	tangible	net	assets.	If	NGX	suffers	a	loss	on	its	clearing	operations,	it	could	lose	its	entire	net	
worth.	The	bank	could	also	realize	up	to	a	maximum	of	US$100	million	on	our	unsecured	guarantee,	to	the	extent	required	to	cover	the	loss.

NGX	faces	operational	and	other	risks	associated	with	the	clearing	business,	which,	if	realized,	could	materially	affect	its	business	and	operating	results.

We	cannot	assure	you	that	these	measures	will	be	sufficient	to	protect	us	from	a	default	or	that	our	business	financial	condition	and	results	of	
operations	will	not	be	materially	adversely	affected	in	the	event	of	a	significant	default.	

We Could Suffer Losses as a Result of CDCC’s Clearing Activities

CDCC	acts	as	the	central	counterparty	and	guarantor	of	all	transactions	executed	on	MX’s	markets	and	on	some	OTC	products.	As	a	result,	CDCC	is	
exposed	to	the	risk	of	default	of	its	clearing	members.	CDCC	primarily	supports	the	risk	of	one	or	more	counterparties,	meeting	strict	financial	and	
regulatory	criteria,	defaulting	on	their	obligations,	in	which	case	the	obligations	of	that	counterparty	would	become	the	responsibility	of	CDCC.	
This	risk	is	greater	if	market	conditions	are	unfavourable	at	the	time	of	the	default.	

In	order	to	manage	the	risks	associated	with	the	default	of	its	clearing	members,	CDCC’s	principal	technique	is	the	collection	of	risk-based	margin	
deposits	in	the	form	of	cash,	letters	of	credit,	equities	and	liquid	government	securities.	Should	a	clearing	member	fail	to	meet	a	daily	margin	call	
or	otherwise	not	honour	its	obligations	under	open	futures	and	options	contracts,	margin	deposits	would	be	available	to	apply	against	the	costs	
incurred	to	liquidate	or	transfer	the	clearing	member’s	positions.	

CDCC’s	margining	system	is	complemented	by	a	stress	reporting	system.	This	process	evaluates	the	financial	strength	of	a	clearing	member	to	meet	
margin	requirements	that	might	result	from	a	sudden	adverse	change	in	the	market.	Clearing	members	who	fail	to	meet	the	criteria	are	required	to	
deposit	a	stress	margin.

CDCC	 also	 maintains	 a	 clearing	 fund	 through	 deposits	 of	 cash	 and	 securities	 from	 all	 clearing	 members.	 The	 aggregate	 level	 of	 clearing	 funds	
required	 from	 all	 clearing	 members	 must	 cover	 the	 worst	 loss	 that	 CDCC	 could	 face	 if	 one	 counterparty	 was	 failing	 under	 various	 extreme	 but	
plausible	 market	 conditions.	 Each	 clearing	 member	 contributes	 to	 the	 clearing	 fund	 in	 proportion	 to	 its	 margin	 requirements.	 If,	 by	 a	 clearing	
member’s	 default,	 further	 funding	 is	 necessary	 to	 complete	 a	 liquidation,	 CDCC	 has	 the	 right	 to	 require	 other	 clearing	 members	 to	 contribute	
additional	amounts	equal	to	their	previous	contribution	to	the	clearing	fund.

CDCC	has	also	arranged	a	total	of	$30.0	million	in	revolving	standby	credit	facilities	with	a	major	Canadian	chartered	bank	to	provide	liquidity	in	the	
event	of	default	by	a	clearing	member.	

We	cannot	assure	you	that	these	measures	will	be	sufficient	to	protect	us	from	a	default	or	that	our	business	financial	condition	and	results	of	
operations	will	not	be	materially	adversely	affected	in	the	event	of	a	significant	default.	

Our Derivatives Business Could be Harmed by a Systemic Market Event

Some	MX	market	participants	could	be	overleveraged.	In	case	of	sudden,	large	price	movements,	such	market	participants	may	not	be	able	to	meet	
their	obligations	to	brokers	who,	in	turn,	may	not	be	able	to	meet	their	obligations	to	their	counterparties.	The	impact	of	such	an	event	could	
have	a	material	adverse	effect	on	our	business.	In	such	cases,	it	could	be	possible	that	clearing	members	default	with	CDCC.	[As referred to in the 
“Credit Risk – CDCC” section,]	CDCC	would	use	its	risk	management	mechanisms	to	manage	such	a	default.	In	extreme	situations	such	as	large	
scale	market	price	moves	or	multiple	defaults	occurring	at	the	same	time,	all	these	mechanisms	may	prove	insufficient	to	cover	losses	and	this	
would	result	in	a	loss.

62  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

Intellectual Property Risk

We May Be Unable to Protect Our Intellectual Property

To	 protect	 our	 intellectual	 property	 rights,	 we	 rely	 on	 a	 combination	 of	 trade-mark	 laws,	 copyright	 laws,	 patent	 laws,	 trade	 secret	 protection,	
confidentiality	agreements,	and	other	contractual	arrangements	with	our	affiliates,	customers,	strategic	partners,	and	others.	This	protection	may	
not	be	adequate	to	deter	others	from	misappropriating	our	proprietary	information.	We	may	not	be	able	to	detect	the	unauthorized	use	of,	or	take	
adequate	steps	to	enforce,	our	intellectual	property	rights.	We	have	registered,	or	applied	to	register,	our	trade-marks	in	Canada	and	in	some	other	
jurisdictions.	If	we	fail	to	protect	our	intellectual	property	adequately,	it	could	harm	our	brand	and	affect	our	ability	to	compete	effectively.	It	could	
also	take	significant	time	and	money	to	defend	our	intellectual	property	rights,	which	could	adversely	affect	our	business,	financial	condition,	and	
operating	results.

We	license	a	variety	of	intellectual	property	from	third	parties.	Others	may	bring	infringement	claims	against	us	or	our	customers	in	the	future	
because	of	an	alleged	breach	of	such	a	license.	If	someone	successfully	asserts	an	infringement	claim,	we	may	be	required	to	spend	significant	
time	and	money	to	develop	or	license	intellectual	property	that	does	not	infringe	upon	the	rights	of	that	other	person	or	to	obtain	a	license	for	
the	 intellectual	 property	 from	 the	 owner.	 We	 may	 not	 succeed	 in	 developing	 or	 obtaining	 a	 license	 on	 commercially	 acceptable	 terms,	 if	 at	 all.	
In	addition,	any	litigation	could	be	lengthy	and	costly	and	could	adversely	affect	us	even	if	it	is	successful.

Corporate Structure Risk

We May Not be Able to Meet Cash Requirements Because of Our Holding Company Structure and Restrictions  
on Paying Dividends

As	a	holding	company,	our	ability	to	meet	our	cash	requirements	and	pay	dividends	on	our	shares	depends	in	large	part	upon	our	subsidiaries	
paying	dividends	and	other	amounts	to	us.	Our	subsidiaries	must	comply	with	corporate	and	securities	laws	and	with	their	agreements	before	
they	can	pay	dividends	to	us.	In	particular,	the	recognition	order	of	TMX	Group	and	TSX	Inc.	provides	that	if	TSX	Inc.	fails	to	maintain	any	of	its	
financial	viability	tests	for	more	than	three	months,	TSX	Inc.	will	not,	without	the	prior	approval	of	the	Director	of	the	OSC,	pay	dividends	(among	
other	things)	until	the	deficiencies	have	been	eliminated	for	at	least	six	months	or	a	shorter	period	of	time	as	agreed	by	OSC	staff.	In	addition,	
the	recognition	order	of	MX	imposes	similar	restrictions	on	the	payment	of	dividends.	If	MX	fails	to	meet	the	financial	viability	ratios	for	more	
than	three	months,	MX	will	not,	without	the	prior	approval	of	Quebec’s	AMF,	pay	dividends	(among	other	things)	until	the	deficiencies	have	been	
eliminated	for	at	least	six	months.	

Restrictions on Ownership of TMX Group Shares May Restrict Trading and Transactions

Under	the	Securities	Act	(Ontario)	and	related	regulations	and	orders,	and	pursuant	to	an	undertaking	we	provided	to	the	AMF	as	a	condition	to	
obtaining	approval	of	the	combination	with	MX,	no	person	or	company	may	own	or	exercise	control	or	direction	over	more	than	10%	of	any	class	or	
series	of	our	voting	shares,	without	obtaining	the	prior	approval	of	the	OSC	and	the	AMF.	Each	of	the	OSC	and	the	AMF	will	have	complete	discretion	
to	grant	its	approval	and	may	also	change	the	10%	threshold	in	the	future.	A	shareholder	(or	shareholders	acting	together)	who	contravenes	these	
provisions	may	have	its	shares	redeemed	and	have	dividend	and	voting	entitlements	on	its	shares	suspended.	These	restrictions	may	discourage	
trading	 in	 and	 may	 limit	 the	 market	 for	 our	 shares,	 may	 discourage	 potential	 acquisition	 and	 strategic	 alliance	 proposals,	 and	 may	 prevent	
transactions	in	which	our	shareholders	could	receive	a	premium	for	their	shares.

Litigation Risk

We Are Subject to Litigation Risks

Some	aspects	of	our	business	involve	risks	of	litigation.	Dissatisfied	customers,	among	others,	may	make	claims	with	respect	to	the	manner	in	
which	we	operate	or	they	may	challenge	our	regulatory	actions,	decisions	or	jurisdiction.	Although	we	benefit	from	certain	contractual	indemnities	
and	limitations	on	liabilities,	these	rights	may	not	be	sufficient.	In	addition,	with	the	introduction	of	civil	liability	for	misrepresentations	in	our	
continuous	 disclosure	 documents	 and	 statements	 and	 the	 failure	 to	 make	 timely	 disclosures	 of	 material	 changes	 in	 Ontario	 and	 certain	 other	
jurisdictions,	dissatisfied	shareholders	can	more	easily	make	claims	against	us.	We	could	incur	significant	legal	expenses	defending	claims,	even	
those	without	merit.	If	a	lawsuit	or	claim	is	resolved	against	us,	it	could	materially	adversely	affect	our	reputation,	business,	financial	condition	and	
operating	results.

February 10, 2010

Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis  63

Management Statement

Management	is	responsible	for	the	preparation,	integrity	and	fair	presentation	of	the	consolidated	financial	statements,	management’s	discussion	
and	 analysis,	 and	 other	 information	 in	 this	 annual	 report.	 The	 consolidated	 financial	 statements	 were	 prepared	 in	 accordance	 with	 Canadian	
generally	accepted	accounting	principles	and,	in	the	opinion	of	management,	fairly	reflect	the	financial	position,	results	of	operations	and	changes	
in	 the	 financial	 position	 of	 TMX	 Group	 Inc.	 Financial	 information	 contained	 throughout	 this	 annual	 report	 is	 consistent	 with	 the	 consolidated	
financial	statements.	

Acting	 through	 the	 Finance	 and	 Audit	 Committee,	 comprised	 of	 non-management	 directors,	 all	 of	 whom	 are	 independent	 directors	 within	 the	
meaning	 of	 Multilateral	 Instrument	 52-110-Audit	 Committees,	 the	 Board	 of	 Directors	 oversees	 management’s	 responsibility	 for	 financial	
reporting	and	internal	control	systems.	The	Finance	and	Audit	Committee	is	responsible	for	reviewing	the	consolidated	financial	statements	and	
management’s	 discussion	 and	 analysis	 and	 recommending	 them	 to	 the	 Board	 of	 Directors	 for	 approval.	 To	 discharge	 its	 duties	 the	 Committee	
meets	with	management	and	external	auditors	to	discuss	audit	plans,	internal	controls	over	accounting	and	financial	reporting	processes,	auditing	
matters	and	financial	reporting	issues.	

TMX	Group’s	external	auditors	appointed	by	the	shareholders,	KPMG	LLP,	are	responsible	for	auditing	the	consolidated	financial	statements	and		
expressing	an	opinion	thereon.	The	external	auditors	have	full	and	free	access	to,	and	meet	periodically	with,	management	and	the	Finance	and	
Audit	Committee	to	discuss	the	audit.

Thomas A. Kloet 
Chief	Executive	Officer	
TMX	Group	Inc.	
February	10,	2010

Michael Ptasznik 
Senior	Vice	President	and	Chief	Financial	Officer	
TMX	Group	Inc.	

Auditors’ Report to the Shareholders

We	 have	 audited	 the	 consolidated	 balance	 sheets	 of	 TMX	 Group	 Inc.	 as	 at	 December	 31,	 2009	 and	 2008	 and	 the	 consolidated	 statements	 of	
income,	comprehensive	income,	changes	in	shareholders’	equity	and	cash	flows	for	the	years	then	ended.	These	financial	statements	are	the	
responsibility	of	the	Company’s	management.	Our	responsibility	is	to	express	an	opinion	on	these	financial	statements	based	on	our	audits.

We	conducted	our	audits	in	accordance	with	Canadian	generally	accepted	auditing	standards.	Those	standards	require	that	we	plan	and	perform	
an	audit	to	obtain	reasonable	assurance	whether	the	financial	statements	are	free	of	material	misstatement.	An	audit	includes	examining,	on	
a	 test	 basis,	 evidence	 supporting	 the	 amounts	 and	 disclosures	 in	 the	 financial	 statements.	 An	 audit	 also	 includes	 assessing	 the	 accounting	
principles	used	and	significant	estimates	made	by	management,	as	well	as	evaluating	the	overall	financial	statement	presentation.

In	 our	 opinion,	 these	 consolidated	 financial	 statements	 present	 fairly,	 in	 all	 material	 respects,	 the	 financial	 position	 of	 the	 Company	 as	 at	
December	31,	2009	and	2008	and	the	results	of	its	operations	and	its	cash	flows	for	the	years	then	ended	in	accordance	with	Canadian	generally	
accepted	accounting	principles.

Chartered Accountants, Licensed Public Accountants 
Toronto, Canada 
February 10, 2010

64  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

	
 
	
	
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands of Canadian dollars)
Assets
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents (note 4) 
  Marketable securities (note 4) 
  Restricted cash 
  Accounts receivable
  Energy contracts receivable (note 21)
  Fair value of open energy contracts (note 21) 
  Daily settlements and cash deposits (note 21) 
  Prepaid expenses 

Income taxes recoverable

  Future income tax assets (note 20) 

Premises and equipment (note 5)
Future income tax assets (note 20) 
Other assets (note 6) 
Investment in affiliate, at equity (note 7) 
Intangible assets (note 8) 
Goodwill (note 8) 
Total Assets
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  Energy contracts payable (note 21) 
  Fair value of open energy contracts (note 21)
  Daily settlements and cash deposits (note 21)
  Deferred revenue
  Deferred revenue – initial and additional listing fees (note 14)
  Fair value of interest rate swaps (note 11)
  Future income tax liabilities (note 20)
  Obligations under capital leases (note 12)

Income taxes payable

Accrued employee benefits payable 
Obligations under capital leases (note 12)
Future income tax liabilities (note 20)
Other liabilities (note 13)
Deferred revenue
Deferred revenue – initial and additional listing fees (note 14)
Fair value of interest rate swaps (note 11)
Term loan (note 10)
Total Liabilities
Non-controlling Interests 
Shareholders’ Equity:
Share capital (note 15) 
Share option plan (note 17) 
Deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive income 
Total Shareholders’ Equity
Commitments and contingent liabilities (notes 12 and 26)
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

On behalf of the Board:

 Wayne Fox 
Chair 

J. Spencer Lanthier
Director

December 31, 2009

December 31, 2008

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

87,978 
103,169 
911
79,427
714,545
202,760
565,408
6,032
4,619
26,675
1,791,524
31,556
144,551
27,745
12,845
932,443
583,811
 3,524,475 

 44,883 
714,545
202,760
565,408
15,074
78,001
2,117
118
3,413
3,232
1,629,551
12,787
5,512
234,697
21,832
882
405,123
3,584
429,016
2,742,984
10,915

1,102,619
8,708
(343,975)
3,224
770,576

 102,442 
 96,251 
 1,454 
 63,755 
 976,431 
 155,331 
 497,312 
 9,050 
599
 30,529 
 1,933,154
 27,505 
 151,960 
21,072
 12,424 
 891,976 
 650,554 
 3,688,645 

 59,240 
 976,431 
 155,331 
 497,312 
 12,353 
 69,540 
1,787
66
42
 14,121
 1,786,223
 12,916 
29
 236,995
 17,482
718
 383,315 
10,690
 428,278 
 2,876,646 
17,370

 1,084,399 
 5,969 
 (319,843)
 24,104 
 794,629 

  $ 

 3,524,475 

  $ 

 3,688,645

Consolidated	Financial	Statements  65

 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Income

Years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008  (In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)
Revenue:

2009

2008

  $ 

  $ 

 142,118 
237,345
145,976
30,877
556,316

129,369
46,120
65,450
32,194
273,133

 152,209 
 222,703 
 135,407 
 22,295 
 532,614 

 110,581 
 35,617 
 55,705 
 25,340 
 227,243 

283,183

 305,371 

420
4,623
(77,255)
(6,071)
(1,414)
–

 1,426 
 14,824 
–
 (10,508)
 (13,289)
 (15,902)

203,486

 281,922 

96,952

 98,149 

106,534

 183,773 

1,833

 1,821 

  $ 

 104,701 

  $ 

 181,952 

  $ 
  $ 

 1.41 
1.41 

  $ 
  $ 

 2.48
 2.47

Issuer services

  Trading, clearing and related 
  Market data 
  Business services and other 
  Total revenue

Expenses:
  Compensation and benefits

Information and trading systems

  General and administration
  Amortization
  Total operating expenses

Income from operations

Income from investments in affiliates
Investment income
Goodwill impairment charge (note 8)
Interest expense (note 10)
Net mark to market on interest rate swaps (note 11)
Other acquisition related expenses 

Income before income taxes

Income taxes (note 20)

Net income before non-controlling interests

Non-controlling interests 

Net income

Earnings per share (note 19):
  Basic
  Diluted

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

66  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 

Years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008  (In thousands of Canadian dollars)

2009

2008

Net income

  $ 

 104,701 

  $ 

 181,952

Other comprehensive (loss) income:
Unrealized (loss) gain on translating financial statements of self-sustaining foreign operations  

(net of tax – $nil) (note 1)

Comprehensive income

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

(20,880)

 24,104

  $ 

 83,821 

  $ 

 206,056

Consolidated	Financial	Statements  67

 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Changes  
in Shareholders’ Equity

Years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008  (In thousands of Canadian dollars)

2009

2008

Common shares:
  Balance, beginning of period

Issuance of common shares (note 2)

  Proceeds from options exercised
  Cost of exercised options 
  Purchased under normal course issuer bid (note 15)
  Balance, end of period

Share option plan:
  Balance, beginning of period
  Cost of exercised options
  Cost of share option plan
  Balance, end of period

Deficit:
  Balance, beginning of period
  Net income
  Dividends on common shares
  Shares purchased under normal course issuer bid (note 15)
  Balance, end of period

Accumulated other comprehensive income:
  Balance, beginning of period
  Unrealized (loss) gain on translating financial statements of self-sustaining foreign operations 
  Balance, end of period

  $ 

  $ 

 1,084,399 
32,052
573
170
(14,575)
1,102,619

 379,370 
 806,573 
 6,959 
 1,731 
 (110,234)
 1,084,399 

 5,969 
(170)
2,909
8,708

 (319,843)
104,701
(112,973)
(15,860)
(343,975)

24,104
(20,880)
3,224

 5,060 
 (1,731)
 2,640 
 5,969 

 (212,520)
 181,952 
 (114,099)
 (175,176)
 (319,843)

 –
24,104
24,104

Shareholders’ equity, end of period

  $ 

 770,576 

  $ 

 794,629 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

68  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008  (In thousands of Canadian dollars)
Cash flows from (used in) operating activities:
  Net income
  Adjustments to determine net cash flows:

2009

2008

  $ 

 104,701 

  $ 

 181,952 

  Amortization
  Unrealized loss (gain) on marketable securities
  Income from investments in affiliates, at equity
  Cost of share option plan
  Payment on termination of joint venture
  Amortized financing fees
  Non-controlling interests
  Goodwill impairment charge (note 8)
  Unrealized (gain) loss on interest rate swaps (note 11)
  Unrealized foreign exchange loss 
  Future income taxes
  Accounts receivable and prepaid expenses
  Other assets
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  Long-term accrued and other liabilities
  Deferred revenue
  Income taxes

Cash flows from (used in) financing activities:
  Reduction in obligation under capital lease
  Restricted cash
  Proceeds from exercised options
  Dividends on common shares
  Shares purchased under normal course issuer bid (note 15)
  Proceeds from term loan, net
  Dividends paid to non-controlling interests 

Cash flows from (used in) investing activities:
  Additions to premises and equipment
  Additions to intangible assets
  Marketable securities 
  Payment on termination of joint venture
  Acquisitions, net of cash acquired (note 2)

Unrealized foreign exchange (loss) gain on cash and cash equivalents held in foreign subsidiaries

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

Supplemental cash flow information:

Interest paid
Interest received
Income taxes paid

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

32,194
153
(420)
2,909
–
738
1,833
77,255
(6,776)
343
3,476
(12,524)
(9,226)
(10,409)
2,506
33,154
(15,030)
204,877

(2,754)
543
573
(112,973)
(30,435)
–
(6,353)
(151,399)

(7,136)
(13,152)
(7,071)
–
(37,932)
(65,291)

(2,651)

(14,464)

 25,340 
 (1,206)
 (1,426)
2,473
15,152
492
1,821
–
 12,477
 401
(9,307)
(1,175)
4,954
 (15,063)
 (12,263)
 34,566
 5,001 
 244,189 

(177)
 (47)
 6,959
 (114,099)
 (285,410)
 427,786
 (1,946)
 33,066

 (5,306)
 (8,451)
 203,546
 (15,152)
 (405,283)
(230,646)

2,435

49,044

  $ 

  $ 

102,442
 87,978 

  $ 

53,398
 102,442

  $ 

 4,619 
 3,962
 110,350

 11,038 
 12,648
 107,114

Consolidated	Financial	Statements  69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years	ended	December	31,	2009	and	2008	(In	thousands	of	Canadian	dollars,	except	per	share	amounts)	
Years	ended	December	31,	2009	and	2008	(In	thousands	of	Canadian	dollars,	except	per	share	amounts)	

TMX	 Group	 Inc.	 owns	 and	 operates	 two	 national	 stock	 exchanges,	 Toronto	 Stock	 Exchange,	 serving	 the	 senior	 equity	 market	 and	 TSX	 Venture	
Exchange,	serving	the	public	venture	equity	market,	Montréal	Exchange	Inc.	(“MX”),	Canada’s	national	derivatives	exchange,	Natural	Gas	Exchange	
Inc.	(“NGX”),	an	exchange	providing	a	platform	for	the	trading	and	clearing	of	natural	gas,	electricity,	and	crude	oil	contracts	in	North	America,	
Shorcan	Brokers	Limited	(“Shorcan”),	a	fixed	income	inter-dealer	broker,	and	The	Equicom	Group	Inc.	(“Equicom”),	providing	investor	relations	and	
related	corporate	communications	services.

1.  Significant Accounting Policies:

(a)  Basis of presentation:

The	consolidated	financial	statements	(the	“financial	statements”)	have	been	prepared	by	management	in	accordance	with	Canadian	generally	
accepted	accounting	principles	(“GAAP”),	and	they	include	the	accounts	of	TMX	Group	Inc.	and	its	wholly	owned	subsidiaries,	TSX	Inc.	(“TSX”),	
MX	 from	 May	 1,	 2008,	 NGX,	 Shorcan,	 Equicom,	 CDEX	 Inc.	 (“CDEX”),	 NetThruPut	 Inc.	 (“NTP”)	 from	 May	 1,	 2009,	 and	 the	 wholly-owned	 or	
controlled	subsidiaries	of	TSX,	MX,	and	NGX,	collectively	referred	to	as	the	“Company”.	

The	preparation	of	the	financial	statements	in	conformity	with	Canadian	GAAP	requires	management	to	make	estimates	and	assumptions	that	
affect	the	reported	amounts	of	assets,	liabilities	and	contingent	liabilities	at	the	date	of	the	financial	statements	and	the	reported	amounts	of	
revenue	and	expenses	during	the	reporting	period.	Actual	results	could	differ	from	these	estimates	and	assumptions.

Intercompany	balances	and	transactions	have	been	eliminated	upon	consolidation.

(b) Adoption of new accounting policies:

(i)	

Goodwill	and	intangible	assets:

	Effective	 January	 1,	 2009,	 the	 Company	 adopted	 the	 Canadian	 Institute	 of	 Chartered	 Accountants	 (“CICA”)	 Handbook	 Section	 3064,	
“Goodwill	 and	 Intangible	 Assets”,	 which	 replaces	 CICA	 Handbook	 Section	 3062,	 “Goodwill	 and	 Other	 Intangible	 Assets”	 as	 well	 as	
CICA	 Handbook	 Section	 3450,	 “Research	 and	 Development”.	 This	 new	 standard	 provides	 guidance	 on	 the	 recognition,	 measurement,	
presentation	 and	 disclosure	 of	 goodwill	 and	 intangible	 assets,	 and	 has	 been	 applied	 retrospectively.	 Implementation	 of	 this	 new	
standard	had	no	significant	impact	on	the	Company’s	financial	statements	and	disclosures.

(ii)	

Financial	Instruments:

Credit	risk:

	In	 January	 2009,	 the	 CICA’s	 Emerging	 Issues	 Committee	 (“EIC”)	 issued	 Abstract	 No.	 173,	 “Credit	 Risk	 and	 the	 Fair	 Value	 of	 Financial	
Assets	and	Financial	Liabilities”	(“EIC	173”).	EIC	173	requires	an	entity	to	take	into	account	its	own	credit	risk	and	that	of	the	relevant	
counterparty(s)	when	determining	the	fair	value	of	financial	assets	and	financial	liabilities,	including	derivative	instruments.	This	EIC,	
which	was	effective	for	the	Company	on	January	1,	2009,	had	no	impact	on	the	Company’s	results	once	adopted	as	the	Company	had	
already	been	applying	this	methodology	to	its	valuations.	

Amendments	to	Handbook	Sections	3855	and	3862:

In	 June	 2009,	 the	 CICA	 amended	 CICA	 Handbook	 Section	 3862,	 “Financial	 Instruments	 –	 Disclosures”,	 to	 include	 additional	 disclosure	
requirements,	primarily	respecting	the	fair	value	measurement	of	financial	instruments.	These	amendments	require	that	the	Company	adopt	
a	three	level	hierarchy	to	reflect	the	significance	of	the	inputs	used	in	making	fair	value	measurements.	Level	1	represents	assets	and	liabilities	
the	fair	values	of	which	are	determined	by	reference	to	unadjusted	quoted	prices	in	active	markets	for	identical	assets	and	liabilities.	Level	2	
represents	assets	and	liabilities	the	valuations	of	which	use	inputs	other	than	quoted	prices	included	in	Level	1	that	are	observable	for	the	
asset	or	liability,	either	directly	or	indirectly.	Level	3	represents	assets	and	liabilities	the	valuations	of	which	use	inputs	that	are	not	based	on	
observable	market	data.	

In	June	2009,	the	CICA	clarified	Handbook	Section	3855,	“Financial	Instruments	–	recognition	and	measurement”	with	respect	to	the	effective	
interest	rate	method,	which	is	a	method	of	calculating	the	amortized	cost	of	financial	assets	and	financial	liabilities,	and	of	allocating	the	
interest	 income	 or	 interest	 expense	 over	 the	 relevant	 period.	 It	 also	 clarified	 the	 standard	 with	 respect	 to	 the	 reclassification	 of	 financial	
instruments	with	embedded	derivatives.	

70  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

	
	
	
On	August	20,	2009,	the	CICA	released	new	accounting	requirements	relating	to	the	classification	and	measurement	of	financial	assets	by	
further	amending	Handbook	section	3855.	The	amendments	redefined	loans	and	receivables	to	include	all	non-derivative	financial	assets	with	
fixed	or	determinable	repayment	terms	which	are	not	quoted	in	an	active	market,	and	permits	reclassification	of	available-for-sale	securities	
to	 loans	 and	 receivables	 when	 there	 is	 no	 active	 market.	 The	 amendments	 also	 require	 the	 reversal	 of	 an	 impairment	 loss	 relating	 to	 an	
available-for-sale	debt	instrument	when,	in	a	subsequent	period,	the	fair	value	of	the	instrument	increases	and	the	increase	can	be	objectively	
related	to	an	event	occurring	after	the	loss	was	recognized.

The	Company	adopted	these	new	requirements	during	2009.	The	adoption	of	these	amendments	had	no	significant	impact	on	the	Company’s	
results	but	additional	financial	disclosures	have	been	included	in	note	21.

(c)  Premises and equipment:

Premises	and	equipment	are	recorded	at	cost.	Amortization	is	provided	over	the	following	useful	lives	of	the	assets:

Asset

Basis

Rate

Computers and electronic trading equipment
Computers and electronic trading equipment under capital leases
Furniture, fixtures and other equipment
Leasehold improvements

Straight line
Straight line
Straight line
Straight line

3–5 Years
Over the term of the leases to a maximum of 4 years
5 Years
Over terms of various leases to a maximum of 15 Years

Legal	 obligations	 associated	 with	 the	 restoration	 costs	 on	 the	 retirement	 of	 premises	 and	 equipment	 are	 recognized	 as	 incurred.	 The	
obligations	are	initially	measured	at	an	estimated	fair	value	of	the	future	cost	discounted	to	present	value,	and	a	corresponding	amount	is	
capitalized	with	the	related	assets	and	depreciated	in	line	with	the	above	useful	lives.

Premises	 and	 equipment	 are	 reviewed	 for	 impairment	 whenever	 events	 or	 changes	 in	 circumstances	 indicate	 that	 the	 carrying	 amount	 of	
an	 asset	 may	 not	 be	 recoverable.	 Recoverability	 of	 assets	 is	 measured	 by	 a	 comparison	 of	 the	 carrying	 amount	 of	 an	 asset	 to	 estimated	
undiscounted	future	cash	flows	expected	to	be	generated	by	the	asset.	If	the	carrying	amount	of	an	asset	exceeds	its	estimated	future	cash	
flows,	an	impairment	charge	is	recognized	by	an	amount	equal	to	the	excess.

(d) Revenue recognition:

Revenue	for	goods	and	services	is	recognized	when	the	services	are	provided	or	the	goods	are	sold.	

Issuer	 services	 revenues	 are	 derived	 primarily	 from	 recurring	 annual	 sustaining	 fees	 and	 transaction-based	 fees	 for	 initial	 and	 additional	
listings.	Sustaining	fees	for	existing	issuers	are	billed	during	the	first	quarter	of	the	year	and	the	amount	is	recorded	as	deferred	revenue	and	
amortized	over	the	year	on	a	straight-line	basis.	Initial	and	additional	listing	fees	are	recorded	as	deferred	revenue	–	initial	and	additional	
listing	fees	and	are	recognized	on	a	straight-line	basis	over	an	estimated	service	period	of	ten	years.

Trading	and	related	revenues	for	cash	markets	and	derivatives	trading	are	recorded	and	recognized	as	revenue	in	the	month	in	which	the	trades	
are	executed	or	when	the	related	services	are	provided.

Clearing	revenue	related	to	derivatives	clearing	is	recognized	on	the	settlement	date	of	the	related	transaction.

Trading,	 clearing,	 settlement	 and	 related	 revenues	 relating	 to	 NGX	 trading	 and	 clearing	 are	 recognized	 over	 the	 period	 the	 services	 are	
provided.	Revenues	and	expenses	related	to	the	value	of	energy	products	traded	or	swap	differential	payments	made	during	the	year,	and	
unrealized	gains	and	losses	on	open	energy	contracts,	are	not	recognized	in	these	consolidated	financial	statements	as	NGX	does	not	function	
as	principal	in	these	trading	activities.

Real	time	market	data	revenue	is	recognized	based	on	usage	as	reported	by	customers	and	vendors,	less	a	provision	for	sales	returns	from	the	
same	customers.	The	Company	conducts	periodic	audits	of	the	information	provided	and	records	additional	revenues,	if	any,	at	that	time.	
Fixed	income	indices	revenue	is	recognized	over	the	period	the	service	is	provided.	Boston	Options	Exchange	Group,	LLC’s	(“BOX”)	revenue	
from	the	Options	Price	Reporting	Authority	(“OPRA”)	is	received	quarterly	based	on	its	pro-rata	share	of	industry	trade	(not	contract)	volume.	
Estimates	of	OPRA’s	quarterly	revenue	are	made	and	accrued	each	month.	Other	market	data	revenue	is	recorded	and	recognized	as	revenue	in	
the	month	in	which	the	services	are	provided.

Revenue	from	technology	license	fees	is	recognized	in	the	month	of	transfer	of	the	license	to	the	customer.	

Business	services	and	other	revenue	is	recorded	and	recognized	as	revenue	in	the	month	in	which	the	services	are	provided.	

Notes	to	Consolidated	Financial	Statements  71

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years	ended	December	31,	2009	and	2008	(In	thousands	of	Canadian	dollars,	except	per	share	amounts)	

(e)  Income taxes:

Future	income	taxes	are	provided	in	recognition	of	temporary	differences	between:	(i)	the	carrying	amount	of	assets	and	liabilities	and	their	
respective	 tax	 bases,	 (ii)	 operating	 losses,	 and	 (iii)	 tax	 credit	 carry	 forwards	 made	 for	 financial	 reporting	 and	 income	 tax	 purposes.	 Future	
income	tax	assets	and	liabilities	are	measured	using	enacted	or	substantively	enacted	tax	rates	expected	to	apply	to	taxable	income	in	the	
periods	in	which	those	temporary	differences	are	expected	to	be	recovered	or	settled.	The	effect	on	future	income	tax	assets	and	liabilities	of	
a	change	in	tax	rates	is	recognized	in	income	in	the	period	in	which	the	enactments	or	substantive	enactments	occur.	Where	realization	of	a	
future	tax	asset	is	not	considered	“more	likely	than	not”,	a	valuation	allowance	is	provided	against	that	asset.

(f)  Employee future benefits:

TSX,	TSX	Venture	Exchange	Inc.	and	NGX	have	registered	pension	plans	with	a	defined	benefits	tier	and	a	defined	contributions	tier	covering	
substantially	all	of	their	employees,	as	well	as	a	retirement	compensation	arrangement	(“RCA”)	for	senior	management,	and	MX	has	a	defined	
benefit	registered	pension	plan	for	certain	former	officers.	Benefits	are	based	on	years	of	service	and	the	employee’s	compensation.	The	costs	
of	these	programs	are	being	funded	currently,	except	for	MX,	where	a	portion	is	guaranteed	by	a	letter	of	credit.	In	addition,	the	Company	
provides	other	employee	future	benefits,	such	as	supplementary	medical	and	dental	coverage,	to	defined	eligible	employees	(“other	benefit	
plans”).	The	cost	of	the	other	benefit	plans	is	not	being	funded,	however,	a	provision	for	this	has	been	made	in	the	accounts.

The	Company	accrues	its	obligations	under	employee	defined	benefit	plans	as	the	employees	render	the	services	necessary	to	earn	pension	
and	other	employee	future	benefits.

The	Company	has	adopted	the	following	policies	for	its	benefit	plans:

(i)	

	The	 cost	 of	 defined	 benefit	 pensions	 and	 other	 retirement	 benefits	 earned	 by	 employees	 is	 actuarially	 determined	 using	 the	 projected	
benefit	method	prorated	on	service	and	management’s	best	estimate	of	salary	escalation,	retirement	ages	and	expected	health	care	cost.

(ii)	

	For	the	purpose	of	calculating	expected	return	on	plan	assets,	those	assets	are	valued	at	fair	value.

(iii)	

	Past	service	costs	from	plan	amendments	or	initiation	are	amortized	on	a	straight-line	basis	over	the	expected	average	remaining	service	
period	of	employees	active	at	the	time	of	the	amendment.

(iv)		

	Actuarial	gains	(losses)	on	plan	assets	arise	from	the	difference	between	the	actual	return	on	plan	assets	for	a	period	and	the	expected	
return	on	plan	assets	for	that	period.	Actuarial	gains	(losses)	on	the	accrued	benefit	obligation	arise	from	differences	between	actual	
and	expected	experience	and	from	changes	in	the	actuarial	assumptions	used	to	determine	the	accrued	benefit	obligation.	The	excess	of	
the	net	accumulated	actuarial	gain	(loss)	over	10%	of	the	greater	of	the	accrued	benefit	obligations	and	the	fair	value	of	plan	assets	is	
amortized	over	the	expected	average	remaining	service	period	of	active	employees.

(v)	

	When	a	restructuring	of	a	benefit	plan	gives	rise	to	both	a	curtailment	and	a	settlement	of	obligations,	the	curtailment	is	accounted	for	
prior	to	the	settlement.

(g) Intangible assets:

Indefinite	 life	 intangible	 assets	 are	 reviewed	 for	 impairment	 at	 least	 annually.	 When	 the	 carrying	 amount	 of	 the	 intangible	 asset	 exceeds	
the	fair	value	of	the	intangible	asset,	an	impairment	loss	is	recognized	as	an	amount	equal	to	the	excess	and	is	identified	separately	on	the	
statement	of	income.

Definite	life	intangibles	are	reviewed	for	impairment	when	circumstances	indicate	that	the	assets	may	be	impaired.	When	the	carrying	amount	
of	the	intangible	asset	exceeds	the	recoverable	amount	of	the	intangible	asset,	an	impairment	loss	is	recognized	as	an	amount	equal	to	the	
excess	and	is	identified	separately	on	the	statement	of	income.

Amortization	is	provided	over	the	following	useful	lives	of	the	definite	life	intangible	assets:

Asset

Intangible assets comprising: 
Customer bases
Customer bases
Data license 
Capitalized software 

72  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

Basis

Declining balance
Straight line
Straight line 
Straight line 

Rate

2–7%
3–30 Years
10 Years
5 Years

(h) Goodwill:

Goodwill	is	the	residual	amount	that	results	when	the	purchase	price	of	an	acquired	business	exceeds	the	sum	of	the	amounts	allocated	to	the	
assets	acquired,	less	liabilities	assumed,	based	on	their	fair	values.	Goodwill	is	allocated	as	of	the	effective	date	of	the	transaction.

Goodwill	 is	 not	 amortized	 and	 is	 tested	 for	 impairment	 annually	 or	 more	 frequently	 if	 events	 or	 changes	 in	 circumstances	 indicate	 that	
the	asset	might	be	impaired.	The	impairment	test	is	carried	out	in	two	steps.	In	the	first	step,	the	carrying	amount	of	the	reporting	unit	is	
compared	with	its	fair	value.	When	the	fair	value	of	a	reporting	unit	exceeds	its	carrying	amount,	goodwill	of	the	reporting	unit	is	considered	
not	to	be	impaired	and	the	second	step	of	the	impairment	test	is	unnecessary.	

The	second	step	is	carried	out	when	the	carrying	amount	of	a	reporting	unit	exceeds	its	fair	value,	in	which	case	the	implied	fair	value	of	the	
reporting	unit’s	goodwill	is	compared	with	its	carrying	amount	to	measure	the	amount	of	the	impairment	loss,	if	any.	The	implied	fair	value	of	
goodwill	is	determined	in	the	same	manner	as	the	value	of	goodwill	is	initially	determined	as	described	in	the	preceding	paragraph,	using	the	fair	
value	of	the	reporting	unit	as	if	it	were	the	purchase	price.	When	the	carrying	amount	of	the	reporting	unit	goodwill	exceeds	the	implied	fair	value	
of	the	goodwill,	an	impairment	loss	is	recognized	in	an	amount	equal	to	the	excess	and	is	identified	separately	on	the	statement	of	income.

(i)  Use of estimates:

The	preparation	of	financial	statements	in	conformity	with	GAAP	requires	management	to	make	estimates	and	assumptions	that	affect	the	
reported	 amounts	 of	 assets,	 liabilities,	 net	 income	 and	 related	 disclosures;	 including	 deferred	 revenue,	 the	 carrying	 value	 of	 goodwill	 and	
intangible	assets,	pensions	and	other	post-employment	benefits,	long	term	incentive	plan	liabilities,	income	taxes,	bad	debt	provisions,	sales	
return	provisions,	obligations	under	capital	leases	and	the	fair	value	of	financial	instruments	including	open	energy	contracts.	Management	
also	 makes	 estimates	 that	 affect	 the	 reported	 amounts	 and	 disclosure	 of	 contingent	 assets	 and	 liabilities	 at	 the	 date	 of	 the	 financial	
statements	and	the	reported	amounts	of	revenue	and	expenses	during	the	year.	Actual	results	could	differ	from	those	estimates.

(j) Earnings per share:

Basic	 earnings	 per	 share	 are	 computed	 by	 dividing	 net	 income	 by	 the	 weighted	 average	 number	 of	 shares	 outstanding	 during	 the	
reporting	period.	

Diluted	earnings	per	share	are	computed	similar	to	basic	earnings	per	share	except	that	the	weighted	average	shares	outstanding	are	increased	
to	include	additional	shares	from	the	assumed	exercise	of	share	options,	if	dilutive.	The	number	of	additional	shares	is	calculated	using	the	
treasury	stock	method	which	assumes	that	outstanding	share	options	were	exercised	and	that	the	proceeds	from	such	exercises	were	used	to	
acquire	common	shares	at	the	average	market	price	during	the	reporting	period.

(k) Related party transactions:

Any	transactions	entered	into	between	the	Company	and	related	parties	are	on	terms	and	conditions	that	are	at	least	as	favourable	to	the	
Company	as	market	terms	and	conditions	and	are	recorded	at	the	agreed	upon	exchange	amount.

(l) Share-based compensation:

The	 Company	 has	 share-based	 compensation	 plans,	 which	 are	 described	 in	 notes	 17	 and	 18.	 The	 Company	 accounts	 for	 all	 share-based	
payments	to	eligible	employees	that	call	for	settlement	by	the	issuance	of	equity	instruments,	granted	on	or	after	January	1,	2003,	using	
the	 fair	 value	 based	 method.	 Under	 the	 fair	 value	 based	 method,	 compensation	 cost	 attributable	 to	 options	 to	 employees	 is	 measured	 at	
fair	value	at	the	grant	date	and	amortized	over	the	vesting	period.	Compensation	cost	attributable	to	awards	to	such	employees	that	call	for	
settlement	in	cash	is	measured	at	intrinsic	value	and	amortized	over	the	vesting	period.	Changes	in	intrinsic	value	between	the	grant	date	and	
the	measurement	date	result	in	a	change	in	the	measure	of	compensation	cost.

No	compensation	cost	is	recognized	for	options	or	cash-settled	awards	that	employees	forfeit	if	they	fail	to	satisfy	the	service	requirement	
for	vesting.	

(m) Cash and cash equivalents:

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	consist	of	cash	and	liquid	investments	having	an	original	maturity	of	three	months	or	less	and	are	carried	at	their	
estimated	fair	values,	with	changes	in	their	fair	values	being	recorded	in	net	income	in	the	period	in	which	they	occur.	Estimated	fair	values	of	
the	investments	are	determined	based	on	quoted	market	values.

Notes	to	Consolidated	Financial	Statements  73

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years	ended	December	31,	2009	and	2008	(In	thousands	of	Canadian	dollars,	except	per	share	amounts)	

(n) Restricted cash:

MX	 operates	 a	 separate	 regulatory	 division,	 responsible	 for	 the	 approval	 of	 participants	 and	 market	 regulation,	 which	 operates	 on	 a	 cost	
recovery	basis.	Restricted	cash	represents	the	surplus	of	this	regulatory	division.	An	equivalent	and	off-setting	amount	is	included	in	accounts	
payable	and	accrued	liabilities.

(o) Daily settlements and cash deposits:

The	 amounts	 due	 from	 and	 to	 clearing	 members	 of	 the	 Canadian	 Derivatives	 Clearing	 Corporation	 (“CDCC”)	 as	 a	 result	 of	 marking	 open	
futures	positions	to	market	and	settling	option	transactions	each	day	are	required	to	be	collected	from	or	paid	to	clearing	members	prior	
to	the	commencement	of	trading	the	next	day.	The	amounts	due	from	clearing	members	are	presented	as	an	asset	in	the	balance	sheet	and	
are	not	offset	against	the	amounts	due	to	other	clearing	members,	which	are	presented	as	a	liability.	There	is	no	impact	on	the	consolidated	
statement	of	income.

(p) Energy contracts:

NGX	 energy	 contracts	 receivable	 and	 payable	 positions	 are	 recognized	 for	 all	 contracts	 where	 physical	 delivery	 has	 occurred	 or	 financial	
settlement	 amounts	 have	 been	 determined	 prior	 to	 the	 period	 end	 but	 payments	 have	 not	 yet	 been	 made.	 There	 is	 no	 impact	 on	 the	
consolidated	statement	of	income.

The	 fair	 value	 at	 the	 balance	 sheet	 date	 of	 the	 undelivered	 physically	 settled	 trading	 contracts	 and	 the	 forward	 financially	 settled	 trading	
contracts	is	recognized	in	the	consolidated	assets	and	liabilities	as	open	energy	contracts.	There	is	no	impact	on	the	consolidated	statement	
of	income.

(q) Foreign currency translation:

The	assets	and	liabilities	of	the	Company’s	self-sustaining	foreign	operations,	which	include	BOX,	are	translated	at	the	rate	of	exchange	in	
effect	at	the	balance	sheet	date.	Revenue	and	expenses	are	translated	at	the	relevant	average	monthly	exchange	rates.	The	resulting	unrealized	
exchange	gain	or	loss	is	included	in	accumulated	other	comprehensive	income	within	shareholders’	equity.	

Revenues	earned,	expenses	incurred	and	capital	assets	purchased	in	foreign	currencies	are	translated	at	the	prevailing	exchange	rate	on	the	
transaction	date.	Monetary	assets	and	liabilities	denominated	in	foreign	currencies	are	translated	at	the	period	end	rate.	Resulting	foreign	
exchange	gains	and	losses	are	included	in	Business	services	and	other	revenue	for	the	period.	

(r) Future accounting changes:

(i)	International	Financial	Reporting	Standards	(“IFRS”):

In	March	2009,	the	Canadian	Accounting	Standards	Board	reconfirmed	in	its	second	omnibus	Exposure	Draft	that	Canadian	GAAP	for	publicly	
accountable	 enterprises	 will	 be	 replaced	 by	 IFRS	 for	 interim	 and	 annual	 financial	 statements	 relating	 to	 fiscal	 years	 beginning	 on	 or	 after	
January	1,	2011.	Accordingly,	the	conversion	from	Canadian	GAAP	to	IFRS	will	be	applicable	to	the	Company’s	reporting	for	the	first	quarter	
of	2011,	for	which	current	and	comparative	information	will	be	prepared	under	IFRS.	The	Company	commenced	its	IFRS	conversion	project	in	
2008,	and	a	project	management	structure	has	been	put	in	place	to	ensure	a	timely	transition.	

2.  Business acquisition:

On	May	1,	2009,	the	Company	acquired	100%	of	the	outstanding	common	shares	of	NTP.	The	principal	business	activity	of	NTP	is	to	provide	an	
electronic	trading	platform	and	clearing	facility	for	physical	crude	oil	products.	The	aggregate	purchase	price	consisted	of:

Common shares of TMX Group (878,059 shares issued)
Cash
Book value of the option to acquire NTP
Direct transaction costs
Restructuring costs
Aggregate purchase price

74  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

  $ 

  $ 

 32,052
 23,680
9,500
 1,242
401 
 66,875

 
 
The	acquisition	was	accounted	for	under	the	purchase	method	and	the	results	of	operations	have	been	included	in	the	consolidated	statements	
of	income	from	the	date	of	acquisition.	

The	restructuring	costs	primarily	relate	to	the	costs	of	consolidating	NGX	and	NTP’s	technology	services	and	offices.

The	 Company’s	 common	 shares	 issued	 as	 part	 of	 the	 transaction	 were	 valued	 at	 $36.50	 per	 share.	 The	 $36.50	 per	 share	 represents	 the	
volume	weighted	average	market	price	of	the	Company’s	common	shares	over	a	reasonable	period	before	and	after	April	1,	2009,	the	day	
the	 Company	 exercised	 its	 option	 to	 acquire	 NTP.	 The	 purchase	 price	 has	 been	 allocated	 to	 the	 fair	 values	 of	 the	 assets	 acquired	 and	
liabilities	assumed	as	follows:

Cash and cash equivalents
Energy contracts receivable
Fair value of open energy contracts
Other current assets
Premises and equipment
Future income tax asset
Intangible assets
Goodwill
Net tangible and intangible assets acquired
Less liabilities assumed:
Current liabilities
Energy contracts payable
Fair value of open energy contracts
Other liabilities
Future income tax liability 
Total net assets acquired 

Net assets acquired
 643
  $ 
363,140 
4,297 
4,012
25
901
49,620
30,581
453,219

4,395
363,140
4,297
8
14,504
 66,875

  $ 

The	Company	recognized	$80,201	of	goodwill	and	intangible	assets	as	part	of	the	acquisition.	The	details	of	these	assets	are	as	follows:

Description

Goodwill

Indefinite life intangible assets:
Product list
Index licenses

Definite life intangible assets:
Customer base
Capitalized software 
Total goodwill and intangible assets 

Amortization 
Period

Amount

n/a

  $ 

 30,581 

Not amortized
Not amortized

22 years 
1 year

  $ 

14,863
1,854

32,828
75
 80,201

The	goodwill	acquired	is	not	deductible	for	tax	purposes.

The	Company	is	exposed	to	credit	risk	in	the	event	that	NTP’s	contracting	parties	fail	to	settle	on	the	contracted	settlement	date.	Crude	oil	
contracts	 entered	 into	 on	 or	 after	 May	 1,	 2009,	 transact	 through	 NGX	 and	 follow	 NGX’s	 collateral	 model,	 where	 each	 contracting	 party	 is	
required	to	provide	collateral,	in	the	form	of	cash	or	letters	of	credit,	which	exceeds	its	outstanding	credit	exposure	as	determined	by	NGX	in	
accordance	with	its	margining	methodology.	

Notes	to	Consolidated	Financial	Statements  75

 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years	ended	December	31,	2009	and	2008	(In	thousands	of	Canadian	dollars,	except	per	share	amounts)	

3.   Segmented information:

The	Company	operates	in	three	reportable	segments:	the	Cash	Markets	(“Cash”)	segment,	the	Derivatives	Markets	(“Derivatives”)	segment,	
and	the	Energy	Markets	(“Energy”)	segment.	In	the	Cash	segment,	the	Company	owns	and	operates	Canada’s	two	national	stock	exchanges,	
Toronto	 Stock	 Exchange	 and	 TSX	 Venture	 Exchange,	 Shorcan,	 a	 fixed	 income	 inter-dealer	 broker,	 and	 Equicom,	 an	 investor	 relations	 and	
corporate	 communications	 services	 provider.	 In	 the	 year	 ended	 December	 31,	 2008,	 the	 Cash	 segment	 also	 included	 a	 $15,152	 loss	 on	
termination	 of	 a	 derivatives	 joint	 venture.	 The	 Derivatives	 segment	 provides	 markets	 for	 trading	 derivatives,	 clearing	 options	 and	 futures	
contracts	and	certain	over-the-counter	(“OTC”)	products	through	MX	and	its	subsidiaries,	CDCC,	Montréal	Climate	Exchange	Inc.	(“MCeX”),	
and	BOX.	In	the	year	ended	December	31,	2009,	the	Derivatives	segment	included	a	$77,255	impairment	charge	relating	to	BOX	(note	8).	The	
Energy	segment	provides	a	marketplace	for	the	trading	and	clearing	of	natural	gas,	electricity	and	crude	oil	contracts	through	NGX.	

Year ended December 31*

2009
  Issuer services
  Trading, clearing and related
  Market data
  Business services and other
Total revenue

Net income
Goodwill
Total assets

2008

Issuer services

  Trading, clearing and related
  Market data
  Business services and other
Total revenue

Net income
Goodwill
Total assets

  $ 

  $ 

Cash

Derivatives

Energy

Total

  $ 

  $ 

 142,118 
119,385
129,561
12,051
403,115

133,518
116,913
522,090

 152,209
145,722
125,917
15,100
438,948

155,671
113,847
529,750

  $ 

  $ 

 –
78,533
16,220
19,193
113,946

(42,905)
415,039
1,942,921

 –
47,233
9,420
6,812
63,465

18,108
515,428
1,970,133

  $ 

 –
39,427
195
(367)
39,255

  $ 

14,088
51,859
1,059,464

 –
29,748
70
383
30,201

8,173
21,279
1,188,762

 142,118 
237,345
145,976
30,877
556,316

104,701
583,811
3,524,475

 152,209
222,703
135,407
22,295
532,614

181,952
650,554
3,688,645

* Includes results from dates of acquisitions in the year.

4.  Cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities:

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	and	marketable	securities	are	comprised	of:

Cash
Banker’s acceptances
Overnight money market
Treasury bills
Cash and cash equivalents

Money market funds
Bonds and bond funds
Marketable securities

76  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

2009
 49,888 
–
36,062
2,028
 87,978 

 30,619 
72,550
 103,169 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2008
 64,533
20,339
–
17,570
 102,442

 17,270
78,981
 96,251

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 
 
 
5.  Premises and equipment:

Premises	and	equipment	are	comprised	of:

As at December 31, 2009

Computers and electronic trading equipment
Computers and electronic trading equipment under capital leases
Furniture, fixtures and other equipment
Leasehold improvements

As at December 31, 2008

Premises under capital lease
Computers and electronic trading equipment
Furniture, fixtures and other equipment
Leasehold improvements

Amortization	charged	for	the	year	was	$14,191	(2008	–	$12,200).

6. Other assets:

As at December 31

Option to acquire NetThruPut Inc., including transaction costs (note 2)
Accrued benefit assets (note 9)
Investments carried at cost
Other 

Cost

 58,515
11,608
16,411
48,630
135,164 

Cost

 12,317
78,465
18,456
45,980
 155,218

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Accumulated 
amortization

Net book value

47,517
2,762
15,268
38,061
103,608 

  $ 

  $ 

10,998
8,846
1,143
10,569
31,556 

Accumulated 
amortization

Net book value

 12,317
62,721
16,918
35,757
 127,713

  $ 

  $ 

 –
15,744
1,538
10,223
 27,505

2009

 – 
19,259
8,280
206
 27,745 

  $ 

  $ 

2008

 10,265
9,631
567
609
 21,072

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

7.  Investment in affiliate:

The	Company	owns	a	47%	equity	interest	in	CanDeal.ca	Inc.	(“CanDeal”),	an	electronic	trading	system	for	the	institutional	debt	market.	The	
investment	is	accounted	for	using	the	equity	method.	As	part	of	the	investment,	the	Company	and	CanDeal	entered	into	an	agreement	under	
which	the	Company	would	provide	technological	services	in	support	of	CanDeal’s	electronic	trading	system.	This	agreement	was	terminated	
during	2009.	In	2009,	the	Company	charged	CanDeal	$135	(2008	–	$187)	for	technology	services	and	remitted	to	CanDeal	$1,548	(2008	–	$695)	
as	part	of	a	revenue	sharing	arrangement	and	for	the	supply	of	technology	development.	

8.  Goodwill and intangible assets:

(a)  Impairment:

(i)	

Goodwill:

The	Company	performed	its	annual	goodwill	impairment	analysis	during	the	fourth	quarter	of	2009,	and	determined	that	the	fair	value	of	
the	BOX	reporting	unit	was	lower	than	its	carrying	amount.	This	reduction	in	fair	value	primarily	resulted	from	increased	competition	and	a	
weakening	market	share	in	the	US	equity	options	trading	market,	resulting	in	a	decline	in	current	and	forecasted	revenues.	As	a	result,	the	
Company	recorded	a	goodwill	impairment	charge	of	$77,255	with	respect	to	BOX,	which	is	included	in	the	derivatives	operating	segment.	

In	assessing	whether	or	not	there	is	an	impairment,	the	Company	uses	an	income	approach,	based	on	a	discounted	cash	flow	(“DCF”)	model,	
to	 determine	 the	 fair	 value	 of	 its	 reporting	 units.	 If	 there	 is	 indication	 of	 impairment,	 the	 Company	 uses	 the	 DCF	 model	 to	 estimate	 the	
amount	of	impairment.	Under	the	DCF	approach,	the	Company	estimates	the	discounted	future	cash	flows	for	three	to	eight	years,	depending	
on	the	reporting	unit,	along	with	a	terminal	value.	The	future	cash	flows	are	based	on	the	Company’s	estimates	of	expected	future	operating	
results,	 economic	 conditions	 and	 a	 general	 outlook	 for	 the	 industry	 in	 which	 the	 reporting	 unit	 operates.	 The	 discount	 rates	 used	 by	 the	
Company	consider	the	weighted	average	cost	of	capital	of	the	Company	and	certain	risk	premiums.	The	terminal	value	is	the	value	attributed	

Notes	to	Consolidated	Financial	Statements  77

 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years	ended	December	31,	2009	and	2008	(In	thousands	of	Canadian	dollars,	except	per	share	amounts)	

to	the	reporting	unit’s	operations	beyond	the	projected	time	period	using	a	perpetuity	rate	based	on	expected	economic	conditions	and	a	
general	outlook	for	the	industry.	A	market	comparative	approach	is	also	used	to	assess	the	reasonableness	of	the	fair	value	determined	under	
the	DCF	model.

The	tests	referred	to	above	require	the	Company	to	make	various	assumptions	regarding	projected	cash	flows,	including	long-term	growth	rates,	
and	discount	rates	for	the	various	reporting	units.	These	assumptions	are	subjective	judgments	based	on	the	Company’s	experience,	knowledge	
of	operations	and	knowledge	of	the	economic	environment	in	which	it	operates.	It	is	possible	that,	if	future	cash	flow	projections,	long-term	
projections	or	discount	rates	are	significantly	different	to	those	used,	the	outcome	of	future	impairment	tests	could	result	in	a	different	outcome	
with	the	BOX	reporting	unit	being	further	impaired	or	with	other	reporting	units	and	their	associated	goodwill	being	impaired.

(ii)		

Intangible	assets:

During	 the	 fourth	 quarter	 of	 2009,	 the	 Company	 performed	 impairment	 analyses	 on	 its	 indefinite	 life	 intangibles	 and	 on	 definite	 life	
intangibles	where	circumstances	indicated	that	the	asset	may	be	impaired,	and	determined	that	the	carrying	values	of	its	intangible	assets	
were	not	impaired.	

Recoverability	of	definite	life	intangible	assets	is	measured	by	a	comparison	of	the	carrying	amount	of	an	asset	to	estimated	undiscounted	
future	cash	flows	expected	to	be	generated	by	the	asset.	The	fair	values	of	the	indefinite	life	intangibles	were	determined	using	a	DCF	model,	
based	on	various	assumptions	regarding	projected	cash	flows,	including	long	term	growth	rates	and	discount	rates.	These	assumptions	are	
subjective	judgments	based	on	the	Company’s	experience,	knowledge	of	operations	and	knowledge	of	the	economic	environment	in	which	it	
operates.	It	is	possible	that,	if	future	cash	flow	projections	or	discount	rates	are	significantly	different	to	those	used,	the	outcome	of	future	
impairment	tests	could	result	in	an	impairment	of	one	or	more	of	the	Company’s	intangible	assets.	

(b) Goodwill:

A	summary	of	the	changes	in	goodwill	is	as	follows:

Balance, beginning of year
Acquisition of MX
Acquisition of BOX
Acquisition of NTP (note 2)
Other acquisitions and adjustments
Exchange movement
Impairment charge
Balance, end of year

2009
 650,554 
–
(7,778)
30,581
3,065
(15,356)
(77,255)
 583,811 

  $ 

  $ 

2008
 65,883 
460,080
106,675
–
2,314
15,602
–
 650,554 

  $ 

  $ 

78  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

 
(c)  Intangible assets:

A	summary	of	the	Company’s	intangible	assets	is	as	follows:

Indefinite life 
Derivative products
Trade names
Regulatory designation
Crude oil products
Index licenses

Definite life
Capitalized software and  
  software development
Customer bases
Data licenses
Open interests

Gross carrying 
amount

2009
Accumulated 
amortization

Net book 
value 

Gross carrying 
amount

2008
Accumulated 
amortization

Net book 
value

  $ 

 630,926 
28,214
2,000
14,863
1,855
677,858

40,441
250,731
6,500
–
297,672

  $ 

  $ 

 –
–
–
–
–
–

8,321
32,708
2,058
–
43,087

 630,926 
28,214
2,000
14,863
1,855
677,858

32,120
218,023
4,442
–
254,585

  $ 

 630,926
28,214
2,000
–
–
661,140

30,289
221,326
7,000
1,429
260,044

  $ 

  $ 

 –
–
–
–
–
–

3,614
22,336
1,829
1,429
29,208

 630,926
28,214
2,000
–
–
661,140

26,675
198,990
5,171
–
230,836

  $ 

 975,530 

  $ 

 43,087 

  $ 

 932,443 

  $ 

 921,184

  $ 

 29,208

  $ 

 891,976

The	gross	carrying	amounts	and	accumulated	amortization	above	include	the	effects	of	foreign	exchange	translation	for	the	US	denominated	
assets	where	applicable.

During	2009,	the	Company	capitalized	$13,152	of	software	and	software	development	costs	(2008	–	$8,451).	

As	part	of	the	Company’s	acquisition	of	NTP,	the	Company	recorded	additional	intangible	assets	as	noted	in	note	2.	

During	2009,	the	Company	recognized	amortization	expense	of	$18,003	(2008	–	$13,140).

9.  Employee future benefits:

Information	about	the	Company’s	benefit	plans	is	as	follows:

Total	cash	amounts	recognized	as	paid	or	payable	for	employee	future	benefits	in	2009,	consisting	of	employer	contributions	to	the	defined	
benefit	pension	plans,	employer	contributions	to	the	other	benefit	plans,	and	employer	contributions	to	the	defined	contribution	plans,	was	
$15,200	(2008	–	$5,697).

Defined	benefit	plans:

Commencing	 January	 1,	 2004,	 the	 Company,	 excluding	 MX,	 measures	 its	 accrued	 benefit	 obligations	 and	 the	 fair	 value	 of	 plan	 assets	 for	
accounting	purposes	as	at	September	30	of	each	year.	The	measurement	date	for	MX	plan	assets	and	accrued	benefit	obligations	is	December	
31	of	each	year.	For	the	Company,	excluding	MX,	the	most	recent	actuarial	valuation	of	the	registered	pension	plan	for	funding	purposes	was	
as	at	December	31,	2008,	and	the	next	required	valuation	is	as	at	December	31,	2009.	For	the	RCA	plan,	the	most	recent	actuarial	valuation	for	
funding	purposes	was	as	at	December	31,	2008,	and	the	next	required	valuation	is	as	at	December	31,	2009.	For	the	MX	plan,	the	most	recent	
actuarial	valuation	for	funding	purposes	was	as	at	January	1,	2007	and	the	next	required	valuation	will	be	as	at	January	1,	2010.

Notes	to	Consolidated	Financial	Statements  79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years	ended	December	31,	2009	and	2008	(In	thousands	of	Canadian	dollars,	except	per	share	amounts)	

As at December 31
Accrued benefit obligation:
Balance, beginning of year
Benefit obligation acquired with MX
Adjustment for inclusion of subsidiary employees
Current service cost
Interest cost
Benefits paid
Employee contributions
Actuarial losses (gains)
Reduction in obligation due to settlement
Special termination benefits
Plan amendments
Balance, end of year
Plan assets:
Fair value, beginning of year
Plan assets acquired with MX
Actual return on plan assets
Employer contributions
Employee contributions
Benefits paid
Net transfers out
Fair value, end of year
Funded status-plan surplus (deficit)
Unamortized net actuarial loss 
Employer contributions after measurement date
Unamortized transitional obligation
Unamortized past service costs
Accrued benefit asset (liability) 

Pension and RCA plans

Other benefit plans

2009

2008

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

 51,293 
–
–
1,699
3,505
(3,851)
239
700
(1,902)
228
45
 51,956 

 54,058 
–
2,789
12,254
239
(3,851)
(1,902)
 63,587 
 11,631 
6,523
1,010
–
95
 19,259 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

 55,714 
2,001 
–
2,023 
3,295 
(2,755)
264 
(9,249)
–
–
–
 51,293 

 57,948 
330 
(5,106)
3,377 
264 
(2,755)
–
 54,058
 2,765 
5,644
667
13
542
 9,631 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

2009

 8,829 
–
1,098
269
430
(202)
–
(34)
–
–
(2,909)
 7,481 

 – 
–
–
202
–
(202)
–
 – 
 (7,481) 
153
58
–
(5,517)
 (12,787) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

2008

 9,215 
–
–
763 
559 
(168)
–
(1,540)
–
–
–
 8,829 

 – 
–
–
168 
–
(168)
–
 – 
 (8,829)
190
42
–
(4,319)
 (12,916)

The	accrued	benefit	assets	and	accrued	benefit	obligations	are	included	in	the	Company’s	consolidated	balance	sheet	as	follows:

As at December 31
Other assets 
Accrued employee benefits payable
Total

Plan	assets	consist	of:

Asset category

Equity securities
Debt securities
Canada Revenue Agency refundable tax account 

Pension and RCA plans

Other benefit plans

2009
 19,259 
 –
 19,259 

  $ 

  $ 

   $ 

 $ 

2008
 9,631 
 –
 9,631 

2009
 – 
(12,787)
 (12,787) 

  $ 

  $ 

 $ 

 $ 

2008
 – 
(12,916)
 (12,916)

Percentage of plan assets

2009
50%
36%
14%
100%

2008
47%
39%
14%
100%

80  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
The	elements	of	the	Company’s	defined	benefit	plan	costs	recognized	in	the	year	are	as	follows:

As at December 31
Current service cost
Interest cost
Actual return on plan assets
Plan amendments
Adjustment for inclusion of subsidiary employees
Special termination benefits
Actuarial losses (gains)

  $ 

Pension and RCA plans

Other benefit plans

  $ 

2009
 1,699 
3,505
(2,789)
45
–
228
700
3,388

  $ 

2008
 2,023
3,295 
5,106 
–
–
–
(9,249)
1,175 

  $ 

2009
 269 
430
–
(2,909)
1,098
–
(34)
(1,146)

Elements	of	employee	future	benefit	costs	before	adjustments	to	recognize	the	long-	term	nature	of	employee	future	benefit	costs:

Difference between expected return and actual return  
  on plan assets for the year (a)
Difference between actuarial (gains) losses recognized  

 for the year and actual actuarial (gains) losses on accrued 
benefit obligations for the year (b)

Difference between amortization of past service costs for  
  the year and actual plan amendments for the year (c)
Difference between costs arising in the period and  

 costs recognized in the year in respect of transitional  
obligation (asset)

(465)

(413)

447

13

(8,292)

9,474 

135 

14 

–

37

1,199

–

2008
 763 
559 
–
–
–
–
(1,540)
(218)

–

1,588 

(398)

–

Net benefit plan expense

  $ 

 2,970 

  $ 

 2,506 

  $ 

 90 

  $ 

 972 

(a)	 Expected	return	on	plan	assets	of	$(3,254)	(2008	–	$(3,186))	less	the	actual	return	on	plan	assets	of	$(2,789)	(2008	–	$5,106).

(b)			Actuarial	(gain)	loss	recognized	for	the	year	of	$287	(2008	–	$225)	less	the	actual	actuarial	(gain)	loss	on	accrued	benefit	obligation	

of	$700	(2008	–	$(9,249)).

(c)			Amortization	 of	 past	 service	 costs	 for	 the	 year	 of	 $492	 (2008	 –	 $135)	 less	 the	 actual	 plan	 amendments	 for	 the	 year	 of	 $45	

(2008	–	$Nil).

The	significant	actuarial	assumptions	adopted	in	measuring	the	obligation	are	as	follows	(weighted	average):

As at December 31

Discount rate
Rate of compensation increase
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets 

Pension and RCA plans

Other benefit plans

2009

6.70%
3.75%
6.40%

2008

6.80%
3.75%
6.10%

2009

6.70%
3.75%
n/a

2008

6.80%
3.75%
n/a

The	assumed	health	care	cost	trend	rate	at	December	31,	2009	was	7.3%	(2008	–	7.1%),	decreasing	to	4.5%	(2008	–	4.8%)	over	20	years	(8	
years	in	2008).	

Increasing	or	decreasing	the	assumed	health	care	cost	trend	rates	by	one	percentage	point	would	have	the	following	effects	for	2009:

Total of service and interest cost
Accrued benefit obligation 

Increase
 34 
 448 

  $ 
 $ 

Decrease
 (29) 
 (382) 

  $ 
  $ 

In	2009,	the	Company	contributed	and	expensed	$2,378	(2008	–	$2,152)	to	the	defined	contribution	tier,	which	amounts	are	not	included	in	
the	recognized	defined	benefit	costs	above.

The	average	remaining	service	period	of	the	active	employees	covered	by	the	pension	plans	is	between	10	and	15	years,	depending	on	the	plan	
(2008	–	13	years).	The	average	remaining	service	period	of	the	active	employees	covered	by	the	other	retirement	benefits	plans	is	18	years	
(2008	–	18	years).

MX	has	provided	a	letter	of	guarantee	in	the	amount	of	$677	to	the	benefit	of	the	trustee	of	the	MX	employee	future	benefit	plan,	using	a	part	
of	the	operating	line	of	credit	in	place	with	its	bank	(note	10).

Notes	to	Consolidated	Financial	Statements  81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years	ended	December	31,	2009	and	2008	(In	thousands	of	Canadian	dollars,	except	per	share	amounts)	

10. Credit facilities:

The	Company	has	the	following	credit	facilities:	

TMX Group Inc. non-revolving three year term facility
TMX Group Inc. revolving three year term facility
MX operating line of credit
CDCC revolving standby credit facility
NGX letter of credit
NGX overdraft facility
NGX EFT daylight facility
Total credit facilities

Interest rate
30 day B.A. + 45 bps
–
–
–
–
–
–

Year of maturity
2011
2011
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

  $ 

US$ 

Authorized
 430,000
50,000
3,000
30,000
100,000
20,000
300,000

  $ 

Amount drawn 
at December 31, 
2009
 430,000 
–
–
–
–
–
–
 430,000 

  $ 

In	connection	with	the	acquisition	of	MX,	the	Company	established	a	non-revolving	three-year	term	credit	facility	of	$430,000	and	a	revolving	
three-year	credit	facility	of	$50,000.	The	Company	may	draw	on	these	facilities	in	Canadian	dollars	by	way	of	prime	rate	loans	and	/	or	Bankers’	
Acceptances	(“B.A.”)	or	in	US	dollars	by	way	of	LIBOR	loans	and	/	or	US	base	rate	loans.	On	April	30,	2008,	the	Company	drew	$430,000.	As	at	
December	31,	2009,	the	Company	has	prepaid	$984	of	financing	fees,	which	leaves	a	net	credit	facility	liability	of	$429,016.	These	financing	
fees	will	be	amortized	over	the	remaining	term	of	the	loan.	

MX	 has	 an	 outstanding	 letter	 of	 credit	 for	 $677	 issued	 against	 the	 MX	 operating	 line	 of	 credit.	 This	 letter	 of	 credit	 has	 been	 issued	 as	 a	
guarantee	to	the	trustee	under	the	MX	employee	future	benefit	plan	in	respect	of	accrued	future	employee	benefits.

The	credit	facilities	are	unsecured	and	include	certain	covenants	that	the	Company	must	maintain	(note	23).	The	Company	was	in	compliance	
with	these	covenants	at	December	31,	2009.

During	 2009,	 the	 Company	 recognized	 interest	 expense	 on	 the	 facilities	 of	 $5,828	 (2008	 –	 $10,505)	 which	 included	 $738	 (2008	 –	 $492)	 of	
amortized	financing	fees.	

11. Interest rate swaps:

Effective	August	28,	2008,	the	Company	entered	into	a	series	of	interest	rate	swap	agreements	to	partially	manage	its	exposure	to	interest	rate	
fluctuations	on	its	$430,000	non-revolving	three	year	term	facility.	The	interest	rate	swaps	in	place	at	December	31,	2009	are	as	follows:	

Swap number
#1
#2
#3
Total

Notional value
 100,000
100,000
100,000
 300,000

  $ 

  $ 

Maturity date
August 31, 2009
August 31, 2010
 April 18, 2011

Interest rate  
the Company  
will receive
30 day B.A.
30 day B.A.
30 day B.A.

Interest rate  
the Company  
will pay
3.496%   $ 
3.749%
3.829%

  $ 

Fair value  
unrealized  
gain /(loss) at  
December 31, 
2009
 expired 
(2,117)
(3,584)
 (5,701) 

Fair value  
unrealized  
gain /(loss) at  
December 31, 
2008
 (1,787)
(4,598)
 (6,092)
 (12,477)

  $ 

  $ 

The	Company	marks	to	market	the	fair	value	of	these	interest	rate	swaps	as	an	adjustment	to	income.	During	2009,	unrealized	gains	of	$6,776	
(2008	–	unrealized	losses	of	$12,477)	and	realized	losses	of	$8,190	(2008	–	realized	losses	of	$812)	have	been	reflected	in	net	income.	Both	
amounts	have	been	included	within	mark	to	market	on	interest	rate	swaps.

82  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12. Commitments and capital lease obligations:

The	Company	is	committed	under	long-term	leases	and	licenses	as	follows:

(a)	

	The	 rental	 of	 office	 space,	 under	 various	 long-term	 operating	 leases	 with	 remaining	 terms	 of	 up	 to	 9	 years,	 including	 certain	 asset	
retirement	obligations	with	regards	to	these	leases.	

(b)	

The	rental	of	computer	hardware	and	software	for	terms	of	one	to	three	years	under	operating	leases.	

(c)	

The	rental	of	computer	hardware	and	software	for	terms	of	one	to	four	years	under	capital	leases.

(d)	 Certain	data	licenses	for	remaining	terms	of	up	to	7	years.

Current	lease	and	license	obligations	over	the	remaining	terms	are	as	follows:

Years ending December 31: 

2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
Thereafter

Interest amount (at an average rate of 3.5%)

Less: Obligation under capital leases – current
Obligation under capital leases – long-term

Capital lease  
obligations
 3,640
2,797
2,090
810
–
–
 9,337
(412)
8,925
(3,413)
 5,512

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Other  
non-capital  
commitments
 22,135 
15,477
11,724
8,339
7,664
19,787
 85,126 
–
–
–
–

In	addition,	the	Company	is	responsible	for	additional	taxes,	maintenance	and	other	direct	charges	with	respect	to	its	leases.	The	additional	
amount	will	be	approximately	$9,856	for	2010.

13. Other liabilities:

Other	liabilities	include	amounts	payable	under	the	long-term	incentive	plan	(note	18),	amounts	due	on	acquisitions	made	during	the	previous	
years	and	asset	retirement	obligations.	

14. Deferred revenue – initial and additional listing fees:

Deferred	 revenue	 –	 initial	 and	 additional	 listing	 fees	 represents	 non-refundable	 fees	 received	 from	 listed	 issuers.	 This	 deferred	 revenue	 is	
recognized	on	a	straight-line	basis	over	an	estimated	service	period	of	ten	years.

15. Share capital:

The	authorized	capital	of	the	Company	consists	of	an	unlimited	number	of	common	shares	and	an	unlimited	number	of	preference	shares,	
issuable	in	series.	No	preference	shares	have	been	issued.

Each	common	share	of	the	Company	entitles	its	holder	to	one	vote	at	all	meetings	of	shareholders	subject	to	certain	restrictions	with	respect	
to	the	voting	rights	and	the	transferability	of	the	shares.	No	person	or	combination	of	persons	acting	jointly	or	in	concert	is	permitted	to	
beneficially	own	or	exercise	control	or	direction	over	more	than	10%	of	any	class	or	series	of	voting	shares	of	the	Company	without	the	prior	
approval	of	the	Ontario	Securities	Commission	(“OSC”)	and	Quebec’s	Autorité	des	marchés	financiers	(“AMF”).	

Each	common	share	of	the	Company	is	also	entitled	to	receive	dividends	if,	as	and	when	declared	by	the	Board	of	Directors	of	the	Company.	
All	dividends	that	the	Board	of	Directors	of	the	Company	may	declare	and	pay	will	be	declared	and	paid	in	equal	amounts	per	share	on	all	
common	shares,	subject	to	the	rights	of	holders	of	the	preference	shares.	Holders	of	common	shares	will	participate	in	any	distribution	of	the	
net	assets	of	the	Company	upon	liquidation,	dissolution	or	winding-up	on	an	equal	basis	per	share,	but	subject	to	the	rights	of	the	holders	of	
the	preference	shares.

There	 are	 no	 pre-emptive,	 redemption,	 purchase	 or	 conversion	 rights	 attaching	 to	 the	 common	 shares,	 except	 for	 the	 compulsory	 sale	 of	
shares	or	redemption	provision	described	in	connection	with	enforcing	the	restriction	on	ownership	of	voting	shares	of	the	Company.

Notes	to	Consolidated	Financial	Statements  83

 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years	ended	December	31,	2009	and	2008	(In	thousands	of	Canadian	dollars,	except	per	share	amounts)	

The	following	transactions	occurred	with	respect	to	the	Company’s	common	shares:

Balance, beginning of the period
Issued (note 2)
Repurchased and cancelled
Options exercised
Balance, end of the period

Number of common shares

2009
74,403,577 
878,059
(1,000,000)
25,405
74,307,041 

2008
66,278,370
15,316,608
(7,523,249)
331,848
74,403,577

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Share capital
2009
1,084,399 
32,052
(14,575)
743
1,102,619 

  $ 

2008
 379,370
806,573
(110,234)
8,690
 1,084,399 

On	 August	 14,	 2008,	 the	 Company	 received	 approval	 from	 Toronto	 Stock	 Exchange	 to	 repurchase	 up	 to	 7,595,585	 of	 its	 common	 shares	
pursuant	 to	 a	 normal	 course	 issuer	 bid	 (“NCIB”).	 Common	 shares	 purchased	 under	 the	 NCIB	 are	 cancelled,	 and	 purchases	 could	 be	 made	
over	a	one	year	period	ending	August	17,	2009,	or	such	earlier	date	as	the	Company	completed	its	purchases.	In	connection	with	this	NCIB,	
the	Company	entered	into	two	private	agreements	with	a	shareholder	in	February	to	repurchase	a	pre-defined	number	of	shares.	Under	these	
agreements,	the	Company	repurchased	1,000,000	common	shares	at	an	aggregate	cost	of	$30,435	of	which	$14,575	was	charged	to	share	
capital	and	the	excess	of	the	cost	of	the	NCIB	over	the	stated	value	of	the	common	shares	of	$15,860	was	charged	to	deficit.	

16. Employee share purchase plan: 

The	Company	offers	an	employee	share	purchase	plan	for	eligible	employees	of	the	Company	and	of	its	designated	subsidiaries.	Under	the	
employee	share	purchase	plan,	contributions	by	the	Company	and	by	eligible	employees	will	be	used	by	the	plan	administrator,	CIBC	Mellon	
Trust	Company,	to	make	purchases	of	common	shares	of	the	Company	on	the	open	market.	Each	eligible	employee	may	contribute	up	to	10%	
of	the	employee’s	salary	to	the	employee	share	purchase	plan.	The	Company	will	contribute	to	the	plan	administrator	the	funds	required	to	
purchase	one	common	share	of	the	Company	for	each	two	common	shares	purchased	on	behalf	of	the	eligible	employee,	up	to	a	maximum	
annual	contribution	of	$3.	Shareholder	approval	is	not	required	for	this	plan	or	any	amendments	to	the	plan.

The	Company	accounts	for	its	contributions	as	compensation	expense	when	the	amounts	are	contributed	to	the	plan.	Compensation	expense	
related	to	this	plan	was	$1,324	for	the	year	ended	December	31,	2009	(2008	–	$1,106).

17. Share option plan:

The	Company	established	a	share	option	plan	in	2002,	the	year	of	its	initial	public	offering.	All	employees	of	the	Company	and	those	of	its	
designated	subsidiaries	at	or	above	the	director	level	are	eligible	to	be	granted	share	options	under	the	share	option	plan.	

According	to	the	terms	of	the	Company’s	plan,	under	no	circumstances	may	any	one	person’s	share	options	and	all	other	share	compensation	
arrangements	 exceed	 5%	 of	 the	 outstanding	 common	 shares	 issued	 of	 the	 Company.	 4,143,100	 common	 shares	 of	 the	 Company	 remain	
reserved	 for	 issuance	 upon	 exercise	 of	 share	 options	 granted	 under	 the	 plan,	 representing	 approximately	 6%	 of	 the	 outstanding	 common	
shares	of	the	Company.

The	fair	value	of	each	share	option	grant	is	estimated	on	the	date	of	grant	using	the	Black-Scholes	option	pricing	model	with	the	following	
assumptions	used	for	grants	in	2009:	dividend	yield	of	3.5%	(2008	–	2.9%);	expected	volatility	of	26.8%	(2008	–	23.6%);	risk-free	interest	rate	
of	4.0%	(2008	–	4.1%)	and	expected	life	of	7	years	(2008	–	7	years).

Share	options	granted	in	2009	have	strike	prices	in	the	range	of	$31.59	to	$34.24.	Share	options	granted	in	2008	had	strike	prices	in	the	range	
of	$36.46	to	$54.50.

Options	granted	will	expire	in	2012,	2013,	2014,	2015,	and	2016.

84  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

 
 
Share	options:

Outstanding, beginning of year
Granted
Forfeited
Exercised
Outstanding, end of year 

2009
Weighted  
average  
exercise price
 39.14 
31.63
41.65
22.58
 35.53 

  $ 

  $ 

Number of  
share options
1,021,819
635,717
(249,562)
(25,405)
1,382,569

2008
Weighted  
average  
exercise price
 31.64 
44.71
50.46
20.97
 39.14

  $ 

  $ 

Number of  
share options
973,522
526,228 
(146,083)
(331,848)
1,021,819

At	December	31,	2009,	542,764	options	were	fully	vested	and	exercisable	at	strike	prices	in	the	range	of	$10.53	to	$54.50.	During	2009,	the	
Company	recognized	compensation	costs	of	$2,909	in	relation	to	its	share	option	plan	(2008	–	$2,473).

18. Interim bonus and long-term incentive plan: 

Effective	January	1,	2001,	TSX	introduced	an	interim	bonus	plan	(in	lieu	of	a	long-term	incentive	plan)	for	employees	or	officers	at	or	above	
the	director-level	of	TSX	and	its	designated	subsidiaries.	The	interim	bonus	plan	provided	eligible	employees	with	a	deferred	award	based	on	
the	annual	financial	performance	of	the	Company.	Amounts	earned	in	2001	were	converted	into	deferred	share	units	for	executive	officers	and	
restricted	share	units	for	other	participants,	based	on	the	price	of	one	common	share	of	the	Company,	in	conjunction	with	the	public	offering	
of	the	Company.	Amounts	earned	in	2002	were	converted	into	deferred	share	units	or	restricted	share	units	based	on	the	value	of	one	common	
share	of	the	Company	on	December	31,	2002.

The	deferred	share	units	discussed	above	vested	over	a	three	year	period	ended	December	31,	2005,	but	can	only	be	redeemed	upon	termination	
of	employment	or	retirement	by	cash	payment.	Restricted	share	units	vested	and	were	redeemed	in	cash	by	December	31,	2005.

In	addition,	to	assist	the	Company’s	officers	to	meet	their	equity	ownership	requirements,	the	Company	gives	officers	the	opportunity	to	
convert	all	or	part	of	their	short-term	incentive	award	into	deferred	share	units.	These	deferred	share	units	vest	immediately.

In	January	2004,	the	Board	approved	a	long-term	incentive	plan	for	employees	or	officers	at	or	above	the	director-level	of	the	Company	and	
its	designated	subsidiaries	or	employees	below	the	director-level	designated	by	the	CEO	of	the	Company,	which	provides	for	the	granting	of	
restricted	share	units	(“RSUs”).	The	amount	of	the	award	payable	at	the	end	of	three	years	will	be	determined	by	the	total	shareholder	return	
at	the	end	of	the	three	year	period.	Total	shareholder	return	represents	the	appreciation	in	share	price	of	the	Company	plus	dividends	paid	on	a	
common	share	of	the	Company,	measured	at	the	time	RSUs	vest.

The	Company	records	its	obligation	under	the	long-term	incentive	plan,	if	any,	in	the	period	in	which	the	award	is	earned.	The	Company	has	
purchased	swaps	to	economically	hedge	against	the	impact	of	its	share	price	fluctuations	on	the	non-performance	based	portion	of	the	long-
term	incentive	plan	(note	21).	As	at	December	31,	2009,	the	total	accrual	for	the	Company’s	long-term	incentive	plan	is	$6,303	(December	31,	
2008	–	$3,255)	and	this	is	included	in	accounts	payable	and	accrued	liabilities	and	other	liabilities.	

The	 maximum	 amount	 to	 be	 paid	 is	 not	 known	 until	 the	 awards	 have	 vested	 and	 will	 be	 based	 on	 total	 shareholder	 return	 to	 the	 time	
of	 payout.	 The	 accrual	 is	 based	 on	 actual	 dividends	 paid,	 continuation	 of	 the	 most	 recent	 quarterly	 dividend	 and	 the	 closing	 price	 of	 the	
Company’s	common	shares	for	the	period.	

19. Earnings per share:

Net income
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
Basic earnings per share
Diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding
Diluted earnings per share

2009
 104,701 
74,131,244
 1.41
74,255,480
 1.41

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2008
 181,952
73,443,944
 2.48
73,540,390
 2.47

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Notes	to	Consolidated	Financial	Statements  85

 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years	ended	December	31,	2009	and	2008	(In	thousands	of	Canadian	dollars,	except	per	share	amounts)	

20. Income taxes:

Income	tax	expense	attributable	to	income	differs	from	the	amounts	computed	by	applying	the	combined	federal	and	provincial	income	tax	
rate	of	33%	(2008	–	33.5%)	to	pre-tax	income	from	operations	as	a	result	of	the	following:

Income before income taxes, and after non-controlling interests 

Computed expected income tax expense
Rate differential due to various jurisdictions
Provincial tax holiday
Non-deductible expenses
Share of affiliate loss (income)
Deferred revenue not affecting income tax expense
Impact of changes in substantively enacted income tax rates
Valuation allowance
Other

The	income	tax	provisions	for	the	years	ended	December	31,	2009	and	2008	are	as	follows:

Current income tax expense
Future income tax expense (benefit) 

2009
 201,653 

 66,548 
(7,257)
(3,393)
22,176
(137)
(380)
10,356
8,605
434
 96,952 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2008
 280,101

 93,834
(2,518)
(1,770)
6,256
(458)
(982)
569
–
3,218
 98,149

2009
 93,410 
3,542 
 96,952 

  $ 

  $ 

2008
 107,473
 (9,324)
 98,149

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

The	tax	effects	of	temporary	differences	that	give	rise	to	significant	portions	of	the	future	tax	asset	and	liability	at	December	31,	2009	and	
2008	are	presented	below:

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2009
 8,438 
2,003
(199,468)
1,834
185
128,384
4,253
(9,218)
 (63,589) 

 26,675 
144,551

(118)
(234,697) 

2008
 2,229
4,694
(205,184)
5,970
3,215
131,448
3,883
(827)
 (54,572)

 30,529
151,960

(66)
 (236,995)

Non-capital loss carryforwards
Premises and equipment
Cumulative eligible capital / intangible assets
Total return swaps and interest rate swaps
Restructuring
Deferred listing revenue
Other temporary differences
Valuation allowance

Future tax assets:
  Current
  Long-term
Future tax liabilities:
  Current
  Long-term 

86  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
21. Financial instruments:

The	Company	has	classified	the	significant	impacts	of	its	financial	instruments	as	follows:

(a)  Financial instruments – carrying values and fair values:

 Asset /(Liability)

Held for trading

  $ 

Available- 
for-sale  
(measured  
at cost)
 – 
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

  $ 

Loans and  
receivables / 
(other  
financial  
liabilities)
 – 
 –
 –
75,678
3,749
714,545
 –
565,408

December 31, 2009

  $ 

Carrying 
amount
 87,978 
103,169
911
75,678
3,749
714,545
202,760
565,408

  $ 

Fair value
 87,978 
103,169
911
75,678
3,749
714,545
202,760
565,408

  $ 

Classified
 –
 –
 –
 –
 –
 –
 –
 –

  $ 

Designated
 87,978 
103,169
911
 –
 –
 –
202,760 
 –

–

–

8,280

–

8,280

8,280

 –
(533)
(5,701)
 –
 –
 –
 –
 –

 –
 –
 –
 –
 –
(202,760)
 –
 –

–
–
–
 –
–
–
–
–

(44,350) 
 –
 –
(8,925)
(714,545)
 –
(565,408)
(429,016)

(44,350)
(533)
(5,701)
(8,925)
(714,545)
(202,760)
(565,408)
(429,016)

(44,350)
(533)
(5,701)
(8,925)
(714,545)
(202,760)
(565,408)
(427,025)

Cash and cash equivalents
Marketable securities
Restricted cash
Accounts receivable – trade
Accounts receivable – other
Energy contracts receivable
Fair value of open energy contracts
Daily settlements and cash deposits
Investments in privately- 
  owned companies
Accounts payable and  
  accrued liabilities
Total return swaps
Interest rate swaps 
Obligations under capital leases
Energy contracts payable
Fair value of open energy contracts
Daily settlements and cash deposits
Term loan payable, net

 Asset /(Liability)

Held for trading

Cash and cash equivalents
Marketable securities
Restricted cash
Accounts receivable – trade
Accounts receivable – other
Energy contracts receivable
Fair value of open energy contracts
Daily settlements and cash deposits
Option to acquire NetThruPut Inc.
Accounts payable and accrued  

liabilities

Total return swaps
Interest rate swaps 
Obligations under capital leases
Energy contracts payable
Fair value of open energy contracts
Daily settlements and cash deposits
Term loan payable, net

  $ 

Classified
 –
 –
 –
 –
 –
 –
 –
 –
 10,265

  $ 

Designated
 102,442 
 96,251
 1,454
 –
 –
 –
 155,331
 –
 –

 –
 (5,838)
 (12,477)
 –
 –
 –
 –
 –

 –
 –
 –
 –
 –
 (155,331)
 –
 –

  $ 

  $ 

Available- 
for-sale  
(measured  
at cost)
 – 
 –
 –
 –
 –
 –
 –
 –
 –

  $ 

Loans and  
receivables / 
(other  
financial  
liabilities)
 – 
 –
 –
 62,076
 1,679
 976,431
 –
 497,312
 –

 –
 –
 –
 –
 –
 –
 –
 –

 (53,402)
 –
 –
(71)
 (976,431)
 –
 (497,312)
 (428,278)

December 31, 2008

Carrying 
amount
 102,442
 96,251 
 1,454
 62,076
 1,679
 976,431
 155,331
 497,312
 10,265

 (53,402)
 (5,838)
 (12,477)
(71)
 (976,431)
 (155,331)
 (497,312)
 (428,278)

  $ 

Fair value
 102,442
 96,251
 1,454
 62,076
 1,679
 976,431
 155,331
 497,312
 10,265

(53,402)
 (5,838)
 (12,477)
(71)
 (976,431)
 (155,331)
 (497,312)
 (428,278)

Notes	to	Consolidated	Financial	Statements  87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years	ended	December	31,	2009	and	2008	(In	thousands	of	Canadian	dollars,	except	per	share	amounts)	

(b)  Fair value measurement: 

The	Company	uses	a	fair	value	hierarchy	to	categorize	the	inputs	used	in	its	valuation	of	assets	and	liabilities	carried	at	fair	value.	The	extent	of	
the	Company’s	use	of	unadjusted	quoted	market	prices	(Level	1),	models	using	observable	market	information	as	inputs	(Level	2)	and	models	
using	unobservable	market	information	(Level	3)	in	its	valuation	of	assets	and	liabilities	carried	at	fair	value	is	as	follows:

Asset /(Liability)

Fair value measurements using: 

Cash and cash equivalents
Marketable securities
Restricted cash
Fair value of open energy contracts
Total return swaps
Interest rate swaps 
Fair value of open energy contracts

  $ 

Level 1
 87,978
 73,308
 911
–
–
–
–

Level 2
–
29,861
–
202,760
(533)
(5,701)
(202,760)

As at 31 December, 2009

Level 3
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Assets /(liabilities) 
at fair value
87,978
103,169
911
202,760
(533)
(5,701)
(202,760)

There	were	no	transfers	during	the	year	between	Levels	1	and	2.

As	at	December	31,	2008,	the	Company	held	an	option	to	acquire	NTP,	which	would	have	been	a	Level	3	asset.	This	option	was	exercised	during	
2009	when	the	Company	acquired	NTP	(note	2).

(c)  Marketable securities:

The	 investment	 portfolio	 includes	 pooled	 fund	 investments,	 federal,	 provincial	 and	 corporate	 bonds,	 and	 bank-backed	 asset-backed	 debt	
securities,	managed	by	external	investment	fund	managers.	There	is	no	contracted	maturity	date	for	the	investments.

The	Company	has	designated	its	marketable	securities	as	held-for-trading.	At	December	31,	2009,	these	investments	have	been	measured	
at	 fair	 value	 and	 unrealized	 losses	 of	 $153	 have	 been	 reflected	 in	 net	 income	 in	 the	 consolidated	 financial	 statements	 for	 the	 year	 ended	
December	31,	2009	(2008	–	unrealized	gains	of	$1,206).

(d) Total return swaps:

The	Company	has	entered	into	a	series	of	total	return	swaps	(“TRSs”)	which	synthetically	replicate	the	economics	of	the	Company	purchasing	
the	Company’s	shares	as	a	partial	fair	value	hedge	to	the	share	appreciation	rights	of	the	non-performance	element	of	restricted	share	units	
and	deferred	share	units	that	are	awarded	to	directors	and	employees	of	the	Company	and	its	designated	subsidiaries.	The	Company	marks	to	
market	the	fair	value	of	the	TRSs	as	an	adjustment	to	income,	and	simultaneously	marks	to	market	the	liability	to	holders	of	the	units	as	an	
adjustment	to	income.	The	fair	value	of	the	TRSs	is	based	upon	the	excess	or	deficit	of	the	volume	weighted	average	price	of	the	Company’s	
shares	for	the	last	five	trading	days	of	the	year	compared	with	the	Company’s	share	price	at	the	date	of	entering	into	the	TRSs.	The	fair	value	of	
the	TRSs	and	the	obligation	to	unit	holders	are	reflected	on	the	balance	sheet.	The	contracts	are	settled	in	cash	upon	maturity.	

The	following	tables	represent	the	TRSs	which	are	outstanding:

As at December 31, 2009:

Remaining term to maturity 
(notional amount)

  $ 

  $ 

Under 1 year
 407 
–
5,338
600
4,408
2,399
 13,152 

1 to 3 years
 –
1,258
–
–
–
–
 1,258 

Total
 407 
1,258
5,338
600
4,408
2,399
 14,410 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Equity contract #16
Equity contract #20
Equity contract #21
Equity contract #22
Equity contract #23
Equity contract #24

88  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

Fair value

Gain
 –
58
–
29
–
–
 87

  $ 

  $ 

Loss
 (28) 
–
(574)
–
(12)
(6)
 (620) 

  $ 

  $ 

Net
 (28) 
58
(574)
29
(12)
(6)
 (533) 

 
 
 
 As at December 31, 2008:

Equity contract #12
Equity contract #16
Equity contract #17
Equity contract #18
Equity contract #19

Remaining term to maturity 
(notional amount)

  $ 

  $ 

Under 1 year
 854
–
4,321
5,516
3,695
 14,386

1 to 3 years
 –
 407
–
–
–
 407

Total
 854
407
4,321
5,516
3,695
 14,793

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Fair value

Gain
 –
–
–
–
–
 –

  $ 

  $ 

Loss
 (433)
(135)
(1,528)
(2,241)
(1,501)
 (5,838)

Net
 (433)
(135)
(1,528)
(2,241)
(1,501)
 (5,838)

  $ 

  $ 

Unrealized	gains	of	$5,305	have	been	reflected	in	net	income	in	the	consolidated	financial	statements	for	the	year	ended	December	31,	2009	
(2008	–	Unrealized	losses	of	$9,964).

(e)  Interest rate swaps:

The	 Company	 has	 entered	 into	 a	 series	 of	 interest	 rate	 swap	 agreements,	 which	 commenced	 on	 August	 28,	 2008,	 to	 partially	 manage	 its	
exposure	to	interest	rate	fluctuations	on	the	non-revolving	three	year	term	facility	(notes	10	and	11).	

The	Company	marks	to	market	the	fair	value	of	the	interest	rate	swaps.	Unrealized	gains	of	$6,776	and	realized	losses	of	$8,190	have	been	
reflected	within	net	income,	as	Mark	to	market	on	interest	rate	swaps,	for	the	year	ended	December	31,	2009	(2008	–	unrealized	losses	of	
$12,477	and	realized	losses	of	$812).	

(f)  NGX energy contracts:

NGX	 energy	 contracts	 receivable	 and	 payable	 positions	 are	 recognized	 for	 all	 contracts	 where	 physical	 delivery	 has	 occurred	 or	 financial	
settlement	 amounts	 have	 been	 determined	 prior	 to	 the	 period	 end	 but	 payments	 have	 not	 yet	 been	 made.	 There	 is	 no	 impact	 on	 the	
consolidated	statement	of	income.

The	 fair	 value	 at	 the	 balance	 sheet	 date	 of	 the	 undelivered	 physically	 settled	 trading	 contracts	 and	 the	 forward	 financially	 settled	 trading	
contracts	is	recognized	in	the	consolidated	assets	and	liabilities	as	open	energy	contracts.	There	is	no	impact	on	the	consolidated	statement	
of	income.

(g) CDCC daily settlements and cash deposits:

Amounts	due	from	and	to	clearing	members	as	a	result	of	marking	open	futures	positions	to	market	and	settling	option	transactions	each	day	
are	required	to	be	collected	from	or	paid	to	clearing	members	prior	to	the	commencement	of	trading	the	next	day.	The	amounts	due	from	and	
due	to	clearing	members	are	recognized	in	the	consolidated	assets	and	liabilities	as	daily	settlements	and	cash	deposits.	There	is	no	impact	on	
the	consolidated	statement	of	income.

(h) Investments in privately-owned companies:

The	Company	holds	certain	equity	investments	in	privately-owned	companies.	As	these	equity	instruments	are	privately	owned	and	do	not	
have	quoted	market	prices	in	active	markets,	these	available-for-sale	investments	are	carried	at	cost.

22. Risk management:

(a)  Credit risk:

Credit	risk	is	the	risk	of	financial	loss	to	the	Company	associated	with	a	counterparty’s	failure	to	fulfill	its	financial	obligations	and	arises	
principally	from	the	Company’s	investments	in	marketable	securities,	total	return	swaps	and	interest	rate	swaps,	accounts	receivable	and	the	
clearing	and	/	or	brokerage	operations	of	Shorcan,	NGX	and	CDCC.

(i)	

Investments	in	marketable	securities

	The	 Company	 manages	 its	 exposure	 to	 credit	 risk	 arising	 from	 investments	 in	 marketable	 securities	 by	 limiting	 the	 investment	 in	
short-term	 bond	 and	 mortgage	 funds	 to	 a	 maximum	 of	 70%	 of	 the	 investment	 portfolio.	 Corporate	 bonds	 must	 have	 a	 minimum	
credit	rating	of	BBB	by	DBRS	Limited.	Mortgages	may	not	comprise	more	than	40%	of	the	portfolio	and	must	be	either	multi-residential	
conventional	first	mortgages	or	multi-residential	government	guaranteed	mortgages.	The	Company	does	not	have	any	investments	in	
non-bank	asset-backed	commercial	paper.	

Notes	to	Consolidated	Financial	Statements  89

 
 
	
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years	ended	December	31,	2009	and	2008	(In	thousands	of	Canadian	dollars,	except	per	share	amounts)	

(ii)		 Total	return	swaps

The	Company	limits	its	exposure	to	credit	risk	on	TRSs	by	contracting	with	a	major	Canadian	chartered	bank.	

(iii)		

Interest	rate	swaps

The	Company	limits	its	exposure	to	credit	risk	on	the	interest	rate	swaps	by	contracting	with	a	major	Canadian	chartered	bank.	

(iv)		 Accounts	receivable

	The	 Company’s	 exposure	 to	 credit	 risk	 resulting	 from	 uncollectable	 accounts	 is	 influenced	 by	 the	 individual	 characteristics	 of	 its	
customers,	 many	 of	 whom	 are	 banks	 and	 financial	 institutions.	 There	 is	 no	 concentration	 of	 credit	 risk	 attributable	 to	 transactions	
with	a	single	customer,	and	customers	are	dispersed	across	varying	geographic	locations	throughout	Canada	and	the	US.	In	addition,	
customers	that	fail	to	maintain	their	account	in	good	standing	risk	loss	of	listing,	trading	or	data	privileges.	

(v)		 Clearing	and	/	or	brokerage	operations

	The	Company	is	exposed	to	credit	risk	in	the	event	that	customers,	in	the	case	of	Shorcan,	or	contracting	parties,	in	the	case	of	NGX,	or	
clearing	members,	in	the	case	of	CDCC,	fail	to	settle	on	the	contracted	settlement	date.	

	Shorcan’s	risk	is	limited	by	its	status	as	an	agent,	in	that	it	does	not	purchase	or	sell	securities	for	its	own	account.	As	agent,	in	the	event	
of	a	failed	trade,	Shorcan	has	the	right	to	withdraw	its	normal	policy	of	anonymity	and	advise	the	two	counterparties	to	settle	directly.

	NGX	requires	each	contracting	party	to	provide	sufficient	collateral,	in	the	form	of	cash	or	letters	of	credit,	to	exceed	its	outstanding	
credit	exposure	as	determined	by	NGX	in	accordance	with	its	margining	methodology.	The	cash	collateral	deposits	and	letters	of	credit	
are	held	by	a	major	Canadian	chartered	bank.	This	collateral	may	be	accessed	by	NGX	in	the	event	of	default	by	a	contracting	party.	NGX	
measures	total	potential	exposure	for	both	credit	and	market	risk	for	each	contracting	party	on	a	real-time	basis	as	the	aggregate	of:

(a)		Outstanding	energy	contracts	receivable;

(b)			“Variation	Margin”,	comprised	of	the	aggregate	“mark-to-market”	exposure	for	all	forward	purchase	and	sale	contracts	with	an	

adverse	value	from	the	perspective	of	the	customer;	and

(c)			“Initial	Margin”,	an	amount	that	estimates	the	worst	expected	loss	that	a	contract	might	incur	under	normal	market	conditions	

during	a	liquidation	period.

	As	a	result	of	these	calculations	of	contracting	party	exposure	at	December	31,	2009,	NGX	held	cash	collateral	deposits	of	$1,040,319	
(December	31,	2008	–	$716,484)	and	letters	of	credit	of	$1,963,685	(December	31,	2008	–	$2,366,318).	These	amounts	are	not	included	in	
the	Company’s	consolidated	balance	sheet.

	CDCC	 is	 exposed	 to	 the	 risk	 of	 default	 of	 its	 clearing	 members.	 CDCC	 is	 the	 central	 counterparty	 and	 guarantor	 of	 all	 transactions	
carried	out	on	MX’s	markets	and	on	the	OTC	market	when	the	transaction	is	cleared	through	CDCC.	It	primarily	supports	the	risk	of	one	
or	more	counterparties,	meeting	strict	financial	and	regulatory	criteria,	defaulting	on	their	obligations,	in	which	case	the	obligations	
of	that	counterparty	would	become	the	responsibility	of	CDCC.	This	risk	is	greater	if	market	conditions	are	unfavourable	at	the	time	of	
the	default.	

	CDCC’s	principal	risk	management	practice	is	the	collection	of	risk-based	margin	deposits	in	the	form	of	cash,	letters	of	credit,	equities	
and	liquid	government	securities.	Should	a	clearing	member	fail	to	meet	a	daily	margin	call	or	otherwise	not	honour	their	obligations	
under	 open	 futures	 and	 options	 contracts,	 margin	 deposits	 would	 be	 available	 to	 apply	 against	 the	 costs	 incurred	 to	 liquidate	 the	
clearing	member’s	positions.	

	CDCC’s	 margining	 system	 is	 complemented	 by	 a	 stress	 reporting	 system.	 This	 process	 evaluates	 the	 financial	 strength	 of	 a	 clearing	
member	to	meet	margin	requirements	that	might	result	from	a	sudden	adverse	change	in	the	market.	Clearing	members	who	fail	to	
meet	the	criteria	are	required	to	deposit	a	stress	margin.

	CDCC	 also	 maintains	 a	 clearing	 fund	 through	 deposits	 of	 cash	 and	 securities	 from	 all	 clearing	 members.	 The	 aggregate	 level	 of	
clearing	funds	required	from	all	clearing	members	must	cover	the	worst	loss	that	CDCC	could	face	if	one	counterparty	is	failing	under	
various	extreme	but	plausible	market	conditions.	Each	clearing	member	contributes	to	the	clearing	fund	in	proportion	to	its	margin	
requirements.	If,	by	a	clearing	member’s	default,	further	funding	is	necessary	to	complete	a	liquidation,	CDCC	has	the	right	to	require	
other	clearing	members	to	contribute	additional	amounts	equal	to	their	previous	contribution	to	the	clearing	fund.

90  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	CDCC’s	 margin	 collateral	 deposits	 and	 clearing	 fund	 deposits	 are	 held	 by	 approved	 depositories	 under	 irrevocable	 agreements.	 This	
collateral	may	be	accessed	by	CDCC	in	the	event	of	default	by	a	clearing	member.	As	a	result	of	these	calculations	of	clearing	member	
exposure	at	December	31,	2009,	CDCC	held	margin	collateral	deposits	of	$2,931,030	(December	31,	2008	–	$4,502,024),	and	clearing	fund	
deposits	of	$187,481	(December	31,	2008	–	201,478),	primarily	in	collateral	securities.	These	amounts	are	not	included	in	the	Company’s	
consolidated	balance	sheet.

(vi)	 Guarantees

NGX	maintains	an	unsecured	clearing	backstop	fund	of	US	$100,000.	The	Company	is	the	guarantor,	on	an	unsecured	basis,	of	this	fund.	

	CDCC	maintains	$30,000	in	revolving	standby	credit	facilities	in	the	event	of	default	by	a	clearing	member	of	CDCC.	Borrowings	under	
these	facilities	would	be	required	to	be	collateralized.

Neither	facility	has	been	drawn	upon	at	December	31,	2009.	

(b) Market risk:

Market	risk	is	the	risk	that	changes	in	market	price,	such	as	foreign	exchange	rates,	interest	rates,	commodity	prices	and	equity	prices	will	
affect	the	Company’s	income	or	the	value	of	its	holdings	of	financial	instruments.	

(i)	

Foreign	currency	risk

	The	Company	is	exposed	to	foreign	currency	risk	on	revenue,	cash	and	cash	equivalents,	marketable	securities,	accounts	receivable	and	
accounts	payable	principally	denominated	in	US	dollars.	In	2009,	the	Company	recognized	US	denominated	revenue	of	approximately	
US	$110,000,	including	BOX,	less	various	US	expenses.	The	approximate	impact	of	a	10%	rise	and	a	10%	decline	in	the	Canadian	dollar	
compared	to	the	US	dollar	on	these	transactions	as	at	December	31,	2009	is	a	$5,500	decrease	or	increase	in	net	income	respectively.	
At	December	31,	2009,	cash	and	cash	equivalents	and	accounts	receivable,	excluding	BOX,	and	current	liabilities,	excluding	BOX,	include	
US	$11,920	(December	31,	2008	–	US	$14,962),	and	US	$598	(December	31,	2008	–	US	$420)	respectively,	which	are	exposed	to	changes	
in	the	US	–	Canadian	dollar	exchange	rate.	The	approximate	impact	of	a	10%	rise	and	a	10%	decline	in	the	Canadian	dollar	compared	to	
the	US	dollar	on	these	exposed	balances	at	December	31,	2009	is	a	$1,190	decrease	or	increase	in	net	income	respectively.	In	addition,	
net	assets	related	to	BOX	are	denominated	in	US	dollars,	and	the	effect	of	exchange	rate	movements	on	the	Company’s	share	of	these	
net	assets	is	included	in	other	comprehensive	income.	The	approximate	impact	of	a	10%	rise	and	a	10%	decline	in	the	Canadian	dollar	
compared	to	the	US	dollar	on	the	translation	of	the	net	assets	related	to	BOX	at	December	31,	2009	is	a	$5,789	decrease	or	increase	in	
other	comprehensive	income	respectively.	

(ii)	

Interest	rate	risk

The	Company	is	exposed	to	interest	rate	risk	on	its	marketable	securities,	non-revolving	term	loan	payable	and	interest	rate	swaps.

	External	 investment	 fund	 managers	 have	 been	 engaged	 by	 the	 Company	 to	 manage	 the	 asset	 mix	 and	 the	 risks	 associated	 with	 its	
marketable	securities.	At	December	31,	2009	the	Company	held	$103,169	in	these	funds	(December	31,	2008	–	$96,251).	The	approximate	
impact	on	the	carrying	value	of	these	investments	of	a	1%	rise	and	a	1%	fall	in	interest	rates	is	($1,916)	and	$1,952	respectively.

	The	Company	has	a	non-revolving	term	loan	payable	of	$430,000	(note	10).	The	Company	has	entered	into	a	series	of	interest	rate	swaps	
agreements	to	partially	manage	its	exposure	to	interest	rate	fluctuations	on	the	loan	(note	11).	At	December	31,	2009,	the	fair	value	of	these	
interest	rate	swaps	was	a	liability	of	$5,701.	The	approximate	impact	of	a	1%	rise	and	a	1%	fall	in	interest	rates	on	the	fair	value	of	the	swaps	
is	a	$1,868	decrease	in	the	liability	and	a	$1,654	increase	in	the	liability	respectively.	The	approximate	impact	on	net	income	of	a	1%	rise	and	
a	1%	fall	in	interest	rates	with	respect	to	the	loan	is	a	decrease	of	$(4,300)	and	an	increase	of	$4,300	respectively.

(iii)	 Equity	price	risk

	The	 Company	 is	 exposed	 to	 equity	 price	 risk	 arising	 from	 its	 long-term	 incentive	 plan,	 as	 the	 Company’s	 obligation	 under	 the	 plan	
is	 partly	 based	 on	 the	 price	 of	 the	 Company’s	 shares.	 The	 Company	 has	 entered	 into	 TRSs	 as	 a	 partial	 fair	 value	 hedge	 to	 the	 share	
appreciation	rights	of	the	restricted	and	deferred	share	units	awarded	under	the	plan.	The	fair	value	of	the	TRSs	is	based	upon	the	excess	
or	deficit	of	the	volume	weighted	average	price	of	the	Company’s	shares	for	the	last	five	trading	days	of	the	reporting	period	compared	
with	the	Company’s	share	price	at	the	date	of	entering	into	the	TRSs.	As	at	December	31,	2009,	a	25%	increase	in	the	share	price	of	the	
Company	would	result	in	a	net	$250	decrease	in	net	income.	A	25%	decrease	in	the	share	price	of	the	Company	would	result	in	a	net	
$531	increase	in	net	income.

(iv)	 Other	market	price	risk

	The	Company	is	exposed	to	other	market	price	risk	from	the	activities	of	Shorcan,	NGX	and	CDCC	if	a	customer,	contracting	party	or	
clearing	member,	as	the	case	may	be,	fails	to	take	or	deliver	either	securities,	derivative	products	or	energy	products	on	the	contracted	
settlement	date	where	the	contracted	price	is	less	favourable	than	the	current	market	price.	

Notes	to	Consolidated	Financial	Statements  91

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years	ended	December	31,	2009	and	2008	(In	thousands	of	Canadian	dollars,	except	per	share	amounts)	

	Shorcan’s	risk	is	limited	by	its	status	as	an	agent,	in	that	it	does	not	purchase	or	sell	securities	for	its	own	account,	the	short	period	of	
time	between	trade	date	and	settlement	date,	and	the	defaulting	customer’s	liability	for	any	difference	between	the	amounts	received	
upon	sale	of	the	securities	and	the	amount	paid	to	acquire	the	securities.	

	Both	NGX’s	and	CDCC’s	measure	of	total	potential	exposure,	as	described	previously,	includes	measures	of	market	risk	which	are	factored	
into	the	collateral	required	from	each	contracting	party	or	clearing	member.	

	The	Company	is	also	exposed	to	other	market	price	risk	on	a	portion	of	its	sustaining	fees	revenue,	which	is	based	on	quoted	market	
values	of	listed	issuers	as	at	December	31	of	the	previous	year.	

(c)  Liquidity risk:

Liquidity	risk	is	the	risk	that	the	Company	will	not	be	able	to	meet	its	financial	obligations	as	they	fall	due.	The	Company	manages	liquidity	
risk	through	the	management	of	its	revolving	and	non-revolving	credit	facilities	(notes	10	and	11)	and	capital	(note	23).	

23. Capital maintenance:

In	accordance	with	Section	1535	“Capital	Disclosures”	of	the	CICA	Handbook,	the	Company’s	primary	objectives	in	managing	capital,	which	it	
defines	as	including	its	share	capital	and	various	credit	facilities,	include:

(i)	

	Maintaining	sufficient	capital	for	operations,	to	ensure	market	confidence	and	to	meet	capital	maintenance	requirements	imposed	on	
its	subsidiaries:

(a)			In	respect	of	TSX,	as	required	by	the	OSC	to	maintain	certain	regulatory	ratios	as	defined	in	the	OSC	recognition	order,	as	follows:	

(i)		 a	current	ratio	not	less	than	1.1:1;	

(ii)		 a	debt	to	cash	flow	ratio	not	greater	than	4:1;	and	

(iii)	 a	financial	leverage	ratio	consisting	of	adjusted	total	assets	to	adjusted	shareholders’	equity	not	greater	than	4:1	

The	Company	has	complied	with	these	externally	imposed	capital	requirements;	

(b)			In	respect	of	TSX	Venture	Exchange	Inc.,	as	required	by	various	provincial	securities	commissions	to	maintain	adequate	financial	

resources

The	Company	has	complied	with	these	externally	imposed	capital	requirements;	

(c)	 In	respect	of	NGX	to:

(i)	 maintain	adequate	financial	resources	as	required	by	the	Alberta	Securities	Commission;	and	

(ii)	

	maintain	a	current	ratio	of	no	less	than	1:1	and	a	tangible	net	worth	of	not	less	than	$9,000	as	required	by	a	major	Canadian	
chartered	bank	

The	Company	has	complied	with	these	externally	imposed	capital	requirements;	

(d)	 In	respect	of	MX,	as	required	by	the	AMF	to	maintain	certain	regulatory	ratios	as	defined	in	the	AMF	recognition	order,	as	follows:

(i)		 a	working	capital	ratio	not	less	than	1.5:1;	

(ii)	 a	cash	flow	to	total	debt	ratio	of	more	than	20%;	and	

(iii)	 a	financial	leverage	ratio	consisting	of	total	assets	to	shareholders’	equity	of	less	than	4:1

The	Company	has	complied	with	these	externally	imposed	capital	requirements;	

(e)	 	In	respect	of	Shorcan	by	the	Investment	Industry	Regulatory	Organization	of	Canada	(“IIROC”)	which	requires	Shorcan	to	maintain	

a	minimum	level	of	shareholders’	equity	of	$500	

The	Company	has	complied	with	these	externally	imposed	capital	requirements;

92  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
(ii)	

	Providing	sufficient	capital	to	meet	the	covenants	imposed	in	connection	with	credit	facilities	(note	10)	that	require	the	Company	
to	maintain:

(a)		a	maximum	debt	to	adjusted	EBITDA	ratio	of	3.5:1;

(b)		a	minimum	consolidated	net	worth	based	on	a	contracted	formula;	and	

(c)		a	debt	incurrence	test	of	not	more	than	3:1

The	Company	has	complied	with	these	externally	imposed	capital	requirements;	

(iii)	 Retaining	sufficient	capital	to	invest	and	continue	to	grow	our	business;	and

(iv)	

	Returning	capital	to	shareholders	through	dividends	paid	to	shareholders	and	purchasing	shares	for	cancellation	pursuant	to	normal	
course	issuer	bids.

The	current	economic	conditions	have	not	changed	our	objectives,	policies	or	processes	for	managing	capital.

24. Regulatory services:

On June 1, 2008, Market Regulation Services Inc. (“RS”), a private corporation jointly owned by the Company and the Investment Dealers Association 
of Canada (“IDA”) and operated on a not-for-profit basis providing regulatory services to Canadian equity marketplaces, combined with the IDA to 
form the IIROC. As a result of the combination, the Company relinquished any ownership interest but remains entitled to nominate one of the fifteen 
member board of directors subject to certain pre-determined conditions. Prior to June 1, 2008, RS was a related party to the Company. For the period 
up to June 1, 2008, $2,825 of Business services and other revenue was earned for technology service provided to RS and $1,435 was paid to RS for 
services provided by RS. 

25. Related party transactions:

In  2001,  MX  signed  an  agreement  with  BOX  to  provide,  for  a  fee,  the  technology  and  related  services  required  for  its  electronic  trading  system. 
In addition, beginning in February 2004, MX became a supplier to BOX and charges at the exchange amount, being the amount established and 
agreed to by BOX, salaries, telecommunication services, computer equipment, and other services. On August 29, 2008, BOX became a subsidiary of 
the Company.

Amounts invoiced for the year ended December 31, 2008, covering the period before BOX became a subsidiary, are $4,963. These transactions were 
undertaken  in  the  normal  course  of  business.  Starting  August  29,  2008,  due  to  the  acquisition  of  control,  these  amounts  are  eliminated  upon 
consolidation.

26. Contingent liabilities:

The Company may make additional payments of up to a maximum $375k contingent on the results of acquisition operations within the next year.

From time to time in connection with its operations, the Company or its subsidiaries are named as a defendant in actions for damages and costs 
sustained  by  plaintiffs,  or  as  a  respondent  in  court  proceedings  challenging  the  Company’s  or  its  subsidiaries’  regulatory  actions,  decisions  or 
jurisdiction. In 2005, TSX Venture Exchange Inc. was named as a defendant in an action for unspecified damages. The Company believes this claim is 
without merit and intends to vigorously defend the action. Accordingly, no provision has been set up in the accounts. 

27. Comparative figures:

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform to the financial presentation adopted in the current period.

Notes	to	Consolidated	Financial	Statements  93

Three-Year Review – Financial Information*

(in thousands of dollars)

Revenue:

Issuer Services

  Trading, clearing and related 
  Market data 
  Business services and other

20091

20082

20073

  $ 

  $ 

         142,118      
237,345
145,976
30,877
         556,316

  $ 

  $ 

          152,209
222,703
135,407
22,295
          532,614

  $ 

  $ 

         133,939
169,237
110,241
11,170
         424,587

Expenses

  $ 

         273,133

  $ 

          227,243

  $ 

         181,545

Income from operations 
Income from investment in affiliate
Investment income
Goodwill impairment charge
Interest expense
Mark to market on interest rate swaps
Other acquisition related expenses
Non-controlling interests
Income taxes
Net Income

Operating cash flow
Working capital
Total Assets
Shareholders' Equity

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

         283,183
420
4,623
(77,255)
(6,071)
(1,414)
–
(1,833)
(96,952)
         104,701

         204,877      
         161,973      
      3,524,475   
         770,576      

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

          305,371
1,426
14,824
–
(10,508)
(13,289)
(15,902)
(1,821)
(98,149)
          181,952

          244,189
          146,931
       3,688,645
          794,629

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

         243,042
374
14,036
–
(55)
                       –
                       –
                       –
(108,700)
         148,697

         221,680
         254,733
      1,523,919
         171,910

*	

1	

2	

3	

Certain	comparative	figures	have	been	reclassified	to	conform	with	the	financial	presentation	adopted	in	the	current	year.

The	financial	results	of	NetThruPut	Inc.,	acquired	May	1	2009,	have	been	included	in	these	results	from	acquisition.

The	financial	results	of	Montreal	Exchange	Inc.,	acquired	May	1	2008,	and	Boston	Options	Exchange	Inc.,	acquired	August	29,	2008,	have	been	included	in	these	results	from	acquisition.

The	financial	results	of		The	Equicom	Group	Inc.,	acquired	June	1,	2007,	have	been	included	in	these	results	from	acquisition.

94  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

 
Board of Directors
As of March 3, 2010

WAYNE C. FOX (CHAIR)

Corporate	Director	
Committees:	Governance,	Human	Resources	
Director	since:	1997		

J. SPENCER LANTHIER

Corporate	Director	
Committees:	Finance	and	Audit	(Chair),	Governance	
Director	since:	2000

TULLIO CEDRASCHI

JEAN MARTEL

Corporate	Director	
Committees:	Governance,	Human	Resources	(Chair)	
Director	since:	2001	

RAYMOND CHAN

Executive	Chairman	
Baytex	Energy	Trust	
Committees:	Finance	and	Audit	and	Human	Resources	
Director	since:	2006	

DENYSE CHICOYNE

Corporate	Director	
Committees:	Finance	and	Audit	
Director	since:	2008	

JOHN A. HAGG

Corporate	Director	
Committees:	Human	Resources,	Public	Venture	Market	
Director	since:	2001	

HARRY A. JAAKO

Executive	Officer	and	Principal	
Discovery	Capital	Management	Corp.	
Committees:	Finance	and	Audit,	Public	Venture	Market	(Chair)	
Director	since:	2001	

THOMAS A. KLOET

Chief	Executive	Officer	
TMX	Group	Inc.	
Director	since:	2008	

Partner	
Lavery,	de	Billy	LLP	
Committees:	Finance	and	Audit,	Public	Venture	Market	
Director	since:	1999

JOHN P. MULVIHILL

Chairman	and	Chief	Executive	Officer	
Mulvihill	Capital	Management	Inc.	
Committees:	Governance	(Chair)	
Director	since:	1996

KATHLEEN M. O’NEILL

Corporate	Director	
Committees:	Finance	and	Audit,	Governance	
Director	since:	2005

GERRI B. SINCLAIR

Executive	Director	
Centre	for	Digital	Media	
Committees:	Human	Resources,	Public	Venture	Market	
Director	since:	2005

JEAN TURMEL

President	
Perseus	Capital	Inc.	
Committees:	Governance	
Director	since:	2008

LAURENT VERREAULT

Chief	Executive	Officer	and	Chairman	
GLV	Inc.	
Committees:	Human	Resources	
Director	since:	2008

Board	of	Directors  95

		
		
		
		
		
		
	
TMX Group Executive Committee
As of March 3, 2010

THOMAS A. KLOET

Chief	Executive	Officer	
TMX	Group	Inc.

KEVAN COWAN

President,	TSX	Markets	and	Group	Head	of	Equities

BRENDA HOFFMAN

Senior	Vice	President,	Group	Head	of	Information	Technology	
TMX	Group	Inc.

MARY LOU HUKEzALIE

Vice	President,	Group	Head	of	Human	Resources	
TMX	Group	Inc.

PETER KRENKEL

President	
NGX	

ALAIN MIQUELON

President	and	Chief	Executive	Officer	
Montréal	Exchange	Inc.

SHARON C. PEL

Senior	Vice	President,	Group	Head	of	Legal	and	Business	Affairs	
TMX	Group	Inc.

MICHAEL PTASzNIK

Senior	Vice	President	and	Chief	Financial	Officer	
TMX	Group	Inc.

ERIC SINCLAIR

President	
TMX	Datalinx,	Group	Head	of	Data	Services	

96  TMX Group Annual Report | 2009

Shareholder Information

STOCK LISTING

Toronto	Stock	Exchange	
Share	Symbol	“X”

AUDITOR

KPMG	LLP	
Toronto,	ON

REGISTERED OFFICE AND HEAD OFFICE OF TMX GROUP

The	Exchange	Tower	
130	King	Street	West
Toronto,	ON	
M5X	1J2

HEAD OFFICE OF TSX VENTURE EXCHANGE

300	–	5th	Avenue	SW
10th	Floor
Calgary,	AB	
T2P	3C4

HEAD OFFICE OF MONTRÉAL EXCHANGE

Tour	de	la	Bourse	
800,	square	Victoria
Montreal,	QC	
H4Z	1A9

HEAD OFFICE OF NGX

140	–	4th	Avenue	SW
Suite	2330
Calgary,	AB	
T2P	3N3

HEAD OFFICE OF SHORCAN

20	Adelaide	Street	East
Suite	1000
Toronto,	ON	
M5C	2T6

HEAD OFFICE OF EQUICOM

20	Toronto	Street
Suite	500
Toronto,	ON	
M5C	2B8

REGIONAL OFFICES

MONTREAL 
1000	Sherbrooke	Street	West
Suite	1100
Montreal,	QC	
H3A	3G4

VANCOUVER 
650	West	Georgia	Street
Suite	2700
Vancouver,	BC	
V6B	4N9

SHARE TRANSFER AGENT

Requests	for	information	regarding	share	transfers	
should	be	directed	to	the	Transfer	Agent:

CIBC	Mellon	Trust	Company	
PO	Box	7010
Adelaide	Street	Postal	Station	
Toronto,	ON	
M5C	2W9
Tel:	(416)	643-5500	(Toronto	Area)
1-800-387-0825	(North	America)
Fax:	(416)	643-5501
E-mail:	inquiries@cibcmellon.com

INVESTOR CONTACT INFORMATION

Investor	Relations	may	be	contacted	at:	
Tel:	(416)	947-4277	(Toronto	Area)
1-888-873-8392	(North	America)
Fax:	(416)	947-4727
E-mail:	shareholder@tsx.com

ANNUAL AND SPECIAL MEETING

The	Annual	and	Special	Meeting	of	shareholders	
will	be	held	at	2:00PM.	on	April	28,	2010	at:

The	Design	Exchange	
234	Bay	Street
Toronto,	Ontario

Canadian	Best	Bid	and	Offer,	Capital	Pool	Company,	CBBO,	CDEX,	CPC,		
DEX,	Equicom,	Groupe	TMX,	Natural	Gas	Exchange,	NEX,	NGX,	PC-Bond,		
Shorcan,	TMX,	TMX	Datalinx,	TMX	Group,	Toronto	Stock	Exchange,	TSX,		
TSX	Datalinx,	TSX	Group,	TSX	Markets,	TSX	Quantum,	TSX	Technologies,		
TSX	Venture	Exchange,	TSXV,	Volume	BLOX	and	their	respective	designs		
are	trade-marks	of	TSX	Inc.

BAX,	CGB,	Montréal	Exchange,	Bourse	de	Montréal,	Canadian	Derivatives		
Clearing	Corporation,	CDCC,	MX,	SOLA,	SXF	and	their	respective	designs		
are	trade-marks	of	Bourse	de	Montréal	Inc.	and	are	used	under	license.

Boston	Options	Exchange,	BOX	and	their	respective	designs	are		
trade-marks	of	Boston	Options	Exchange	Group,	LLC	and	are	used		
under	license.

EDX	and	EDX	London	are	registered	trade-marks	of	EDX	London	Limited.		

ICE	is	a	trade-mark	of	IntercontinentalExchange	Inc.	and	is	used		
under	license.

Montréal	Climate	Exchange,	MCeX	and	their	respective	designs		
are	trade-marks	of	Chicago	Climate	Exchange	Inc.	and	are	used		
under	license.

NetThruPut	and	design	are	trade-marks	of	NGX	and	are	used		
under	license.

“S&P”,	as	part	of	the	composite	mark	of	S&P	/	TSX	which	is	used	in	the		
name	the	S&P	/	TSX	Composite	Index,	the	S&P	/	TSX	60	Index	and	other	
S&P	/	TSX	indices,	refers	to	a	trade-mark	of	McGraw-Hill	Companies,	Inc.		
and	is	used	under	license.		

All	other	trade-marks	used	in	this	Annual	Report	are	the	property	of		
their	respective	owners.

Design and production by Equicom, a TMX Group company.

Shareholder	Information  97